1993-08-31 Specs Utilities & Street ImprovementSPECIFICATIONS
FOR
PARKSIDE UTILITIES and STREET IMPROVEMENT PROJECT
ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA
~-
MEYER-ROHLIN, INC.
ENGINEERS AND LAND SURVEYORS
1111 HIGHWAY 25 NORTH
BUFFALO, MINNESOTA 55313
S-93124
I hereby certify that this plan, specification,
or report was prepared by me or under my direct
supervision, and that I am a duly Registered
Professional Engineer under the laws of the
State of Minnesota.
Norman P. Gartner
xeg. No. 17284
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Instructions to Bidders ......................Pages 2-5
~-
Proposal Form ................................ Pages 6-15
Contract Agreement ........................... Pages 16-17
General Conditions ........................... Pages 1-33
Supplemental Conditions ...................... Pages 1-10
Form IC-134 .................................. Page 11 S.C.
Special Provisions ........................... Pages 1-11
Street Construction Specifications........... Pages 1-11
Concrete Curb Specifications ................. Pages 1-4
Joint Powers Water Board, Standard
Requirements for Construction of Watermain. Pages 10-49
Standard Utilities Specifications............ Pages 44-80
Submersible Lift Station ..................... Pages 1-15
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
In order for proposals to be entitled to consideration, they
must be in accordance with the following instructions:
A. GENERAL
All proposals shall be submitted on forms furnished by the
Engineer. All information, lump sums and unit prices recuested
shall be completely filled out by typewriter or in ink. All
corporation bids shall bear the official seal of the corpora-
tion. The bid shall be submitted on the unbound proposal forms.
A proposal may be withdrawn, without prejudice to the bidder, by
written request prior to the hour of the letting. Proposals so
withdrawn may be resubmitted at any time prior to the time set
for opening of proposals. The Owner reserves the right to reject
any or all proposals, and to waive any informalities and
irregularities in the bidding.
B. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
The Owner may request that the bidder submit information
necessary to satisfy the Owner that the bidder is adequately
prepared to fulfill the contract. Such information may include
past performance records, lists of available personnel, plants
and equipment, financial statements, or any other pertinent
information.
C. PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL
The bidder shall submit his proposal on the forms provided by
the Engineer. The blank spaces on the proposal shall be filled
in correctly for every item for which a quantity is given, and
the bidder shall state the prices for which he proposes to do
each item of work.
The bidder's proposal shall be signed correctly in ink. The
signature acknowleges that the bidder is providing the informa-
tion required and has received all Addenda to the Specifica-
tions.
D. SUBCONTRACTORS
The names and addresses of all subcontractors that the bidder
intends to employ on the project shall be listed in the spaces
provided on the proposal form. No other subcontractors shall be
used on the project without the written approval of the
Engineer.
page 2
ii
E. BID SECURITY
Each bid shall be accompanied by a certified check, cashier's
' check, or bidders bond in the amount of five (5%) percent of the
bid, as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into the proposed
contract within the time specified. Should the bidder whose
' proposal has been accepted by the Owner refuse, fail or neglect
to execute the contract and furnish a satisfactory surety bond,
it is understood and agreed between the Owner and said accepted
bidder that the five ( 5%) percent of bid security shall be the
' amount of the liquidated damages occasioned by such refusal,
failure, or neglect; and that thereupon said Owner shall realize
on such bid security and use the proceeds in payment of said
damages. The bid security accompanying rejected bids will be
promptly returned to the bidders upon the execution of a
contract or the rejection of bids.
F. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
' Copies of proposal forms, plans and specifications for use by
contractors submitting a bid may be obtained from the Engineer
on deposit of the sum of 0.00 ($ 0.00 ) Dollars. This
deposit will not be refundable.
G. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS
Bidders shall satisfy themselves by a personal examination of
the site as to all local conditions affecting the performance of
the Contract, such as the structure of the ground, the existance
' of surface and ground water, availability of drainage, obstacles
which may be encountered, means of approach to the site, and the
manner of delivery and handling of materials.
' _he bidder, in submitting his proposal, is deemed to accept all
conditions as the same as are eventually found to exist and to
' .waive all claim for extra compensation arising from the
encountering of unforeseen difficulties except as the same are
expressly provided for in either the specifications or the
contract. Bidders shall also carefully examine the plans and
' read the specifications before submitting bids on the work to be
done. If any bidder contemplating submitting a bid for the
proposed contract is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part
of the plans, specifications, or other proposed contract
documents, he may submit to the Engineer a written request far
an interpretation thereof. The clarification of the proposed
documents will be made only by an addendum duly issued. A copy
of such an addendum will be mailed or delivered to each person
receiving a copy of the plans and specifications and to such
other prospective bidders as have requested that they be
furnished with a copy of such an addendum.
page 3
All addenda issued to bidders prior to the date of receipt of
proposals shall become a part of the contract documents, and all
proposals are to include the work therein described. Each
proposal submitted shall list all addenda by number which have
been received prior to the time scheduled for receipt of
proposals.
H. ADHERENCE TO SPECIFICATIONS
All work shall be done in strict accordance with the specifica-
tions and plans and such addenda as may be issued from time to
time by the Engineer. Bidders shall be held strictly to the
intent of the plans and specifications.
I. REJECTION OF BIDS
The right is reserved to reject any or all bids or to accept
such bid, as in the opinion of the Owner will be to the best
interests of the Owner. No bidder may withdraw his bid for at
least thirty (30) days after the scheduled closing time for the
receipt of bids.
J. CONDITIONS IN BIDDER'S PROPOSAL
The bidder shall not stipulate in his proposal any conditions
not provided for on the proposal form.
K. INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATES
Bidders shall examine to their satisfaction the quantities of
work to be done, as determined from the plans and specifica-
tions. The Engineer's estimate of quantities as shown on the
proposal shall be used as a basis of calculation upon which the
award of contract will be made, but these quantities are not
guaranteed to be accurate and .are furnished without any
liability on the part of the Owner. Bidders must rely on their
own calculations and shall be thoroughly familiar with the
contract documents.
L. DELIVERY OF PROPOSALS
All bids shall be placed in a sealed envelope with a statement
thereon showing the work covered by the bid and addressed to the
address stipulated in the Request for Bids. Proposals may be
mailed or submitted in person. No bids will be received after
the time set for receiving them. Bids arriving by mail at the
office of the Owner after the hour designated for receiving bids
will be returned to the sender unopened. The Engineer will not
deliver bids to the place of the bid opening.
page 4
M. REJECTION OF PROPOSALS
Proposals may be rejected if they show any omission, alteration
of form, additions not called for, conditional bids or alternate
bids not specified, or irregularities of any kind. Proposals in
which the prices are obviously unbalanced may be rejected.
N. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
More than one proposal for the same project from any individual
firm, partnership or corporation under the same or different
names will not be considered. Collusion between the bidders will
be considered sufficient cause for the rejection of all bids so
affected.
Failure on the part of any bidder to carry out previous
contracts satisfactorily, or his lack of experience or equipment
necessary for the satisfactory completion of the work, may be
deemed sufficient cause for his disqualification.
O. UNIT PRICES
In case of error in the extension of prices, the unit bid prices
shall govern. The Owner reserves the right to waive any
informality in the bids at his discretion.
page 5
PROPOSAL FORM
FOR
PARKSIDE UTILITIES ~ STREET
ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA
Bids due on or before 10:00 A.M., Monday, September 13, 1993
Kenco
c/o Meyer-Rohlin, Inc.
1111 Highway 25 North
Buffalo, MN 55313 `E
The undersigned as bidder, hereby proposes, and, if this proposal
is accepted, agrees to furnish a bond as required and to enter
into a contract with Kenco to furnish all materials, labor,
skill, tools and equipment for the complete construction of
streets and utilities, including all accessories as called for by
the specifications herewith as prepared by Meyer-Rohlin, Inc.,
Engineers and Land Surveyors, 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo,
Minnesota, 55313, acting as and in these contract documents
entitled as the Engineer for the following estimated quantities
and unit prices.
BID "A" SANITARY SEWER
Item
No. Item Qty. Unit Unit Price Total Price
1. 8" PVC, (8-10') 2523 l.f. $ $
2. 8" PVC (10-12') 882 l.f. $ $
3. 10" PVC (10-12') 549 l.f. $ $
4. 10" PVC (12-14') 130 l.f. $ $
5. 10" PVC (14-16') 180 l.f. $ $
6. 10" PVC (16-18') 257 l.f. $ $
7. 10" PVC (18-20') 204 l.f. $ $
8. 12" PVC (10-12') 223 l.f. $ $
9. 12" PVC (12-14') 641 l.f. $ $
10. 12" PVC (14-16') 42 l.f. $ $
11. 12" PVC (16-18') 32 l.f. $ $
12. 12" PVC (18-20') 28 l.f. $ $
page 6
No. Item Qty• Unit Unit Price Total Price
13. 12" PVC (20-22') 62 l.f. $
PVC material to be used, SDR 35 or Ultra-Rib:
14. Manhole, 48" dia.
(0-8') 25 each $
15. Manhole 48" dia.
extra depth 112 l.f. $
16. Manhole outside
drop section 2 1. f . $_
17. Manhole outside
drop section
extra depth 3.3 l.f. $
18. 8" PVC cap 1 each $
19. Remove 12" PVC cap
& connect to exist-
$
$
$
ing 12" PVC 1 each $ $
20. 12" PVC cap 1 each $ $
21. Sewer service
connections 108 each $ $
22. 4" PVC, SDR 26
service pipe 4810 l.f. $ $
23. Density tests 280 each $ $
24. Submersible pump
lift station lump sum $ $
25. Electrical for lift
station lump sum $ $
26. Remove 4" plug &
connect to existing
4" PVC forcemain 1 each $ $
27. 4" PVC 42 l.f. $ $
28. 4" 90o DIP bend 2 each $ $
29. 4" x 4" x 4" DIP tee 1 each $ $
30. 4" gate valve,
valve box and
riser 2 each $ $
page 7
' No. Item Qty. Unit Unit Price Total Price
31. Crushed rock 50 c.y. $ $
TOTAL BID "A" $
Lift Station Manufacturer:
BID "B" WATERMAIN
' 1. 6" DIP, CL. 52 1618 l.f. $ $
' 2. 8" DIP, CL. 52 3517 l.f. $ $ -
3. 12" DIP, CL. 52 578 l.f. $ $
' 4. 6" x 6" x 6"
DIP tee 2 each $ $
5. 8" x 8" x 6"
' DIP tee 10 each $ $
6. 8" x 8" x 8"
' DIP tee 2 each $ $
7. 12" x 12" x 6"
DIP tee 1 each $ $
8. 12" x 12" x 8"
' DIP tee 1 each $ $
9. 8" x 8" x 6" x 6"
DIP cross 1 each $ $
10. 6" 22'-zo DIP bend 3 each $ $
' 11. 6" 45o DIP bend 2 each $ $
12. 8" 114° DIP bend 14 each $ $
' 13. 8" 222o DIP bend 1 each $ $
14. 6" resilient seat
' gate valve, valve
box ~ riser 19 each $ $
15. 8" resilient seat
' gate valve, valve
box & riser 9 each $ $
16. 12" resilient seat
gate valve, valve
box ~ riser 1 each $ $
' 17 H
drant
. y
s 12 each $ $
' page 8
No. Item Qty•
18. Remove & reuse
6" plug 1
19. Remove & reuse
8" plug 1
20. Remove & reuse
12" plug 1
21. Remove ~ reuse
hydrant 1
22. Remove & salvage
existing 8" x 6"
Unit Unit Price Total Price
each $ $
each $ $
each $ $
each $ $
reducer ~ 6" DIP 1 each $ $
23. Water service
connection 108 each $ $
24. 1" copper service
pipe 4340 l.f. $ $
25. 6" polyethylene
encasement 1890 l.f. $ $
26. 8" polyethylene
encasement 3517 l.f. $ $
27. 12" polyethylene
encasement 578 l.f. $ $
28. Bacteriological test 7 each $ $
29. Crushed rock 50 c.y. $ $
30. Density tests 285 each $ $
31. Raise valve box 16 each $ $
32. 4" insulation 300 s.f. $ $
TOTAL BID "B" $
ALTERNATE BID "B" WATERMAIN
1. 6" PVC, C-900 1618 l.f. $ $
2. 8" PVC, C-900 3517 l.f. $ $
3. 12" PVC, C-900 578 l.f. $ $
4. 6" x 6" x 6"
DIP tee 2 each $ $
page 9
No. Item Qty• Unit Unit Price Total Price
5. 8" x 8" x 6"
DIP tee 10 each $ $
6. 8" x 8" x 8"
DIP tee 2 each $ $
7. 12" x 12" x 6"
_ DIP tee 1 each $ $
8. 12" x 12" x 8"
DIP tee 1 each $ $
9. 8" x 8" x 6" x 6"
DIP cross 1 each $ $
10. 6" 222o DIP bend 3 each $ $
11. 6" 45o DIP bend 2 each $ $
12. 8" 114° DIP bend 14 each $ $
13. 8" 222° DIP bend 1 each $ $
14. 6" resilient seat
gate valve, valve
box & riser 19 each $ $
15. 8" resilient seat
gate valve, valve
box & riser 9 each $ $
16. 12" resilient seat
gate valve, valve
box & riser 1 each $ $
17. Hydrants 12 each $ $
18. Remove & reuse
6" plug 1 each $ $
19. Remove ~ reuse
8" plug 1 each $ $
20. Remove & reuse
12" plug 1 each $ $
21. Remove & reuse
hydrant 1 each $ $
22. Remove & salvage
existing 8" x 6"
reducer ~ 6" DIP 1 each $ $
23. Water service
connection 108 each $ $
page 10
No. Item Qty. Unit Unit Price Total Price
24. 1" copper service
pipe 4340 l.f. $ $
25. Bacteriological test 7 each $ $
26. Crushed rock 50 c.y. $ $
27. Density tests 285 each $ $
28. Raise valve box 16 each $ $
TOTAL ALTERNATE BID "B" $
BID "C" STORM SEWER
1. Remove 42" RCP apron
~ connect to
42" RCP 1 each $ $
2. 48" Arch RCP,
CL. III (0-8') 512 l.f. $ $
3. 48" Arch RCP apron
w/galvanized trash
guard 1 each $ $
4. 42" RCP, CL. III
(0-8') 122 l.f. $ $
5. 36" RCP, CL. III 266 l.f. $ $
6. 36" RCP apron
w/galvanized trash
guard 1 each $ $
7. 27" RCP, CL. III
(0-8') 520 l.f. $ $
8. 21" RCP, CL. III
(0-8') 219 l.f. $ $
9. 18" RCP, CL. III
(0-8') 230 l.f. $ $
10. 15" RCP, CL. III
(0-8') 555 l.f. $ $
11. 12" RCP, CL. III
12. Catch basin, 102"
dia. (0-5') 1 each $ $
13. Catch basin, 102"
dia. extra depth 0.7 l.f. $ $
page 11
No. Item Qty. Unit Unit Price Total Price
14. Catch basin, 96" dia.
(0-5') 1 each $ $
15. Catch basin, 96"
dia. extra depth 1.2 l.f. $ $
16. Catch basin, 84"
dia. (0-5') 1 each $ $
17. Catch basin, 84"
dia. extra depth 0.6 l.f. $ $
18. Catch basin, 72"
dia. (0-5') 5 each $ $
19. Catch basin, 72"
dia. extra depth 2.9 l.f. $ $
20. Catch basin, 60"
dia. (0-5') 1 each $ $
21. Catch basin, 48"
dia. (0-5') 15 each ~ $ $
22. Catch basin, 48"
dia. extra depth 1.3 l.f. $ $
23. Catch basin, 30"
dia. (0-5') 1 each $ $
24. Catch basin, 27" dia.
(0-5') 2 each $ $
25. 15" RCP apron 2 each $ $
26. Random rip-rap
CL. IV 33.3 c.y. $ $
27. Filter blanket 16.7 c.y. $ $
28. Crushed rock 400 c.y. $ $
29. Density tests 103 each $ $
TOTAL B1D "C" $
BID "D" STREETS
1. Grading, right turn
lane, C5AH 37 ROW lump sum $ $
2. Subgrade preparation 22496 s.y. $ $
page 12
No. Item QtY. Unit Unit Price Total Price
3. Aggregate base placed
class 5 (CV) 9749 c.y. $ $
4. Surmountable concrete
curb & gutter 9490 l.f. $ $
5. Type 31 base
course mixture 30708 sy-in $ $
6. Type 41 wear
course mixture 29942 sy-in $ $
7. Seeding, mulching
fertilizing and
disk anchoring 0.3 acres $ $
8. 4" concrete flume 2 each $ $
9. Sod 200 s.y. $ $
10. Ditch block 1 each $ $
11. Permanent barricades 48 l.f. $ $
12. Street sign (complete) 2 each $ $
13. Random rip-rap
C1. II 4.5, c.y. $ $
14. Adjust manhole 23 each $ $
15. Adjust gate valves 15 each $ $
16. Density tests 45 each $ $
TOTAL BID "D" $
TOTAL BASE BIDS "A", "B", "C", ~ "D" $
ALTERNATE BID "B" $
Subcontractors to be used in th e work:
Name
Name
Address
Address
page 13
Name Address
i~
C
i~
A certified check, bid bond or cashier's check in the amount of
Dollars ($ ), drawn to the
order of the City Treasurer, city of Albertville, Minnesota, is
attached hereto, with the understanding that if this proposal
is accepted and the undersigned refuse, fail or neglect to
execute a contract and furnish said bond within ten days of the
date of acceptance of this proposal, it is understood and
agreed between the city of Albertville, Minnesota and
that
Dollars ($ ), same being the amount of bid
security above mentioned, shall be the liquidated damages
occasioned by such failure, refusal, or neglect and that
thereupon, said City Treasurer may .realize on said bid security
and use the proceeds in payment of said damages, and the City
award such bid to the next lowest responsible bidder; and upon
further understanding that said bid security will be promptly
returned upon the rejection of this proposal or the signing of
a contract and furnishing of the bond.
If this proposal is accepted, the bidder agrees to commence
work and to complete all work according to the schedule in the
special provisions.
This proposal is submitted after careful study of the plans and
specifications and from a personal knowledge of the conditions,
both surface and subsoil at the various sites, which knowledge
was obtained from the undersigned's own sources of information
and not from any official or employee of the City.
The undersigned does declare this proposal is made without
improper connection with any other person or persons making a
proposal on this same contract and is in all respects fair and
without collusion or fraud and the undersigned does further
declare that no person or persons acting in any official
capacity for the City is directly or indirectly interested in
the proposal herein or in the supplies of works to which it
relates or in any portion of the profits thereof.
It is understood and agreed that this proposal cannot be
withdrawn within thirty (30) days after the opening of bids
without the consent of the City and that the City has the right
to accept the lowest responsible bidder or reject any or all
proposals.
ADDENDUM RECEIPT
The receipt of the following Addenda to the Specifications is
acknowledged.
Addendum No. Date
Addendum No. Date
Addendum No. Date
page 14
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
S-93124
i~
u
L
i~
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the day of
1993, by and between here-
inafter called the Contractor, and Kenco, hereinafter called the
Owner.
WITNESSETH: That the Contractor and the Owner for the considerations
hereinafter agree as follows:
The Contractor shall furnish all of the material and perform all of
the work shown on the plans and drawings as described in the
specifications entitled, "PARKSIDE UTILITIES AND STREET IMPROVEMENT
PROJECT, ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA", as prepared by Meyer-Rohlin, Inc.,
Engineers and Land Surveyors, 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo,
Minnesota, acting as and in these contract documents entitled
"Engineer".
ARTICLE 1 SCOPE OF WORK
ARTICLE 2 COMPLETION OF WORK
The Contractor shall complete the work as specified within the
specifications.
ARTICLE 3 THE CONTRACT SUM
The Owner agrees to pay and the Contractor agrees to receive and
accept payment in accordance with the unit prices bid and based upon
the estimated quantities for the combined estimated sum as set forth
in the accepted Contractors Proposal on file with the Owner, to be
~$ ).
ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents
parts:
1) The Accepted Proposal
3) General Conditions
shall consist of the following component
2) Instructions to Bidders
4) Supplemental Conditions
I , p age 16
5) Special Provisions
6) Street Construction Specifications
7) Concrete Curb Specifications
8) Joint Powers Water Board, Standard Requirements
for Construction of Watermain
9) Standard Utilities Specifications
10) Submersible Lift Station Specifications
11) Plan Drawings 5-93124 (11 sheets)
12) This Document
This Instrument, together with the documents above mentioned, form
the Contract, and they are as fully a part of the Contract as if
hereto attached or herein repeated.
ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS
The Contractor shall submit monthly requests for payment to the
Engineer, as per specifications, including lien waivers, requesting
payment for all materials, and labor expended for the payment
period. The Owner will retain five (5%) percent of the amount of
the payment until full completion of the Contract.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
instrument to be executed in three counterparts as of the day and
year first above written.
BY
KENCO
BY
page 17
This document has important legal consequences: consultation v~~ith an attorney is encouraged ~~ith
respect to its completion or modification.
STANllARD
GENERAL CONDITIONS
OF THE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
Prepared by
Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee
and
Issued and Published Jointly By
1~µGf ~FhC
~ i
a f
h f^
A '"
o ae
u ~.,
co U M C~~
AMERICAN
SOCIETY OF
CIVIL
ENGINEERS
FOUMDCD
18 52
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE
A practice dirision of the
ti'ATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS
AMERICAN CONSULTING ENGINEERS COUNCIL
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS
D
D
i~
u
1!
i~
CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS INSTITUTE
- This document has been approved and endorsed by
~ ` 111.4,
The Associated General ~~"'6 ~}=7 Contractors of America
These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Ov~~ner-Contractor Agreements (I~'o.
1910-8-A-1 or 1910-8-A-2, 1983 editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may
necessitate achange in-the others. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the Commentary
on .Agreements for Engineering Services and Contract Documents, Into. 1910-9, 1981 edition. For
guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions; see Guide to the Preparation of Supple-
mentary Conditions (No. ]910-17, 1983 edition). When bidding is involved, the Standard Form of
Instructions to Bidders (No. 19]0-12, 1983 edition) may be used.
EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1983 Edition)
Reprinted ey0
~-
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS
Article
,Number Tirle Poge
1 DEFII~'ITIONS ...................................................... 7
2 PRELIA4INARY A2.ATTERS ........
:
....................
........... 8
3 CONTRACT DOCUA4ENTS:
INTENT, AMENDING AND REUSE ............................... 9
4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; PHYSICAL COND1T10NS;
REFERENCE POINTS .................... l0
..........................
5 BONDS .AND INSURANCE ........................................ l l
6 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES ............................ 14
7 OTHER V~'ORK ..................................................... 18
8 O~'~'NER'S RESPO'•~S]BIL]TIES .......... l9
..........................
9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............. 19
10 CHANGES IN THE ~'1'ORK ......................................... 21
11 CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE .................................. 21
12 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME ................................... '>4
] 3 WARRANTY .AND GL~ARANTEE; TESTS AND
INSPECTIONS; CORRECT]ON, REA70VAL OR
ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE ~'~'ORK ......: .................... 24
l4 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ,........... 26
l5 SUSPENSION OF WORK .AND TERMINATION .................. 29
16 ARBITRATION .........................
............................ 31
17 MISCELLANEOUS ................
.
..............
.................. 32
3
INDEX TO GENERAL COI~'DITIONS
Article or Poragroph
.\'r~mber
Acceptance of Insurance ............................. 5.13
Access to the \\'ork .............................. .... 13.2
Addenda-definition of (see definition of
Specifications) ................................. ....... 1
Agreement-definition of .... .................. ....... 1
Al] Risk Insurance ................................ ..... 5.6
Amendment, \\'ritten ............................. 1, 3.1.1
Application for Payment-definition of ........... ....... 1
Application for Pa}•ment, Final ................... ... ]4.12
Application for Progress Pa~•ment ................ .... 14.2
Application for Progress Payment-reviev.• of .... 14.4-14.7
...
Arbitration .................................... ...... ]6
Authorized \~ariation in \\'ork .................... ..... 9.5
Availability of Lands ............................. ..... 4.l
Award, :`once of-defined ....................... ....... ]
Before Staving Construction ..................... . 2.5-2.7
Bid-definition of ................................ ....... l
Bonds and Insurance-in general ................. ....... 5
Bonds-definition of .............................. ....... l
Bonds, Delivery of ............................... 2.1, 5.1
Bonds. Performance and Other ................... . 5.1-5.2
Cash .Allo~~ances ..................................... 11.8
Change Order--definition of ............................. 1
Change Orders-to be executed ...................... ]0.4
Changes in the \\'ork ................. ............... l0
...
Claims, \\'aiver of-on Final Payment ............... 14.16
Clarifications and Interpretations ...................... 9.4
Cleaning ............................................. 6.17
Completion ............................................. 14
Completion, Substantial ....................... 14.8-14.9
Conference, Preconstruction .......................... 2.8
Conflict, Error, Discrepancy-Comractor
to Report :..................................... 2.5, 3.3
Construction >`4achinery, Equipment, etc . ............. 6.4
Continuing \\'ork ..................................... 6.29
Contract Documents-amending and
supplementing .................................. 3.4-3.5
Contract Documents-definition of ...................... 1
Contract Documents-Intent ...................... 3.1-3.3
Contract Documents-Reuse of .......... .......... 3.6
Contract Price, Change of .............................. ]1
Contract Price-definition .............. .............. I
Contract Time, Change of .............................. 12
Contract Time, Commencement of .................... 2.3
Contract Time-definition of .. .. .............. ......... 1
Contractor-definition of ................................ 1
Contractor May Stop \\'ork or Terminate ............. 15.5
Contractor's Continuing Obligation .................. 14.]5
Contractor's Duty to Report Discrepancy
in Documents .................................. 2.5, 3.2
Contractor's Fee--Cost Plus ... 11.4.5.6, l I.5.1, 11.6-I1.7
Contractor's Liabilit~~Insurance ....................... 5.3
Contractor's Responsibilities-in general ................ 6
Contractor's \~1'arranty of Title ........................ ]4.3
Contractors-other ...................................... 7
Contractual Liability Insurance ........................ 5.4
Coordinating Contractor-definition of ................ 7.4
Coordination ........................... ............ 7.4
Copies of Documents ........... ................... 2.2
.. .;;
Correction or Remova] of Defective Work ........... 13.1 l
Correction Period. One Year ........................ 13.12
Correction. Removal or Acceptance of Defective
Work-in general ........................... 13.11-13.]4
Cost-net decrease ................................. ]1.6.2
Cost of R'ork .................................... 11.4-11.5
Costs, Supplemental ............ .................. 11.4.5
Day-definition of ......................... .............. 1
Defective---definition of ................... .............. 1
Defective Work, Acceptance of ............ .......... 13.13
Defective \\'ork, Correction or Removal of .......... 13.11
Defective \\'ork-in general ............... l3, 14.7, ]4.l 1
Defective \\~ork, Rejecting ................. ............ 9.6
Definitions ........................... 1
. .
Deliver~~ of Bonds ......................... ..............
............ 2.1
Determination for L'~nit Prices ............. ........... 9.10
Disputes. Decisions by Engineer ........... ...... 9.11-9.12
Documents, Copies of ..................... ............ 2.2
Documents. Record ....................... ........... 6.19
Documents, Reuse ........................ ............ 3.6
Drawings-definition of ................... .............. 1
Easements .........................................•... 4.1
Effective date of Agreement-definition of ............... 1
Emergencies ......................................... 6.22
Engineer-definition of .................................. 1
Engineer's Decisions ............................ 9.10-9.12
Engineer's-`n'otice Work is Acceptable ............. 14.13
Engineer's Recommendation of Pa~~ment ...... 14.4, 14.13
Engineer's Responsibilities, Limitations
....
on .. ............................ 6.6, 9.11, 9.13-9.16
Engineer's Status During Construction-in general ...... 9
Equipment. Labor, 1`4aterials and .................. 6.3-6.6
Equivalent 1,4aterials and Equipment .................. 6.7
Explorations of physical conditions ................... 4.2
Fee, Contractor's-Costs Plus ... ..................... 11.6
Field Order-definition of ........ .................... 1
Field Order-issued by Engineer ...... ... .3.5.1, 9.5
Final Application for Payment ....................... 14.12
Final Inspection ..................................... 14.11
Final Payment and Acceptance __________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ t d t
Final Payment, Recommendation of ........... 14.13-14.14
General Provisions .............................. 17.3-]7.4
General Requirements-definition of ..................... 1
General Requirements-principal
references to ................. 2.6,4.4, 6.4, 6.6-6.7, 6.23
4
ii
i~
ii
i~
Giving Notice ........................................ 17.1
Guarantee of Work-by Contractor ................... 13.1
Indemnification ................................. 6.30-6.32
Inspection, Final .................................... 14.11
Inspection, Tests and ................................. 13.3
Insurance, Bonds and-in general ....................... 5
Insurance, Certificates of ........................... 2.7, S
Insurance--completed operations ...................... 5.3
Insurance, Contractor's Liability ...................... S.3
Insurance, Contractual Liability ....................... 5.4
Insurance, O~~ner's Liability .......................... S.5
Insurance, Properly .............................. 5.6-5.13
Insurance-R'aiver of Rights ......................... S.I1
Intent of Contract Documents ................... 3.3, 9.14
Interpretations and Clarifications .................... 9.4
Investigations of physical conditions ................... 4.2
Labor, Aaterials and Equipment .................. 6.3-6.5
Lams and Regulations~efinition of ..................... 1
Laws and Regulations-general ....................... 6.14
Liability Insurance-Contractor's ..................... 5.3
Liability Insurance-Ov.•ner's .: ....................... 5.5
Liens-definitions of ................................ 14.2
Limitations on Engineer's
Responsibilities ..................... 6.6,.9.11, 9.13-9.16
Materials and equipment-furnished by Contractor .... 6.3
Materials and equipment-not
incorporated in ~'~'ork ..................... 14,2
Materials or equipment--equi~•alent .................. 6.7
Miscellaneous Provisions ................
............... 17
1,4ulti-prime contracts ................................... 7
Notice, Giving of ............................... 17.1
Notice of Acceptability of Project ................... 14.13
Notice of A~•ard-definition of ................ 1
'n'otice to Proceed-definition of ......... . . . .
Notice to Proceed-giving of .......................... 2.3
..Or-Equal" Items .......................... 6.7
Other contractors ......................... , 7
Other v.°ork ..... ......................... 7
Overtime «'ork-prohibition of .............. 6.3
Owner-definition of ...................... ~ 1
Owner Asay Correct Defecrire Work ....... 13,14
Owner May Stop ~t'ork . 13. l0
Owner May Suspend ~'~'ork, Terminate .......... 15.1-15.4
Owner's Duty to Execute Change Orders ............. 11.8
Owner's Liability Insurance ............... S.5
Owner's Represemative-Engineer to serve as ........ 9.1
Owner's Responsibilities-in general ....... , g
Owner's Separate Representative at site ............... 9.3
Partial Utilization ................................ 14.10
Partial Utilization-definition of .................. 1
Partial Utilization-Property Insurance ............... S.IS
Patent Fees and Royalties ....... ,,,, 6,12
Pa~~ments, Recommendation of ........... 14.4-14.7, ]4.13
Payments to Contractor-in general .................... l4
Pa~~ments to Contractor-when due ........... ]4.4, 14.13
Payments to Contractor-withholding ................ 14.7
Performance and other Bonds ..................... S.1-5.2
Permits ............................. ............... 6.13
Ph~~sica] Conditions ................................... 4.2
Ph~~sica] Conditions-Engineer's review ............. 4.2.4
Physical Conditions-existing structures ............. 4.2.2
Physical Conditions-explorations and reports ....... 4.2.1
Physical Conditions-possible document change ..... 4.2.5
Ph~•sica] Conditions-price and time adjustments .... 4.2.5
Physical Conditions-report of differing ..............4.2.3
Physical Conditions-Underground Facilities .......`.. 4.3
Preconstruction Conference ........................... 2.8
Preliminary Matters ..................................... 2
Premises, Use of ................................ 6.16-6.18
Price, Change of Contract .............................. 11
Price-Contract-definition of ............................ 1
Progress Payment, Applications for ................... 14.2
Progress Payment-retainage ......................... 14.2
Progress schedule ....... ......2.6, 2.9, 6.6, 6?9, 15.2.6
Project-definition of .................................... 1
Project Representation-provision for ................. 9.3
Project Representative, Resident~efinition of .......... 1
Project, Staving the ................. ............... 2.4
Properly Insurance ............................... 5.6-S.13
Properly Insurance-Partial Utilization ............... 5.15
Properly Insurance-Receipt and ,4pplication
of Proceeds ................................... 5.12-S.13
Protection, Safety and ........................... 6.20-6.21
Punch list ........................................... 14.11
Recommendation of Payment .................. 14.4, 14.]3
Record Documents ................:.................. 6.19
Reference Points ..................................... . 4.4
Regulations, Lav,~s and ............................... 6.14
Rejecting Defecri>>e Work ............................ . 9.6
Related Work at Site .... ............ ............. 7. ]-7.3
Remedies Not Exclusive... ..... ....................... 17.4
Removal or Correction of Defecrire ~'~'ork .,......... 13.11
Resident Project Representative-definition of :....... ... 1
Resident Project Representative-provision for ....... . 9.3
Responsibilities, Contractor's-in general ....:....... ... 6
Responsibilities, Engineer's-in general .............. ... 9
Responsibilities, Ov~'ner's-in general ................. ... 8
Retainage ............................................
Re
f D 14.2
use o
ocuments ................................. . 3.5
Rights of f'l'ay ............................ . 4.1
Royalties, Patent Fees and ........................... 6.12
Safety and Protection ............................ 6.20-6.21
Samples ............... ........................ 6.23-6.28
Schedule of progress ........ 2.6, 2.8-2.9, 6.6, 6.29, 15.2.6
Schedule of Shop Drawing
submissions ...................... 2.6, 2.8-2.9, 6.23, 14.1
Schedule of values ...................... 2.6, 2.8-2.9, 14.1
Schedules, Finalizing .................................. 2.9
Shop Drawings and Samples ..................... 6.23-6.28
Shop Drawings-definition of ............................ 1
Shop Drawings, use to approve
substitutions ...................................... 6.7.3
Site, Visits to-by Engineer ........................... 9.2
Specifications~efinition of ............. ................ I
Starting Construction, Before .......:.... .......... 2.5-2.8
Starting the Project ...................... .............. 2.4
Stopping Rork-b}' Contractor .......... ............. 15.5
Stopping Work-by Owner .. ............ ............ ]3.10
Subcontractor-definition of ............. ................ 1
Subcontractors-in general .............. ......... 6.8-6.I I
Subcontracts-required provisions ...... ......5.11.1, 6.11
11.4.3
Substantial Completion~enification of . ............. 14.8
Substantial Completion--definition of .... ................ ]
Substitute or "Or-Equal" Items ......... .............. 6.7
Subsurface Conditions ................... .......... 4.2-4.3
Supplemental costs ...................... ........... l 1.4.5
Supplementary Conditions~efinition of ................ 1
Supplementary Conditions-principal
references to .. 2.2, 4.2, 5.1,5.3, 5.6-5 .8, 6.3, 6.13. 6.23,
7.4. 9.3
Supplementing Contract Documents ..... .......... 3.4-3.5
Supplier-definition of ................... ................ ]
Supplier-principal references to ... 3.6, 6.5, 6.7-6.9, 6.?0,
6.24, 9. l 3, 9.16, l ] .8, 13.4, 14.12
Surety-consent to pa}~ment ............. ..... 14.1?, 14.14
Surety-Engineer has no duty to ........ ............. 9.13
Surety-notice to .... ................. .. 10.1, 10.5, 15.2
Surety-qualification of ................. .......... S.1-5.2
Suspending \Vork, by O~•ner ............ ............. l5.]
Suspension of Work and Termination-in general ....... IS
Superintendent-Contractor's ........... .............. 6.2
Supervision and Superintendence ........ .......... 6.1-6.2
Taxes-Payment by Contractor ....................... 6. ]5
Termination-by Contractor .......................... 15.5
Termination-by O~+~ner ......................... 15.2-15.4
Termination, Suspension of \Vork and-in general ...... IS
Tests and Inspections ........................... 13.3-13.7
Time, Change:of Contract .............................. ]2
Time, Computation of ................................ 17.2
Time, Contract-definition of ............................ 1
Uncovering Work ............................... 13.8-]3.9
L?nderground Facilities~efinition of .................... 1
L?nderground Facilities-not shown or indicated ..... 4.3.2
L?nderground Facilities-protection of ........... 4.3, 6.20
Underground Facilities-shown or indicated ......... 4.3.1
L'~nit Price Rork-definition of .......................... 1
L'nit Price \Vork-general ................. 11.9, 14.1, ]4.5
L?nit Prices .....:................................... 11.3.1
L?nit Prices, Determinations for ........ .......:.... 9.10
Use of Premises ................................. 6.16-6.18
Utility owners .......................... 6.13, 6.20, 7.2-7.3
Values, Schedule of ......................... 2.6, 2.9, 14.1
Variations in Work-.Authorized ............ 6.25. 6.27, 9.5
Visits to Site-b}' Engineer ............................ 9.2
R'aiver of Claims-on Final Payment ................ 14.16
\\'aiver of Rights by insured parties ............. 5.10, 6.11
R'arrarty and Guarantee-by Contractor ............. 13.1
Warrant}~ of Title, Contractor's ....................... 14.3
\\'ork, Access to ..................................... 13.2
\\'ork-by others ........................................ 7
`'Fork Continuing During Disputes .................... 6.29
\\'ork, Cost of ................................... 11.4-11.5
Rork-definition of ..................................... 1
\\'ork Directive Change-definition of ................... 1
V1'ork Directive Change-principal
references to ..... .................... 3.4.3, 10.1-10.2
Rork, Neglected by Contractor ..................... 13.14
\\'ork, Stopping b}~ Contractor ........................ ]5.5
V~'ork, Stopping by Owner ....................... 15.1-15.4
V~'ritten Amendment-definition of ...................... 1
\Vritten Amendment-principal
references to ..................... 3.4.1,10.1, 11.2, 12.1
6
GENERAL CONDITIONS
.4RTICLE I-DEFINITIONS
R'herever used in these General Conditions or in the other
Contract Documents the follo~•ing terms have the meanings
indicated ~•hich are applicable to both the singular and plural
thereof:
Addenda-Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the
opening of Bids which clarify. correct or change the bidding
documents or the Contract Documents.
Agreement-The written agreement bet~reen OVdNER and
CONTRACTOR covering the V,'ork to be performed; other
Contract Documents are attached to the ,Agreement and made
a pan thereof as provided therein.
Applicorion ,for Pawnenr-The form accepted by ENGI-
NEER which into be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting
progress or final payments and v,•hich is to include such sup-
posing documentation as is required by the Contract
Documents.
Bid-The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the
prescribed form setting fonh the prices for the Work to be
performed.
Bonds-Bid, performance and payment bonds and other
instruments of security.
Change Order-A document recommended by E'~'GI:~'EER,
which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OR'NER and autho-
rizes an addition, deletion or revision in the V~'ork. or an
adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time. issued
on or after the Effecti~•e Date of the Agreement.
Contract Documents-The Agreement, Addenda (which per-
tain to .the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR'S Bid
(including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-
Bid documentation submitted prior to the :~'otice of .4~~•ard)
when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds,
these Genera] Conditions, the Supplementar~~ Conditions, the
Specifications and the Drav,•ings as the same are more spe-
cificall}'identified in the Agreement, together with all amend-
ments, modifications and supplements issued pursuant to
paragraphs 3.4 and 3.5 on or after the Effective Date of the
Agreement.
Contract Price-The moneys payable by O}~'NER to CON-
TRACTOR under the Contract Documents as stated in the
,4greement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in
the case of Unit Price R'ork).
Conrroct Time-The number of days (computed as provided
in paragraph 17.2) or the date stated in the .Agreement for the
completion of the Work.
CONTRACTOR-The person, firm or corporation with whom
OWNER has entered into the Agreement.
defecrire-An adjective which ~•hen modifying the word V1'ork
refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or
does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not
meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard,
test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or
has been damaged prior to E:~'GINEER's recommendation
of final payment (unless responsibilit}~ for the protection thereof
has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in
accordance ~~ith paragraph 14.8 or 14.]0).
Drawings-The drawings v.•hich show the character and scope
of the 1~,'ork to be performed and which have been prepared
or approred by ENGINEER and are referred to in the Con-
tract Documents.
Effective Dare of the Agreernenr-Tlte date indicated in the
Agreement on ~~hich it becomes effective, but if no such date
is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is
signed and delivered by the last of the two parries to sign and
deliver.
F,'~'GI,A`EER-The person, firm or corporation named as such
in the Agreement.
Field Order-.4 written order issued by ENGINEER which
orders minor changes in the Rork in accordance with para-
graph 9.5 but ~~hich does not involve a change in the Contract
Price or the Contract Time.
General Requirements-Sections of Division 1 of the Speci-
fications.
Laws and Regulations; Lax•s or Regulotions-Laws, rules,
regulations, ordinances, codes and/or orders.
Notice of Ax•ard--The written notice by OWNER to the
apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by
the apparent successful bidder v.~ith the conditions precedent
enumerated therein, within the time specified, OWNER v~•ill
sign and deliver the Agreement.
,'~'orice ro Proceed-.4 H•ritten notice given by OWNER to
CONTRACTOR (with a cope to ENGINEER) fixing the date
on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on
which CO?~'TR4CTOR shall start to perform CONTRAC-
TOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents.
OWA'ER-The public body or authority, corporation, asso-
ciation,firm or person With v,~hom CONTRACTOR has entered
into the Agreement and for v,•hom the Rork is to be provided.
Partial Urili~orion-Placing a portion of the V~'ork in ser1~ice
for the purpose for v,~hich it is intended (or a related purpose)
before reaching Substantial Completion for all the Work.
Project-The total construction of which the Work to be
provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole,
or a pan as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Resident Project Represenrorit•e-The authorized represen-
tative of ENGINEER ~•ho is assigned to the site or any part
thereof.
7
Shop Drox~ings-All drawings, diagrams, illustrations,
schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by
or for CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work
and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, perfor-
mance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information
prepared by a Supplier and submitted by CONTRACTOR to
illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the ~'~'ork.
Specificatior:s-Those portions of the Contract Documents
consisting of ~•ritten technical descriptions of materials,
equipment, construction systems, standards and workman-
ship as applied to the Vr'ork and certain administrative details
applicable thereto.
Subcauracror-An individual, firm or corporation having a
direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Sub-
contractor for the performance of a part of the «'ork at the
site.
Substa~rria! Conrplerion-The Rork (or a specified pan thereof)
has progressed to the point v.~here, in the opinion of ENGI-
NEER as evidenced by ENGINEER'S definitive certificate
of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in
accordance v.°ith the Contract Documents, so that the 1'~'ork
(or specified pan) can be utilized for the purposes for ~~•hich
it is intended; or if there be no such certificate issued, ~~~hen
final pa}~ment is due in accordance ~~~ith paragraph 14. ] 3. The
terms "substantially complete" and "substantially com-
pleted" as applied to any Work refer to Substantial Comple-
tion thereof.
Supplementar~• Conditions-The part of the Contract Docu-
ments which amends or supplements these General Condi-
tions.
Supplier-A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor,
materialman or vendor.
Underground Fociliries-All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables,
Hires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities
or attachments, and any encasements containing such facil-
hies which have been installed underground to furnish any of
the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam,
liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communica-
tions, cable television, se~•age and drainage removal, traffic
or other control systems or water.
Unit Price Work-\~'ork to be paid for on the basis of unit
prices.
1i'ork-The entire completed construction or the various sep-
arately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished
under the Contract Documents. Work is the result of per-
forming services, furnishing labor and furnishing and incor-
porating materials and equipment into the construction, all
as required by the Contract Documents.
Work Directive Change-A written directive to CONTRAC-
TOR,issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement
and signed by OWNER and recommended by ENGINEER,
ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or
responding to differing or unforeseen ph}~sical conditions under
which the Work is to be performed as provided in paragraph
4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.22. A ~'~'ork
Directive Change may not change the Contract Price or the
Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that
the change directed or documented by a Work Directive
Change v~>il] be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change
Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect., if
any, on the Contract Price or Contract Time as provided in
paragraph 10.2.
Written Anrendmenr-A ~~•ritten amendment of the Contract
Documents, signed by OR'NER and CONTRACTOR on or
after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally deal-
ing v.~ith the nonengineering or nontechnical rather than strictly
Work-related aspects of the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 2-PRELIMINARY MATTERS
Deliver~• of Bonds:
2.1. '.'hen CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agree-
ments to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to
OWI~'ER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR ma}~ be required to
furnish in accordance v~~ith paragraph 5.1.
Copies of Documents:
2.2. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten
copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary Con-
ditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably nec-
essary for the execution of the VJork..Additional copies mill
be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction.
Commencement of Contract Time; ;1'otice to Proceed:
2.3. The Contract Time will commence to run on the
thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or, if
a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the
~'otice to Proceed. ,A Notice to Proceed may be given at any
time within thirty days after the Effective Date of the Agree-
ment. In no event ~•ill the Contract Time commence to run
later than the seventy-fifth day after the day of Bid opening
or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement,
whichever date is earlier.
Starting the Project:
2.4. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on
the date when the Contract Time commences to run, but no
Fork shall be done at the site prior to the date on Which the
Contract Time commences to run.
Before Starting Construction:
2.5. Before undertaking each part of the V1'ork, CON-
TRACTOR. shall carefully study and compare the Contract
Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shov~~n
fl
~i
~i
thereon and all applicable field measurements. CONTRAC-
TOR shall promptly report in v.~riting to ENGINEER any
conflict, error or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may
discover and shall obtain a written interpretation- or clarifi-
cation from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Vdork
affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be lia-
ble to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any
conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents,
unless CONTRACTOR had actual knowledge thereof or should
reasonably have known thereof.
2.6. \\'ithin ten da}~s after the Effective Date of the Aeree-
ment (unless otherv.~ise specified in the General Require-
ments), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for
review:
2.6.1. an estimated progress schedule indicating the
staring and completion dates of the various stages of the
Work;
2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drav~~ing sub-
missions; and
2.6.3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the
\'~'ork which v.~ill include quantities and prices of items
aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work
into component pans. in sufficient detail to serve as the
basis for progress payments during construction. Such
prices v.~il] include an appropriate amount of overhead and
profit. applicable to each item of V1'ork which ~~•ill be con-
firmed in writing by CONTRACTOR at the time of sub-
mission.
2.7. Before any Work at the site is staved, CONTRAC-
TOR shall deliver to OWNER, with a copy to ENGINEER,
eertificates (and other evidence of insurance requested by
OWNER) w>hich CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and
maintain in accordance with paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4, and
OWNER shall deliver to CONTRACTOR certificates (and
other evidence of insurance requested by CONTRACTOR)
which OWNER is required to purchase and maintain in
accordance ~•ith paragraphs S.6 and 5.7.
Preconstruction Conference:
2.8. V1'ithin twenty days after the Effective Date of the
Agreement, but before CONTRACTOR stares the \'~'ork at
the site, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGI-
NEER and others as appropriate v~~ill be held to discuss the
schedules referred to in paragraph 2.6, to discuss procedures
for handling Shop. Drawings and other submittals and for
processing Applications for Payment, and to establish a working
understanding among the parries as to the \\'ork.
Finnliang Schedules:
2.9. At least ten days before submission of the first Appli-
cation for Payment a conference attended by CONTRAC-
TOR, ENGINEER and others as appropriate Will be held to
finalize the schedules submitted in accordance with para-
graph 2.6. The finalized progress schedule v.~ill be acceptable
to ENGINEER as providing an orderly progression of the
Work to completion within the Contract Time, but such
acceptance will neither impose on ENGINEER responsibility
for the progress or scheduling of the \\'ork nor relieve CON-
TRACTOR from full responsibility therefor. The finalized
schedule of Shop Drawing submissions will be acceptable to
ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for pro-
cessingthe submissions. The finalized schedule of values v~•ill
be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance.
ARTICLE 3-CONTRACT DOCli',9ENTS: INTENT,
AMENDING. REliSE
Intent:
3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agree-
ment between OR'NER and CONTRACTOR concernint: the
Work. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is
called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The
Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with
the law> of the place of the Project.
3.2. 1t is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe
a functionally complete Project (or pan thereof) to be con-
structed in accordance with the Contract Documents..Any
V~'ork, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred
from the Contract Documents as being required to produce
the intended result ~~ill be supplied whether or not specifically
called for. \\'hen words ~•hich have a well-known technical
or trade meaning are used to describe \\'ork, materials or
equipment such words shall be interpreted in accordance with
that meaning. Reference to standard specifications, manuals
or codes of any technical society, organization or association,
or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority,
whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall
mean the_latest standard specification, manual, code or Lams
or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or, on
the Effective Date of the .Agreement if there ~-ere no Bids),
except as may be otherwise specifically stated. However, no
provision of any referenced standard specification, manual
or code (whether or not specifically incorporated b}~ reference
in the Contract Documents) shall be effective to change the
duties and responsibilities of OW?~'ER, CONTRACTOR or
ENGINEER, or any of their consultants, agents or employ-
eesfrom those set forh in the Contract Documents, nor shall
it be effective to assign to ENGINEER, or any of ENGI-
NEER'S consultants, agents or employees, any duty or
authority to super~~ise or direct the furnishing or performance
of the \~'ork or any duty or authority to undertake responsi-
bility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.15 or 9.16.
Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents
shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9.4.
3.3. ]f, during the performance of the \\'ork, CONTRAC-
TOR finds a conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract
Documents, CONTRACTOR shall so report to ENGINEER
in writing at once and before proceeding ~~ith the Work affected
thereby shalt obtain a written interpretation or clarification
from ENGINEER; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be
liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any
conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents
unless CONTRACTOR had actual knowledge thereof or should
reasonably have known thereof.
Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents:
3.4. The Contract Documents may be amended to pro-
vide for additions, deletions and revisions in the ~~'ork or to
modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of
the following ways:
3.4.]. a formal Written Amendment,
or
3.4.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.41,
3.4.3. a ~'~'ork Directive Change (pursuant to para-
graph ] 0.1):
As indicated in paragraphs 11.2 and 12.1, Contract Price and
Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order or a
V~'ritten Amendment.
3.5. In addition, the requirements of the Contract Docu-
mentsmay be supplemented, and minor variations and devia-
tions in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the
following ways:
3.5.1. a Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5),
3.5.2. ENGINEER'S appro~•al of a Shop Drawing or
sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.2i), or
3.5.3. ENGINEER'S written interpretation or clarifi-
cation (pursuant to paragraph 9.4).
Reuse of Documents:
3.6. I~'eitlier CONTRACTOR nor any Subcontractor or
Supplier or other person or organization performing or fur-
nishing any of the «'ork under a direct or indirect contract
with OWNER shall have or acquire any title to or ownership
rights in any of the DraW~ings, Specifications or other docu-
ments (or copies of any thereof) prepared b}~ or bearing the
seal of ENGINEER: and they shall not reuse ~n}> of them on
extensions of the Projector any other project without written
consent of OR'N'ER and ENGINEER and specific written
verification or adaptation by ENGINEER.
such other ]ands which are designated for the use of CON-
TRACTOR. Easements for permanent structures or perma-
nent changes in existing facilities v~•ill be obtained and paid
for by OV~'NER, unless other~•ise provided in the Contract
Documents. If CONTRACTOR believes that any delay in
OWNER's furnishing these ]ands, rights-of-way or ease-
ments entitles CONTRACTOR to an extension of the Con-
tract Time, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as
provided in Article 12. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all
additional lands and access thereto that may be required for
temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and
equipment.
Physical Conditions:
4.2.1. E.rplorotiats and Reports: Reference is made
to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of those
reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions
at the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in prep-
aration of the Contract Documents CONTRACTOR may
rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in
such reports, but not upon nontechnical data. interpreta-
tions oropinions contained therein or for the completeness
thereof for CONTRACTOR'S purposes. Except as indi-
cated in the immediately preceding sentence and in para-
graph 4.2.6, CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility
with respect to subsurface conditions at the site.
4.2.2. Esisrir7g Srrucrl~t•es: Reference is made to the
Supplementary Conditions for identification of those
drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing
surface and subsurface structures (except Underground
Facilities referred to in paragraph 4.3) Nhich are at or
contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGI-
NEER in preparation of the Contract Documents. CON-
TRACTOR may rely upon the accurac}~ of the technical
data contained in such drav.>ings, but not for the complete-
ness thereof for CONTRACTOR'S purposes. Except as
indicated in the immediately preceding sentence and in
paragraph 4.2.6, CONTRACTOR shall have full respon-
sibility v,•ith respect to ph}~sical conditions in or relating
to such structures.
4.2.3. Report of Differing Conditions: If CONTRAC-
TOR believes that:
4.2.3.1. any technical data on which CONTRAC-
TOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1
and 4.2.2 is inaccurate, or
4.2.3.2. any ph}~sical condition uncovered or
revealed at the .site differs materially from that indi-
cated, reflected or referred to in the Contract Docu-
ments,
ARTICLE 4-AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; PHYSICAL
CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS
Availnbilit~ of Lands:
4.1. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract
Documents, the lands upon which the V~'ork is to be per-
formed, rights-of-K•ay and easements for access thereto, and
CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aW~are
thereof and before performing any Work in connection
therewith (except in an emergency as permitted by para-
graph 6.22), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing
about the inaccuracy or difference.
10
i~
i~
I'
J
i~
1
1
4.2.4. EI~'G11~'EER's Rerie„•: ENGINEER ~•ill
promptly review the pertinent conditions, determine the
necessity of obtaining additional explorations or tests ~•ith
respect thereto and advise O\',"~ ER in ~~•riting (with a copy
to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's findines and con-
clusions.
4.2.5. Possible Document Change: If ENGINEER
concludes that there is a material error in the Contract
Documents or-that because of ne~~•ly discovered condi-
tions achange in the Contract Documents is required. a
Rork Directive Change or a Change Order will be issued
as provided in Article l0 to reflect and document the
consequences of the inaccuracy or difference.
4?.6. Possible Price and Time ,4djustments: 1n each
such case, an increase or decrease in the Contract Price
or an extension or shortening of the Contract Time. or any
combination thereof. ~~~ill be zllo"~able to the extent that
they are attributable to am' such inaccuracy or difference.
if OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to
the amount or length thereof. a claim may be made therefor
as provided in Articles 11 and 12.
Ph~•sical Conditions-Underground Facilities:
4.3.1. Sho,+•n or Indicated: The information and data
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents ~~•ith respect
to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the
site is based on information and data furnished to O\\'NER
or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facil-
ities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly pro-
vided in the Supplementary• Conditions:
4.3.1.1. O\','NER and ENGINEER shall not be
responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any
such information or data: and,
4.3.1.2. CONTRACTOR shall have full responsi-
bility for reviewing and checking all such information
and data, for locating all Underground Facilities shown
or indicated in the Contract Documents, for coordina-
tion of the \\'ork with the owners of suc}t Underground
Facilities during construction, for the safety and pro-
tection thereof as provided in paragraph 6.20 and
repairing any damzge thereto resulting from the V,'ork,
the cost of all of which ~•ill be considered as having
been included in the Contract Price.
4.3.2. A'ot Sho++•n or Indicated. If an Underground
Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the
site which was riot shown or indicated in the Contract
Documents and v.•hich CONTRACTOR could not reason-
ably have been expected to be aware of, CONTRACTOR
shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before
performing any \~'ork affected thereby (except in an emer-
gency as permitted by paragraph 6.22), identify the owner
of such Underground Facility and give written notice thereof
to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGI-
NEER v~~ill promptly review the Underground Facility to
11
determine the extent to which the Contract Documents
should be modified to reflect and document the conse-
quences of the existence of the Underground Facility, and
the Contract Documents v.•ill be amended or supplemented
to the extent necessary. During such time, CONTRAC-
TOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of
such Underground Facilit)~ as provided in paragraph 6.20.
CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Con-
tract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both,
to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of
any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated
in the Contract Documents and which CONTRACTOR
could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of.
if the parries are unable to agree as to the amount or length
thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as
provided in Articles ] I and l2.
Reference Points:
4.4. OR'NER shall provide engineering surveys to estab-
lishreference points for construction ~~~hich in ENGII~'EER's
judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed
~+•ith the \\'ork. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for lay-
ing out the \~'ork (unless otherwise specified in the General
Requirements), shall protect and preserve the established
reference points and shall make no changes or relocations
~~•ithout the prior written approval of OV,'\ER. CONTRAC-
TOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference
point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of
necessar~~ changes in grades or locations. and shall be respon-
sible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such ref-
erence points by professionally qualified personnel.
ARTICLE 5-BONDS AND INSURANCE
Performance and Other Bonds:
5.1.: CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and pay-
ment Bonds. each in an amount at least equal to the Contract
Price as securit~• for the faithful performance and payment of
all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Docu-
ments. These Bonds shall remain in effect at )east until one
year after the date when final pa}•ment becomes due, except
as other~~ise provided by Law or Regulation or by the Con-
tract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such
other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Condi-
tions. A11 Bonds shall be in the forms prescribed by Law or
Regulation or by the Contract Documents and be executed
by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Com-
panies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sure-
ties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Com-
panies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the .Audit
Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Treasury Department. All
Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified
copy of the authority to act.
5.2. if the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRAC-
TOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right
to do business is terminated in any state where any part of
the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements
of paragraph. 5.1, CONTRACTOR shall ~~ithin five days
thereafter substitute another Bond and Surety, both of N•hich
must be acceptable to 0\~:NER.
Contractor's Liabilit)• Insurance:
5.3. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintzin such
comprehensive general liability and other insurance as is
appropriate for the \\'ork being performed and furnished and
as will provide protection from claims set forth belov,• ~~•hich
may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR'S perfor-
mance and furnishing of the Rork and CONTR~CTOR's
other obligations under the Contract Documents, Whether it
is to be performed or furnished by CONTRACTOR, by any
Subcontractor, b)- anyone directly or indirectly employed by
any of them to'perform or furnish any of the \\'ork, or by
anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable:
5.3.1. Claims under v~~orkers' or workmen's compen-
sation, disability benefits and other similar emplo)~ee ben-
efit acts;
5.3.2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury,
occupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRAC-
TOR'S employees;
thirty days' prior written notice has been given. to OR'NER
and ENGINEER by certified mail. All such insurance shall
remain in effect until final payment and at all times thereafter
when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing or
replacing defecti~~e Work in accordance with paragraph 13. l2.
In addition, CONTRACTOR shall maintain such completed
operations insurance for at ]east t~~o)'ears after final pa)~ment
and furnish O\'JNER with evidence of continuation of such
insurance at final payment and one year thereafter.
Contractual Liabilih• Insurance:
5.4. The comprehensive general liability insurance required
by paragraph 5.3 v.~il] include contractual liability insurance
applicable to CONTRACTOR'S obligations under paragraphs
6.30 and 6.31.
Ox•ner's Liabilin• Insurance:
5.5. 0\\%NER shall be responsible for purchasing and
maintaining OWNER'S own liability insurance and, at
OWNER'S .option, may purchase and maintain such insur-
ance as will protect OWNER against claims which may arise
from operations under the Contract Documents.
I
~_
1
t
5.3.3. Claims for damages because of bodily injury,
sickness or disease, or death of any person other than
CONTRACTOR'S employees;
5.3.4. Claims for damages insured by persona] injury
liability coverage ~~hich are sustained (a) by any person
as a result of an offense directly or indirecth~ related to
the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR, or
(b) by any other person for any other reason;
5.3.5. Claims for damages, other than to the \\'ork
itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible prop-
erty wherever located, including loss of use resulting
therefrom; :`
5.3.6. Claims arising out of operation of Lam s or Reg-
ulations for damages because of bodily injury or death of
any person or for damage to properly; and
5.3.7. Claims for damages because of bodily injury or
death of any person or property damage arising out of the
ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle.
The insurance required by this paragraph 5.3 shall include
the specific coverages and be written for not less than the
limits of liability and coverages provided in the Supplemen-
tary Conditions, or required by law, ~>hichever is greater.
The comprehensive general liability insurance shall include
completed operations insurance. All of the policies of insur-
ance so required to be purchased and maintained (or the
certificates or other evidence thereof) shall contain a provi-
sion or endorsement that the coverage afforded Will not be
cancelled, material)) changed or renev~~al refused until at least
]2
Property Insurance:
5.6. Unless otherv.~ise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, O\\'NER shall purchase and maintain property
insurance upon the V~'ork at the site to the full insurable value
thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be pro-
vided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws
and Regulations). This insurance shall include the interests
of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER
and ENGI:~'EER's consultants in the Rork, all of whom shall
be listed as insureds or additional insured parries, shall insure
against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall
include "all risk" insurance for physical loss and damage
including theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, collapse
and water damage, and such other perils as maybe provided
in the Supplementary Conditions, and shall include damages,
losses and expenses arising out of or resulting from an)' insured
loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured
property (including but not limited to fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals). if
not covered under the "al] risk" insurance or otherv~~ise pro-
vided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall
purchase and maintain similar property insurance on portions
of the Work stored on and off the site or in transit v.~hen such
portions of the V~'ork are to be included in an Application for
Payment.
5.7. OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and
machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may
be required by the Supplementary Conditions or LaW~s and
Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER,
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER AND
ENGINEER'S consultants in the V~'ork, all of whom shall be
listed as insured or additional insured parries.
i~
u
i~
5.8. All the policies of insurance (or the certificates or
other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and main-
tained by O\\'NER in accordance H•ith paragraphs 5.6 and
5.7 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverase
afforded will not be cancelled or materiall~~ changed or renewal
refused until at least thirt~• days' prior ~•ritten notice has been
given to CONTR4CTOR by certified mail and ~~•ill contain
waiver provisions in accordance ~~~ith paragraph 5.1 I.2.
5.9. 0R'NER shall not be responsible for purchasing and
maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests
of CONTR~,CTOR, Subcontractors or others in the \\'ork to
the extent of any deductible amounts that are pro~~ided in the
Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within the
deductible amount, will be borne by CONTRACTOR. Sub-
contractor or others suffering any such loss and if any of them
wishes properly insurance coverage within the limits of such
amounts, each ma~• purchase and maintain it at the purchas-
er's own expense.
S.IO. if CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other
special insurance be included in the properly insurance pol-
icy, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance, and
the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appro-
priate Change Order or \\'ritten .Amendment. Prior to com-
mencement of the \\'ork at the site, OR';~ER shall in ~~ritine
advise CONTRAC70R ~~•hether or not sroch other insurance
has been procured by 0\\'`~ER.
R'aiver of Rights:
SJ I.I. O\~'NER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights
against each other for all losses and damages caused by
any of the perils covered by the policies of insurance
provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 and any
other propem• insurance applicable to the \\'ork. and also
waive all such rights against the Subcontractors. E'~'GI-
NEER, ENGINEER'S consultants and al] other parties
named as insureds in such policies for Losses and damages
so caused..As required by paragraph 6.11, each subcon-
tract between CONTRACTOR and a Subcontractor will
contain similar waiver provisions by the Subcontractor in
favor of O\\'NER,CONTRACTOR, E?:~GINEER. ENGI-
I~'EER's consultants and all other parries named as insureds.
None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that
any of the insured parries may have to the proceeds of
insurance held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise pay-
able under any policy so issued..
S.l 1.2. O\\'NER and CO'N'TRACTOR intend that any
policies provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7
shall protect all of the parries insured and provide primary
coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils
covered thereby..Accordingly, all such policies shall con-
tain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment
of any Joss or damage the insurer will have no rights of
recovery against any of the parries named as insureds or
additional insureds, and if the insurers require separate
waiver forms to be signed by ENGINEER or ENGI-
NEER's consultant OVv.NER v.•ill obtain the same, and if
l3
such v.•aiver forms are required of any Subcontractor,
CONTR4CTOR v.~ill obtain the same.
Receipt and Application of Proceeds:
S.12. .Any insured loss under the policies of insurance
required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with
OWNER and made payable to O\\'NER as trustee for the
insureds, as their interests may appear. subject to the require-
ments of any applicable mortgage clause and of parzgraph
5.I3.O\\'?~'ER shall deposit in a separate account any money
so received, and shall distribute it in accordance with such
agreement as the ponies in interest may reach. If no other
special agreement is reached the damaged \\'ork shall be
repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on
account thereof and the Work and the cost thereof covered
by an appropriate Change Order or \~'ritten .Amendment.
5.13. O\'~'NER as tnatee shall have power to adjust and
settle any loss v.•ith the insurers unless one of the parties in
interest shall object in writing Within fifteen days after the
occurrence of loss to 0\\'NER's exercise of this power. if
such objection be made, OWNER as trustee shall make set-
tlement ~•ith the insurers in accordance ~~~ith such agreement
as the parries in interest may reach. If required in writing by
any party in interest, O\\'NER as trustee shall, upon the
occurrence of an insured loss. give bond for the proper per-
formance of such duties.
Acceptance of Insurance:
S.14. If 0\~'ER has any objection to the coverage afforded
by or other provisions of the insurance required to be pur-
chased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance
~•ith paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4 on the basis of its not complying
H•ith the Contract Documents, O\\'NER shall notify CON-
TR.ACTOR in ~•riting thereof ~+•ithin ten days of the date of
delivery of such certificates to O\\'NER in accordance with
paragraph 2.7. if CO'~TR.ACTOR has any objection to the
coverage afforded by or other provisions of the policies of
insurance required to be purchased and maintained by O\\^'ER
in accordance With paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 on the basis of
their not complying with the Contract Documents, CON-
TRACTORshall notify OWNER in writing thereof within ten
days of the date of delivery of such. certificates to CON-
TRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 2.7. OR'NER and
CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such addi-
tional information in respect of insurance provided by each
as the other may reasonably request. Failure by O\\'NER or
CONTRACTOR to give any such notice of objection within
the time provided shall constitute acceptance of such insur-
ance purchased by the other as compl~~ing v~•ith the Contract
Documents.
Partial Utilisation-ProperTj• Insurance:
S.15. if O\'~'NER finds it necessary to occupy or use a
portion or portions of the \~'ork prior to Substantial Comple-
tion of all the \~'ork, such use or occupancy may be accom-
plished in accordancc with paragraph 14.10: provided that no
such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers
providing the properly insurance have acknov~ledged notice
thereof and in writing effected the changes in coverage neces-
sitated thereby. The insurers providing the properly insur-
ance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies,
but the properly insurance shall not be cancelled or lapse on
account of any such partial use or occupancy.
ARTICLE 6-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Supen~ision and Superintendence:
6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise and direct the \>,'ork
competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto
and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary
to perform the Rork in accordance with the Contract Doc-
uments. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of
construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible
for the negligence of others in the design or selection of a
specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure
of construction which is indicated in and required by the
Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible
to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the
Contract Documents.
6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the ~\'ork at all times
during its progress a competent resident superintendent, ti ho
shall not be replaced a-ithout written notice to 01\';~ER and
E:.'GINEER except under extraordinar}~ circumstances. The
superintendent will be CONTRACTOR'S representative at
the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CON-
TRACTOR..All communications given to the superintendent
shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR.
Labor, Materials and Equipment:
6.3. CONTRACTOR. shall provide competent, suitably
qualified personnel to survey and lay out the \\'ork and per-
form construction as required by the Contract Documents.
CO'N'TRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline
and order at the site. Except in connection v.~ith the safer}~ or
protection of persons or the Work or properly at the site or
adjacent thereto, and except as otherv.~ise indicated in the
Contract Documents, all Work at the site shall be performed
during regular v.>orking hours, and CONTRACTOR ~•ill not
permit overtime work or the performance of V1'ork on Sat-
urday, Sunday or any legal holiday Without 0\'4'NER's v~'rit-
ten consent given after prior written notice to ENGINEER.
6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General Require-
ments,CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume full respon-
sibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation,
construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances,
fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, Water, sanitary facilities,
temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals
necessary for the furnishing;'performance, testing, start-up
and completion of the Work.
l4
6.5. .All materials and equipment shall be of good quality
and new, except as other~~ise provided in the Contract Doc-
uments. if required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall
furnish satisfactor}~ evidence (including reports of required
tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment.
Al] materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, con-
nected,erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance
v.•ith the instructions of the applicable Supplier except as
otherH~ise provided in the Contract Documents; but no pro-
vision of any such instructions ~•ill be effective to assign to
ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER'S consultants. agents or
employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the
furnishing or performance of the Rork or any duty or author-
ity to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of
paragraph 9.1 ~ or 9.16.
.9djusting Progress Schedule:
6.6. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for
acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.9) adjust-
ments in the progress schedule to reflect the impact thereon
of new developments; these will conform generally to the
progress schedule then in effect and additionally v,~i11 comply
v.~ith any provisions of the General Requirements applicable
thereto,
Substitutes or "Or-Equal" Items:
6.7.1. \\'henever materials or equipment are specified
or described in the Contract Documents by using the name
of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier
the naming of the item is intended to establish the t}~pe,
function and quality required. L'~nless the name is follov~~ed
by words indicating that no substitution is permitted,
materials or equipment of other Suppliers ma}~ be accepted
by ENGINEER if sufficient information is submitted by
CONTRACTOR to allow ENG]NEER to determine that
the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal
to that named. The procedure for review by ENGINEER
will include the follov.°ing as supplemented in the General
Requirements. Requests for review of substitute items of
material and equipment will not be accepted by ENGI-
NEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR. if CON-
TRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of
material or equipment, CONTRACTOR shall make writ-
ten application to ENGINEER for acceptance thereof,
cenif}'ing that the proposed substitute v.~ill perform ade-
quately the functions and achieve the results called for by
the general design; be similar and of equal substance to
that specified and be suited to the same use as that spec-
ified. The application v.'ill state that the evaluation and
acceptance of the proposed substitute v.>ill not prejudice
CONTRACTOR'S achievement of Substantial Comple-
tion on time, a~hethet: or not acceptance of the substitute
for use in the 1~'ork will require a change in any of the
Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other
direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to
adapt the design to the proposed substitute and Whether
or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection
v'ith the Work is subject to pa}~ment of any license tee or
~i
~i
~i
ro)•a1ty..A11 variations of the proposed substitute from that
specified +vill be identified in the application and available
maintenance, repair and replacement ser~•ice ++ill be indi-
cated. The application ~+i11 also contain an itemized esti-
mate of all costs that will result directl}• or indirectl} from
acceptance of such substitute. including costs of redesign
and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting
change, all of which shall be considered by ENGINEER
in evaluating the proposed substitute. ENGINEER may
require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR'S
expense additional data about the proposed substitute.
6.7.2, if a specific means, method, technique. sequence
or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by
the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR ma)• furnish or
utilize a substitute means, method, sequence, technique
or procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER,
if CONTRACTOR submits sufficient information to allow
ENGINEER to determine that the substitute proposed is
equivalent to that indicated or required by the Contract
Documents. The procedure for review by ENGINEER
will be similar to that provided in paragraph 6.7.1 as applied
by ENGINEER and as may be supplemented in the Gen-
eral Requirements.
6.7.3. ENGI'~EER gill be alloy+~ed a reasonable time
within which to evaluate each proposed substitute. ENGI-
NEER ~•ill be the sole judge of acceptability, and no
substitute ~+~ill be ordered, installed or utilized ~+~ithout
ENGINEER'S prior written acceptance ~+•hich ~+•ill be evi-
denced by either a Change Order or an approved Shop
Drawing. O\\'NER may require CONTRACTOR to fur-
nish at CONTR.ACTOR's expense a special performance
guarantee or other surety ~+ith respect to any substitute.
ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER
and ENGINEER'S consultants in evaluating substitutions
proposed by CONTRACTOR end in making changes in
the Contract Documents occasioned thereby. 1\'hether or
not ENGINEER accepts a proposed substitute, CO'~'-
TRACTOR shall reimburse O\1'NER for the charees of
ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S consultants for e~•aluat-
ing each proposed substitute.
Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others:
6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcon-
tractor, Supplier or other person or organization (including
those acceptable to O\~'tiER and ENGINEER as indi-
cated in paragraph 6.8.3), ~rhether initially or as a substi-
tute, against whom O1\'NER or ENGINEER may have
reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required
to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or
organization to furnish or perform any of the \~,'ork agzinst
whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection.
6.8.2. If the Supplementary Conditions require the
identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers or other per-
sons or organizations (including those a•ho are to furnish
the principal items of materials and equipment) to be sub-
mitted to OWNER in advance of the specified date prior
to the Effective Date of the .Agreement for acceptance by
OWNER and ENGINEER and if CONTRACTOR has
submitted a list thereof in accordance With the Supple-
mentan~ Conditions, OWNER'S or ENGINEER'S accept-
ance (either in writing or by failing to make ~~ritten objec-
tion thereto b}~ the date indicated for acceptance or objec-
tion in the bidding documents or the Contract Documents)
of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or
organization so identified may be revoked on the basis of
reasonable objection after due investigation, in which case
CONTRACTOR shall submit an acceptable substitute, the
Contract Price will be increased by the difference in the
cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate
Change Order will be issued or V1'ritten Amendment signed.
No acceptance by O\\'NER or ENGINEER of any such
Subcontractor. Supplier or other person or organization
shall constitute a waiver of any right of 0\\'NER or ENGI-
NEER to reject defectire \\'ork.
6.9. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to O\\~ER
and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcon-
tractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations per-
forming or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or
indirect contract with CON7-RACTOR just as CONTRAC-
TOR isresponsible for CONTRACTOR'S own acts and omis-
sions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create any
contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER
and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or
organization, nor shall it create an}• obligation on the part of
0\'+'NER or ENGINEER to pay or to see to the pa)•ment of
any mone}~s due any such Subcontractor. Supplier or other
person or organization except as may otherwise be required
by Laws and Regulations.
6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and
the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CON-
TRACTOR in dividing the V1'ork among Subcontractors or
Suppliers or delineating the \~'ork to be performed by any
specific trade.
6.l ] . All \\'ork performed for CONTRACTOR by a Sub-
contractor will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement
between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor ~~hich spe-
cifically binds the Subcontractor to the applicable. terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of
OWI~'ER and ENGINEER and contains waiver provisions
as required by paragraph 5.11. CONTRACTOR shall pay
each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance mone}•s
received by CONTRACTOR on account of losses under pol-
icies issued pursuant to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7,
Patent Fees and Ro}•alties:
6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all License fees and roy-
alties and assume all costs incident to the use in the perfor-
mance of the \'~'ork or the incorporation in the Work of any
invention, design, process, product or device ~+•hich is the
subject of patent rights or cop}~rights held by others. if a
particular invention, design, process, product or device is
specified in the Contract Documents for use in the perfor-
mance of the Work and if to the actual knov~~ledge of OWNER
l5
or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights
calling for the pa}~ment of any license fee or ro}salty to others,
the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OW:~'ER in
the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify
and hold harmless OWNER and ENGINEER and anyone
directly or indirectly employed by either of them from and
against all claims, damages, Losses and expenses (including
attorneys' fees and court and arbitration costs) arising out of
any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to
the use in the performance of the \\'ork or resulting from the
incorporation in the Work of any invention, design. proFess,
product or device not specified in the Contract Documents,
and shall defend all such claims in connection with an_v alleeed
infringement of such rights.
Permits: '
6.13. Unless otherv.•ise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pa}' for al] con-
struction permits and licenses. OR'NER shall assist CON-
TRACTOR, v.~h"en necessary, in obtaining such permits and
licenses. CO:~'TRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges
and inspection fees necessar}• for the prosecution of the \\'ork,
v~'hich are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. or if there
are no Bids on the Effective Date of the Agreement. CON-
TRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility o~~ners for con-
nections to the \\'ork, and OV1'NER shall pay all charges of
such utility o~+•ners for capital costs related thereto such as
plant investment fees.
I.ox•s and Regulations:
6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and
comply With all La~•s and Regulations applicable to fur-
nishing and performance of the \\'ork. Except where oth-
erwise expressly required by applicable Lays and Regu-
lations,neither 0\\'NER nor ENGINEER shall be respon-
sible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance v,•ith
any Laws or Regulations.
` 6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR observes that the Specifi-
cations or Drawings are at variance with any Laws or
Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER
prompt written notice thereof, and any necessary changes
v,°ill be authorized by one of the methods indicated in
paragraph 3.4. if CONTRACTOR performs any \\'ork
knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to
such Laws or Regulations, and without such notice to
ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs arising
therefrom; hov.~ever, it shall not be CONTRACTOR'S pri-
mar}'responsibility tomake certain that the Specifications
and Drawings are in accordance with such La~•s and
Regulations.
Taxes:
6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use
and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRAC-
TOR in accordance ~~ith the Laws and Regulations of the
place of the Project v~•hich are applicable during the perfor-
mance of the \\'ork.
Use of Premises:
6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equip-
ment, the storage of materials and equipment and the oper-
ations of W-orkers to the Project site and land and areas iden-
tified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other
land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights-
of-u•ay, permits and easements, .and shall not unreasonably
encumber the premises v.~ith construction equipment or other
materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full
responsibility for any damage to any such ]and or area, or to
the ov.mer or occupant thereof or of any land or areas contig-
uous thereto, resulting from the performance of the Work.
Should any claim be made against OWI~'ER or ENGINEER
by any such owner or occupant because of the performance
of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly attempt to settle
with such other party by agreement or otherv.•ise resolve the
claim by arbitration or at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to the
fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify
and hold OR'NER and ENGINEER harmless from and against
all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including, but not
limited to, fees of engineers, architects, attorneys and other
professionals and court and arbitration costs) arising directly,
indirectl}• or consequentially out of any action, legal or equi-
table, brought by any such other party against OWNER or
ENGINEER to the extent based on a claim arising out of
CONTRACTOR's performance of the V+'ork.
6.17. During the progress of the \\'ork, CONTRACTOR
shall keep the premises free from accumulations of Waste
materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the \\'ork.
At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove
all ~•aste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the
premises as v.•ell as all tools; appliances, construction equip-
ment and machinery, and surplus. materials, and shall leave
the site clean and ready for occupancy by 0\\'NER. CON-
TRACTOR shall restore to original condition all property not
designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.
6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part
of any structure to be loaded in an}' manner that ~+•ill endanger
the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of
the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that
will endanger it.
Record Documents:
6.19. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at
the site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications,
Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, \\'ork
Directive Changes, Field Orders and written interpretations
and clarifications (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.4) in good
order and annotated to show all changes made during con-
struction.These record documents together~•ith all approved
samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings
Will be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon com-
16
~i
~i
pletion of the \\'ork, these record documents, samples and
Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for 0\\'NER.
Safel)• and Protection:
6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating,
maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and pro-
grams in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall
take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall
provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury
or loss to:
6.20.1. al] employees on the Rork and other persons
and organizations who may be affected thereby;
6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to
be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the
site; and
6.20.3. other properly at the site or adjacent thereto,
including trees, shrubs, latims, ~~•alks, pavements, road-
~•ays, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not
designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the
course of construction.
CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and
Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for the
safety of persons or propert~• or to protect them from damage,
injury or )oss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary
safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR
shall notify o~+•ners of adjacent properly and of Underground
Facilities and utility owners v.•hen prosecution of the Rork
may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the pro-
tection, removal, relocation and replacement of their prop-
erly. ,All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to
in paragraph 6._'0.2 or 6.20.3 caused, directly or indirectly,
in whole or in pan, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor.
Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indi-
rectlyemployed by any of them to perform or furnish any of
the Work or anyone for v.°hose acts any of them may be liable,
shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss
attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to
the acts or omissions of 0\\%NER or ENGINEER or an~~one
employed by either of them or anyone for ~~hose acts either
of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indi-
rectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CON-
TRACTOR). CONTRACTOR'S duties and responsibilities
for the safety and protection of the 1\'ork shall continue until
such time as all the \\'ork is completed and ENGINEER has
issued a notice to O\\'NER and CONTRACTOR in accord-
ance v,•ith paragraph 14.13 that the Rork is acceptable (except
as otherv.•ise expressly provided in connection with Substan-
tial Completion).
6.21. CONTRACTOR shall designate a responsible rep-
resentative at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of
accidents. This person shall be CONTRACTOR'S superin-
tendent unless otherwise designated in writing by CON-
TRACTOR to OWNER.
Emergencies:
6.22. In emergencies affecting the safet~~ or protection of
persons or the \\'ork or property at the site or adjacent thereto,
CONTRACTOR. without special instruction or authorization
from ENGINEER or O\'dNER, is obligated to act to prevent
threatened damage, injury or Ions. CONTRACTOR shall give
ENGINEER prompt ~•ritten notice if CONTRACTOR believes
that any significant changes in the Work or variations from
the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. if ENGI-
NEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents
is required because of the action taken in response to an
emergency, a Rork Directive Change or Change Order will
be issued to document the consequences of the changes or
variations.
Shop Drax•i'ngs and Samples:
6.23. After checking and verifying all field measurements
and after complying ~•ith applicable procedures specified in
the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall submit to
ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance ~~•ith the
accepted schedule of Shop Dra~•ing submissions (see para-
graph 2.9), or for other appropriate action if so indicated in
the Supplementary Conditions, five copies (unless other~•ise
specified in the General Requirements) of al] Shop Dra~~•ings,
which will bear a stamp or specific v.•ritten indication that
CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOR'S responsi-
bilities under the Contract Documents ~•ith respect to the
review of the submission..All submissions ~•i]] be identified
as ENGINEER may require. The data shown on the Shop
Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimen-
sions, specified performance and design criteria, materials
and similar data to enable ENGINEER to review the infor-
mation as required.
6?4. CONTRACTOR shall also submit to ENGINEER
for review and approval with such promptness as to cause
no delay in Work, all samples required by the Contract Doc-
uments..All samples will have been checked by and accom-
panied by a specific written indication that CONTRACTOR
has satisfied CONTRACTOR'S responsibilities under the
Contract Documents v.•ith respect to the review of the sub-
mission and Will be identified clearl~~ as to material, Supplier,
pertinent data such as catalog numbers and the use for Which
intended.
6.25.1. Before submission of each Shop Drav.•ing or
sample CONTRACTOR shall have determined and veri-
fied all quantities, dimensions, specified performance cri-
teria, installation requirements, materials, catalog num-
bers and similar data H•ith respect thereto and reviewed
or coordinated each Shop Dra~•ing or sample r~•ith other
Shop Drawings and samples and with the requirements of
the Work and the Contract Documents.
6.25.2. At the time of each submission, CONTRAC-
TORshall give ENGINEER specific written notice of each
variation that the Shop Drawings or samples may have
from the requirements of the Contract Documents, and,
in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on
17
each Shop Drawing submitted to ENGINEER for review
and approval of each such variation.
6.26. ENGINEER will review and approve v,•ith reason-
able promptness Shop Drawings and samples, but ENGI-
NEER'S review and approval v.~ill be only for conformance
with the design concept of the Project and for compliance
~•ith the information given in the Contract Documents and
shall not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences
or procedures ofconstruction (except where a specific means,
method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is
indicated in or required by the Contract Documents) or to
safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review
and approval of a separate item as such ~a•ill not indicate
approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CON-
TRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER.
and shall return the required number of corrected copies of
Shop Drawings and submit as required nev.• samples for review
and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention
in Writing to revisions other than the corrections called for
by ENGINEER on previous submittals.
6.27. ENGINEER'S review and approval of Shop Draw-
ings or samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from
responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the
Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing
called ENGINEER'S attention to each such variation at the
time of submission as required by paragraph 6.25.2 and
ENGINEER has given written approval of each such varia-
tion by a specific ~+~ritten notation thereof incorporated in or
accompan}•ing the Shop Drau,~ing or sample approval; nor
will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR
from responsibilit}• for errors or omissions in the Shop Drav,~-
ings or from responsibility for ha>~ing complied with the pro-
visions of paragraph 6.25. ].
6.28. Where a Shop Drawing or sample is required by the
Specifications,any related Work performed prior to ENGI-
NEER'sreview and appro~•al of the pertinent submission will
be the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR.
Continuing the li'ork:
6.29. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the \\'ork and adhere
to the progress schedule during al] disputes or disagreements
with OWNER. N`o \\'ork shall be delayed or postponed pend-
ing resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as
permitted by paragraph. 15.5 or as CONTRACTOR and
OWNER may otherW~ise agree in writing.
Indemnification:
6.30. To the fullest extent permitted by Laves and Regu-
lations CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless
0R'NER and ENGINEER and their consultants, agents and
emplo}~ees from and against al] claims, damages, Losses and
expenses, direct, indirect or consequential (including but not
limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorne}~s
and other professionals and court and arbitration costs) aris-
ing out of or resulting from the performance of the \'~'ork,
provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (a) is
attributable to bodily injury, sickness. disease or death, or to
injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the
Fork itself) including the Loss of use resulting therefrom and
(b) is caused in whole or in pan by any negligent act or
omission of CONTRACTOR. any Subcontractor. am• person
or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them
to perform or furnish any of the \\'ork or anyone for whose
acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not
it is caused in pan b}' a pang indemnified hereunder or arises
by or is imposed by Law and Regulations regardless of the
negligence of any such parry. ;
6.31. 1n any and all claims against OV~'NER or ENGI-
NEER or any of their consultants, agents or employees by
any employee of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any
person or organization directly or indirectly emplo}°ed b}' any
of them to perform or furnish an}~ of the Work or anyone for
v.•hose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification
obligation under paragraph 6.30 shall not be limited in any
~•ay by any limitation on the amount or t}•pe of damages,
compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR
or any such Subcontractor or other person or organization
under workers' or workmen's compensation acts, disability
benefit acts or other emplo}~ee benefit acts.
6.32. The obligations of CONTRACTOR under para-
graph 6.30 shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEER,
ENGINEER'S consultants, agents or emplo}~ees arising out
of the preparation or approval of maps. drawings, opinions,
reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifications.
ARTICLE 7-OTHER \\'ORK
Related 41'ork at Site:
7.1. OR'NER may perform other work related to the Proj-
ect at the site by OWNER'S ov.•n forces, ha~~e other work
performed by utility oN•ners or let other direct contracts therefor
~~~hich shall contain General Conditions similar to these. if
the fact that such other work is to be performed ~•as not noted
in the Contract Documents, v.~ritten notice thereof v~~ill be
given to CONTRACTOR prior to staring any such other
work; and, if CONTRACTOR believes that such perfor-
mance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or
requires additional time and the parries are unable to agree
as to the extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim
therefor as provided in Articles l 1 and l2.
7.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each utility owner and
other contractor who is a parry to such a direct contract (or
OWNER, if OWNER is performing the additional v~~ork v.•ith
O\VNER's emplo}gees) proper and safe access to the site and
a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of
materials and equipment and the execution of such v;~ork, and
shall properly connect and coordinate the Work v<~ith theirs.
CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of
the Work that may be required to make its several pans come
together properly and integrate with such other work. CON-
]8
11
~i
TRACTOR shall not endanger any v.~ork of others by cutting,
excavating or otherwise altering their ~~ ork and will only cut
or alter their »'ork with the ~~ritten consent of ENGINEER
and the others ~~'hose work ~~ill be affected. The duties and
responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are
for the benefit of such. utility ov.•ners and other contractors
to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the
benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between
OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors.
7.3. If any pan of CONTR~CTOR's \\'ork depends for
proper execution or results upon the work of an}• such other
contractor or utility owner (or O\\'NER), CO:~TR~CTOR
shall inspect and promptly report to ENGINEER in ti•riting
any delays, defects or deficiencies in such ~~'ork that render
it unavailable or unsuitable for such proper execution and
results. CONTRACTOR'S failure so to report ~~•i11 constitute
an acceptance of the other work as fit and proper for integra-
tion v~•ith CONTRACTOR'S \\'ork except for latent or non-
apparent defects and deficiencies in the other work.
tures which have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing
the Drawings and Specifications.
8.5. O\1'NER's responsibilities in respeet of purchasing
and maintaining liabilit}• and property insurance are set forth
in paragraphs 5.5 through 5.8.
8.6. OV~'NER is obligated to execute Change Orders as
indicated in paragraph 10.4.
8.7. O\VNER's responsibility in respect of certain
inspections, tests and appro~•als is set forth in paragraph 13.4.
8.8. In connection v.•ith O\\'NER's right to stop \\'ork or
suspend \\'ork, see paragraphs l3. ]0 and l~.] .Paragraph 15.2
deals with OR'NER's right to terminate services of CON-
TRACTOR under certain circumstances.
ARTICLE 9-ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING
" CONSTRUCTION
Coordination:
7.4, if O\\'NER contracts vith others for the perfor-
mance of other v~•ork on the Project at the site, the person or
organization who will have authority and responsibility for
coordination of the activities among the various prime con-
tractors v~~i11 be identified in the Supplementar}~ Conditions,
and the specific matters to be covered by such authority and
responsibility ~vi11 be itemized, and the extent of such author-
ityand responsibilities ~~~ill be provided. in the Supplementary
Conditions. Unless otherN•ise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, neither O\\'NER nor ENGINEER shall have anv_
authorit}• or responsibility in respect of such coordination.
ARTICLE 8-O\\%NER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
8.1. O\'~'NER shall issue all communications to CON-
TRACTOR through ENGINEER.
8.2. In case of termination of the employment of ENGI-
I~'EER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer against whom
CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose sta-
tusunder the Contract Documents shall be that of the former
ENGINEER. Any dispute in connection with such appoint-
ment shall be subject to arbitration.
OM•ner's Representative:
9.1. ENGINEER will be O\1'NER's representative dur-
ing the construction period. The duties and responsibilities
and the limitations of authorit}~ of ENGINEER as O\\'NER's
representative during construction are set forth in the Con-
tract Documents and shall not be extended without written
consent of O\\'NER and ENGINEER.
1'isits to Site:
9.2. ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals
appropriate to the various stages of construction to observe
the progress and quality of the executed Work and to deter-
mine, in genera], if the \\'ork is proceeding in accordance
with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will not be required
to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check
the quality or quantity of -the \\'ork. ENGINEER'S efforts
will be directed toward providing for O\\'NER a greater degree
of confidence that the completed \\'ork ~~ill conform to the
Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on-site
obser~~ations as an experienced and qualified design profes-
siona],ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed of the prog-
ress of the Rork and will endeavor to guard 0\VNER against
defects and deficiencies in the \\'ork.
8.3. OWNER shall furnish the data required of OR'NER
under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make pay-
ments to CONTRACTOR promptly after they are due as
provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13.
8.4. OWNER'S duties in respect of providing lands and
easements and providing engineering surveys to establish
reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Para-
graph 4.2 refers to OWNER'S idcntif}~ing and making avail-
able to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and
tests of subsurface conditions at the site and in existing struc-
Project Representation:
9.3. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER
will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist
ENGINEER in observing the performance of the Work. The
duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of any
such Resident Project Representative and assistants Nill be
as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. if O\\'NER
designates another agent to represent 0\\'NER at the site
who is not ENGINEER'S agent or employee, the duties,
responsibilities and limitations of authority of such other
person will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions.
19
Clarifications and Interpretations:
9.4. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness
such written clarifications or interpretations of the require-
ments of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drwings
or otherwise) as ENGL';EER may determine necessary, which
shall be consistent ~•ith or reasonably inferable from the
overall intent of the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR
believes that a v~~ritten clarification or interpretation justifies
an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Time and the parries are unable to agree to the
amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim
therefor as provided in Article I I or .Article ]2.
.9uthori;,ed 1~ariations in 1t'ork:
9.5. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the
Rork from the requirements of the Contract Documents ~~hich
do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the
Contract Time and are consistent v~•ith the overall intent of
the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished b~~ a
Field Order and_will be binding on OWNER, and also on
CONTRACTOR _ who shall perform the Work involved
promptly. if CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order
justifies an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of
the Contract Time and the panies are unable to agree as to
the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a
claim therefor as provided in .Article I 1 or 12.
Rejecting Defecrire Rork:
9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or
reject Rork which ENGINEER believes to be defectire, and
wilt also have authority to require special inspection or testing
of the \\'ork as provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or not
the Work is fabricated, installed or completed.
Shop Drax~ings; Change Orders and Pa}'meets:
9.7 In connection v.~ith ENGINEER'S responsibility for
Shop Drawings and samples, see paragraphs 6.23 through
6.28 inclusive... -.
9.8. In connection with ENGINEER'S responsibilities as
to Change Orders, see .Articles l0, 1 ]and 12.
9.9. 1n connection with ENGINEER'S responsibilities in
respect of Applications for Pa~~ment, etc., see .Article 14,
Determinations jor Unit Prices:
9.10. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities
and classifications of L'nit Price Work performed by CON-
TRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR
ENGINEER'S preliminary determinations on such matters
before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommen-
dation of an Application for Payment or otherx~ise). ENGI-
NEER's written decisions thereon will be final and binding
upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days
after the date of any such decision, either OV1%NER or CON-
TRACTOR delivers to the other party to the .Agreement and
to ENGINEER written notice of intention to appeal from
such a decision.
Decisions on Disputes:
9.I1. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the
requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the
acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and
other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or the
interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents
pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the Work and
claims under .Articles I l and l2 in respect of changes in the
Contract Price or Contract Time Wi]] be referred initially to
ENGINEER in writing with a request for a formal decision
in accordance with this paragraph, which ENGINEER will
render in writing v~•ithin a reasonable time. \\'ritten notice of
each such claim, dispute and other matter will be delivered
by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the
Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days)
after the occurrence of the event giving rise thereto, and
written supporting data will be submitted to ENGINEER and
the other parry within sixty days after such occurrence unless
E:~GI'~'EER a11o~•s an additional period of time to ascertain
more accurate data in support of the claim.
9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under
paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11, ENGINEER ~•ilI not show par-
tiality to OV~'NER or CONTRACTOR and H•il] not be liable
in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in
good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by
ENGINEER pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 and 9J 1 with respect
to any such claim, dispute or other matter (except an~• which
have been waived by the making or acceptance of final pay-
ment as provided in paragraph 14.16) will be a condition
precedent to any exercise by O\`,'NER or CONTRACTOR
of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under
the Contract Documents or b~• Laws or Regulations in respect
of an}° such claim, dispute or other matter.
Limitations on E.'~'GL'~'EER's Responsibilities:
9.13. Neither ENGINEER's authority to act under this
Article 9 or elsewhere in the Contract Documents nor any
decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise
or not exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or
responsibility of ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Sub-
contractor, any Supplier, or any other person or organization
performing any of the \\'ork, or to any suret~~ for an}~ of them.
9. ]4. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as
ordered", "as directed", "as required", "as allowed", "as
approved" or terms of like effect or import are used, or the
adjectives "reasonable", "suitable", "acceptable", "proper"
or "satisfactory" or adjectives of like effect or import are
used to describe a requirement, direction, reviea° or judgment
of ENGINEER as to the 11'ork, it is intended that such
requirement, direction, review or judgment will be solely to
evaluate the \\'ork for compliance ~•ith the Contract Docu-
ments (unless there is a specific statement indicating other-
wise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be
20
effective to assign to ENGINEER any duty or authority to
supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the \\'ork
or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary
to the provisions of paragraph 9.15 or 9.16.
9.15. ENGINEER will not be responsible for CON-
TRACTOR'smeans, methods, techniques, sequences or pro-
cedures of construction, or the safety precautions and pro-
grams incident thereto, and ENGINEER Will not be respon-
sible for CONTRACTOR'S failure to perform or furnish the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.16. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or
omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any
Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing
or furnishing any of the \\'ork.
ARTICLE 10-CHANGES IN THE WORK
10.1. Without invalidating the Agreement and H•ithout notice
to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time to
time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the \\'ork;
these will be authorized by a \\'ritten .Amendment, a Change
Order, or a Work Directive Change. L'pon receipt of any such
document, CONTRACTOR shall prompth~ proceed ~~•ith the
Work invoh~ed which will be performed under the applicable
conditions of the Contract Documents (except as other~•ise
specifically provided).
10.2. if O\\'NER and CONTRACTOR zre unable to agree
as to the extent, if any, of an increase or decrease in~the
Contract Price or an extension or shortening of the Contract
Time that should be allowed as a result of a \\'ork Directive
Change, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Article
11 or Article l2.
10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase
in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time
with respect to any \\'ork performed that is not required by
the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supple-
mented as provided in paragraphs 3.4 and 3.5, except in the
case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.22 and
except in the case of uncovering Work as provided in para-
graph 13.9.
10.4. OV1'NER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appro-
priate Change Orders (or \\'ritten .Amendments) covering:
10.4.1. changes in the Work v~~hich are ordered by
OWNER pursuant to paragraph I0.1, are required because
of acceptance of defeerii•e Work under paragraph 13.13 or
correcting defecrire 1\'ork under paragraph 13.14, or are
agreed to by the parries;
10.4.2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time
which are agreed to by the parries; and
10.4.3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time
which embody the substance of any written decision ren-
dered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 9.l l ;
provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order,
an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance
vith the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable
Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, COI~'-
TRACTOR shall carry on the \\'ork and adhere to tfte prog-
ress schedule as provided in paragraph 6.39.
]0.5. If notice of any change affecting the general scope
of the Vdork or the provisions of the Contract Documents
(including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract
Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given
to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRAC-
TOR's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond
will be adjusted accordingly.
ARTICLE l I-CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE
11.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total compen-
sation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to CON-
TRACTOR for performing the \~'ork. All duties, responsibil-
ities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by -CON-
TRACTOR shall be at his expense without change in the
Contract Price.
I l .2. The Contact Price may only be changed by a Change
Order or by a \\'ritten .Amendment..Any claim for an increase
or decrease in the Contract Price shall be based on v.~ritten
notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other
party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than
thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to
the.claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice
of the amount of the claim- With supporting data shall be
delivered. within sixty days after such occurrence (unless
ENGINEER allows an additional period of time to ascertain
more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be
accompanied by claimant's a>ritten statement that the amount
claimed covers all known amounts (direct, indirect and con-
sequential) to N~hich the claimant is entitled as a result of the
occurrence of said event..All claims for adjustment in the
Contract Price shall be determined by ENGINEER in accor-
dance v~~ith paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR
cannot otherv,~ise agree on the amount involved. No claim
for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not
submitted in accordance ~~ith this paragraph 11.2.
11.3. The value of any \\'ork covered by a Change Order
or of any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract
Price shall be determined in one of the following ways:
11.3.1. Where the Work involved is covered b~• unit
prices contained in the Contract Documents, by applica-
tion of unit prices to the quantities of the items involved
(subject to the provisions of paragraphs 11.9.1. through
11.9.3, inclusive).
2l
] 1.3.2. By mutual acceptance of a lump sum (which
may include an allov.~ance for overhead and profit not
necessarily in accordance with paragraph ] ].6.2.1).
11.3.3. On the basis of the Cost of the \i'ork (deter-
mined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5) plus a
CONTR.ACTOR's Fee for overhead and profit (deter-
mined as provided in paragraphs l 1.6 and 1 l.7).
to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar
as applicable.
11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but not
limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, sur-
veyors, attorneys and accountants) emplo}~ed for services
specifically related to the Work.
11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the folloWin¢:
Cost of the >•i'ork:
]1.4. The term Cost of the Rork means the sum of all
costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in
the proper performance of the V1'ork. Except as otherwise
may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be
in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of
the Project, shall include only the follo~~~ing items and shall
not include an}~ of the costs itemized in paragraph I l .5:
11.4. ]. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ
of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the \\'ork under
schedules of job classifications agreed upon b}~ O\\'NER
and CONTRACTOR. Payroll costs for employees not
employed full time on the \'.'ork shall be apportioned on
the basis of their time spent on the \\'ork. Pa}roll costs
shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and a•a~es
plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social
security contributions. unemplo}~ment. excise and pa}•roll
taxes, workers' or workmen's compensation. health and
retirement benefits, bonuses. sick leave, vacation and hol-
idaypay applicable thereto. Such emplo}°ees shall include
superintendents and foremen at the site. The expenses of
performing \\'ork after regular working hours, on Satur-
day, Sunday or Legal holidays, shall be included in the
above to the extent authorized by O\'~'NER.
l 1.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished
and incorporated in the V.'ork, .including costs of trans-
portation and:,storage thereof, and Suppliers field services
required in connection there~~ith..All cash discounts shall
accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OV~'NER deposits funds
with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in
which case the cash discounts shall accrue to O\\%NER.
All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and all returns
from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue
to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions
so that they may be obtained.
11.4.3. Pa}~ments made by CONTRACTOR to the
Subcontractors for \\'ork performed by Subcontractors.
If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain
competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to CON-
TRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to O\'~'NER who
will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER, "~hich
bids will be accepted. if a subcontract provides that the
.Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the
Work Plus a Fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the \\'ork
shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRAC-
TOR'S Cost of the Work. All subcontracts shall be subject
22
11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary transporta-
tion, travel and subsistence .expenses of CONTRAC-
TOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties con-
nected with the Work.
11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and main-
tenance, of al] materials, supplies. equipment, machin-
ery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the
site and hand tools not owned by the workers. ~•hich
are consumed in the performance of the \\'ork, and cost
less market value of such items used but not consumed
which remain the properly of CONTRACTOR.
l ].4.5.3. Rentals of all construction equipment and
machinery and the parts thereof N~hether rented from
CONTRACTOR or others in accordance v.•ith rental
agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of
ENGINEER, and the costs of transportation, loading,
unloading, installation, dismantling and removal
thereof-all in accordance with terms of said rental
agreements. The rental of an}~ such equipment, machin-
er}~ or pans shat) cease v,~hen the use thereof is no longer
necessary for the \\'ork.
11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes
related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is
liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations.
11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than negli-
gence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or any-
one directly or indirectly emplo}~ed by any of them or
for whose acts any of them ma}~ be liable, and ro}•alty
payments and fees for permits and licenses.
11.4.5.6. Losses and damages. (and related
expenses), not compensated b}' insurance orotherv,~ise,
to the Work or otherv.~ise sustained by CON7-RACTOR
in connection ~~ith the performance and furnishing of
the Work (except losses and damages within the
deductible amounts of properly insurance established
by OVdNER in accordance with paragraph 5.9), pro-
vided they have resulted from causes other than the
negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them
or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such
losses shall include settlements made ~~ith the written
consent and approval of O\'1'NER. No such losses,
damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of
the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRAC-
TOR'S Fee. If, however, any such loss or damage
u
requires reconstruction and CONTRACTOR is placed
in charge thereof, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for
services a fee proportionate to that stated in paragraph
11.6.2.
11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary
facilities at the site.
] 1.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long
distance telephone calls, telephone service at the site,
expressage and similar petty cash items in connection
v~~ith the \\'ork.
]].4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds
and insurance required because of changes in the \~'ork
and premiums for properly insurance coverage Within
the limits of the deductible amounts established by
OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.9.
11.5. The term Cost of the Work shall not include an_v of
the following:
1 l .5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CON-
TRACTOR'S officers, executi~~es, principals (of parlner-
ship and sole proprietorships), general managers, engi-
neers, architects, estimators. attorneys, auditors, accoun-
tants, purchasing and contracting agents, expeditors,
timekeepers, clerks and other personnel employed by
CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in CONTRAC-
TOR'S principal or a branch office for general administra-
tion of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed
upon schedule of job classifications referred to in para-
graph I ].4.1 or specifically covered by paragraph l 1.4.4-
all of ~+~hich are to be considered administrative costs
covered by the CONTR.ACTOR's Fee.
l 1.5.2. Expenses c+f CONTRACTOR'S principal and
branch offices other than CONTRACTOR'S office at the
site.
l 1.5.3. Any pan of CONTRACTOR'S capital expenses,
including interest on CONTRACTOR'S capita] employed
for the \\'ork and charges against CONTRACTOR for
delinquent pa~~ments.
11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all
insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by
the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the
same (except for the cost of premiums covered by sub-
paragraph l 1.4.5.9 above).
11.5.5. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRAC-
TOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for Whose acts any of them
may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction
of defective \\'ork, disposal of materials or equipment
wrongly supplied and making good any damage to prop-
erly.
11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of
any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and
expressly included in paragraph 11.4.
23
CONTRACTOR'S Fee:
1 I.6. The CONTRACTOR'S Fee allowed to CONTRAC-
TOR for overhead and profit shall be determined as follov.~s:
11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or if none can
be agreed upon,
] 1.6.2. a fee based on the following percentages of the
various portions of the Cost of the Work:
l 1.6.2.1. for costs incurred under paragraphs l 1.4.1
and 11.4.2, the CONTRACTOR'S Fee shall be_ fifteen
percent;
l 1.6.2.2. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.4.3,
the CONTRACTOR'S Fee shall be fve percent; and if
a subcontract is on the basis of Cost of the \'1'ork Plus
a Fee, the maximum allo~~•able to CONTRACTOR on
account of overhead and profit of all Subcontractors
shall be fifteen percent;
1].6.2.3. no fee shall be payable on the basis of
costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, l ].4.5 and I I.S;
11.6.2.4. the amount of credit to be allov.~ed by
CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change which
results in a net decrease in cost v~ill be the amount of
the actual net decrease plus a deduction in CONTRAC-
TOR'S Fee by as amount equal to ten percent of the
net decrease; and
11.6.2.5. when both additions and credits are
involved in any one change, the adjustment in CON-
TRACTOR'S Fee shall be computed on the basis of the
net change in accordance with paragraphs 11.6.2.1
through ] 1.6.2.4, inclusive.
11.7-.:+. Whenever the cost of any Work is to be determined
pursuant to paragraph 1 L4 or` 11.5; CONTRACTOR will
submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost
breakdown together with supposing data.
Cash Allowances:
11.8. 1t is understood that CONTRACTOR has included
in the Contract Price all allov~~ances so named in the Contract
Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be done
by such Subcontractors or Suppliers and for such sums ~~ithin
the limit of the allowances as may be acceptable to ENGI-
NEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that:,
1].8.1. The allowances include the cost to CON-
TRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of mate-
rials and equipment.required by the allov~ances to be deliv-
ered at the site, and all applicable taxes; and
11.8.2. CONTRACTOR'S costs for unloading and
handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead,
profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances
have been included in the Contract Price and not in the
allowances. No demand for additional payment on account
of any thereof Hsi]] be valid.
Prior to final pa}•ment, an appropriate Change Order will be
issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual
amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered
by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspond-
ingly adjusted.
Unit Price Tt'ork:
11.9.1. R'here the Contract Documents provide that
all or part of the Work is to be L'nit Price Work, initially
the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit
Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established
unit prices for each separately identified item of L'nit Price
\\'ork times-the estimated quamity of each item as indi-
cated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items
of Unit Price \\'ork are not guaranteed and are solely for
the purpose ;of comparison of Bids and determining an
initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quan-
tities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by
CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in accor-
dance with Paragraph 9.10.
11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an
amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to
cover CONTRACTOR'S overhead and profit for each sep-
arate]yidentified item.
11.9.3. \\'here the quantity of any item of L'nit Price
V~'ork performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially
and significantly from the estimated quantit}~ of such item
indicated in the .Agreement and there is no corresponding
adjustment with respect to any other item of \\'ork and if
CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR has
incurred additional expense as a result thereof, CON-
TRACTOR tray make a claim for an increase in the Con-
tract Price in accordance H~ith .Article ] 1 if the parries are
unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase.
ARTICLE 12-CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIA4E
12.1. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change
Order or a Written Amendment. ,Any claim for an extension
or shortening of the Contract Time shall be based on written
notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other
party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event ]zter than
thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to
the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice
of the extent of the claim v.•ith supporting data shall be deliv-
ered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless ENGI-
NEER allows an additional period of time to ascertain more
accurate data in support of the claim) and shall he accom-
panied by the claimant's written statement that the adjust-
ment claimed is the entire adjustment to Which the claimant
has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence
of said event. A11 claims for adjustment in the Contract Time
~q
shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with para-
graph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise
agree. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time v`•ill
be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements
of this paragraph 12.1.
12.2. The Contract Time will be extended in an amount
equal to time lost due to delays beyond the control of CON-
TRACTOR if a claim is made therefor as provided in para-
graph 12.1. Such dela}~s shall include, but not be limited to,
acts or neglect by OWNER or others performing additional
~~ork as contemplated by .Article 7, or to fires, floods, labor
disputes, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of
God.
]2.3. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents
are of the essence of the Agreement. The provisions of this
.Article 12 shall not exclude recovery for damages (including
but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects,
attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration
costs) for delay by either party.
.ARTICLE l3-WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE;
TESTS AND INSPECT]ONS;
CORRECT]ON, REMOVAL OR
ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
l'4'arrant)• and Guarantee:
13.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to
OWNER and ENGINEER that all Work will be in accor-
dance v<•iththe Contract Documents and vill not be defecri~•e.
Prompt notice of all detects shall be given to CONTRAC-
TOR. All defecrire \\'ork, v~hether or not in place, may be
rejected, corrected or accepted as provided in this Anic]e 13.
Access to >•i'ork:
13.2. ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S representatives,
other representatives of OWNER, testing agencies and gov-
ernmental agencies vt>ith jurisdictional interests X711 have access
to the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting
and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide proper and safe
conditions for such access.
Tests and Inspections:
13.3. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely notice
of readiness of the Work for al] required inspections, tests or
approvals.
] 3.4, if Laves or Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction require any \Vork (or part thereof) to specifically
be inspected, tested or approved, CONTRACTOR shall
assume full responsibility therefor, pay all costs in connection
therewith and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates
of inspection, testing or approval. CONTRACTOR shall also
be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with
any inspection or testing required in connection ~~.~ith OV1'N-
ER's or ENGINEER'S acceptance of a Supplier of materials
or equipment proposed to be incorporated in the ~'~'ork. or of
materials or equipment submitted for approval prior to CON-
TRACTOR'spurchase thereof for incorporation in-the ~'~'ork.
The cost of all inspections, tests and approvals in addition to
the above ~~hich are required by the Contract Documents
shall be paid by OR'NER (unless otherwise specified).
13.5. All inspections, tests or approvals other than those
required by Laws or Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction shall be performed by organizations acceptable
to OR'NER and CONTRACTOR (or by ENGINEER if so
specified).
13.6. If any ~'~'ork (including the v.~ork of others) that is
to be inspected, tested or approved is covered without ~•ritten
concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGI-
NEER, be unco~~ered for observation. Such uncovering shall
be at CONTRACTOR'S expense unless CONTRACTOR has
given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR'S inten-
tion to cover the same and ENGINEER has not acted with
reasonable promptness in response to such notice.
13.7. Neither observations by ENGINEER nor inspec-
tions, tests or approvals by others shall relieve CONTRAC-
TOR from CONTRACTOR'S obligations to perform the «'ork
in accordance ~•ith the Contract Documents.
L'ncorering ii'ork:
]3.8. if any Work is covered contrary to the written request
of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be
uncovered for ENGINEER'S observation and replaced at
CONTRACTOR'S expense.
13.9. If E:v'GINEER considers it necessary or advisable
that covered \i'ork be observed by ENGINEER or inspected
or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER'S
request, shall uncover, expose or otherv.•ise make a~•ailable
for observation, inspection or testing as ENGINEER may
require, that portion of the 1~'ork in question, furnishing all
necessary labor, material and equipment. if it is found that
such Rork is defecrire, CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct,
indirect and consequential costs of such uncovering, expo-
sure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory
reconstruction, (including but not limited to fees and charges
of engineers, architects, attorne}~s and other professionals),
and OR'NER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in
the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as
to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefor as provided
in Article 11. If, however, such Work is not found to be
defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in
the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or
both; directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure,
observation, inspection, testing and reconstruction; and, if
the parries are unable to agree as to the amount or extent
thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as pro-
vided in Articles 11 and 12.
Ox•ner?11a~• Stop the Yi'ork:
13.10. If the Rork is defecri,•e, or CONTRACTOR fails
to supply sufficient skilled v.>orkers or suitable materials or
equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Rork in such a
Way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract
Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the
~'~'ork, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order
has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER to stop
the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the pan of OW'!~ER
to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or
any other parry.
Correction or Remorai of Dejectire li'ork:
13.11. lfrequired by ENGI`~EER, CO'~TR4CTOR shall
promptly, as directed, either correct all d~fectn•e ~'~'ork,
~•hether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the
Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the
site and replace it with nondefectire Rork. CONTRACTOR
shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such
correction or removal (including but not limited to fees and
charges of engineers; architects, attorne}~s and other profes-
sionals) made necessary thereby.
One }'ear Correction Period:
13.12. if v.~ithin one }year after the date of Substantial
Completion or such longer period of time as may be pre-
scribed by Laws or Regulations or b}~ the terms of any appli-
cable special guarantee required b}~ the Contract Documents
or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any
Work is found to be defective, CO~'TRACTOR shall promptly,
without cost to 0~1'NER and in accordance with O~'~'NER's
written instructions, either correct such defecrire Work, or,
if it has been rejected by OWNER; remove it from the site
and replace it with nondefecri~•e V1'ork: if CONTRACTOR
does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions,
or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of
loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work cor-
rected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all
direct, indirect and consequential costs of such removal and
replacement (including but not limited to fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals) will
be paid by CONTRACTOR. In special circumstances Where
a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Substantial Completion of all the V~'ork, the correction
period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if
so provided in the Specifications or by R'ritten Amendment.
Acceptance of Defecti-~ li'or~:
]3.13. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and
replacement of defecrire ~'~'ork, OWNER (and, prior to
ENGINEER'S recommendation of final payment, also
ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CON-
TRACTOR shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential
25
costs attributable to O\\'NER's evaluation of and determi-
nation toaccept such dejecri,•e 1\'ork (such costs to be approved
by ENGINEER as to reasonableness and to include but not
be limited to fees and charges of engineers. architects. attor-
neys and other professionals). If any such acceptance occurs
prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, a
Change Order v.~ill be issued incorporating the necessary revi-
sions in the Contract Documents ~+•ith respect to the \\%ork;
and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in
the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as
to the amount thereof, O\\'NER may make a claim therefor
as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such
recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by
CONTRACTOR to OWNER.
OR;O'ER A1a~• Correct Defective Rork:
13.14. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time
after ~~ritten notice of ENGINEER to proceed to correct and
to correct dejecrii•e V1'ork or to remove and replace rejected
Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance ~ ith para-
graph I3.] 1, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the \\'ork
in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CON-
TRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the
Contract Documents, O\b'NER may, after seven days' writ-
ten notice to CONTRACTOR. correct and remedy any such
deficiency. 1n exercising the rights and remedies under this
paragraph O\~'NER shall proceed expeditiously. To the extent
necessary to complete corrective and remedial action. O\'.:\ ER
may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site. take
possession of all or pan of the \\'ork, and suspend CO'v-
TRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of
CONTRACTOR'S tools. appliances, construction equipment
and machinery at the site and incorporate in the \\'ork all
materials and equipment stored at the site or for ~•hich OVA ::1'ER
has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored else~•here.
CO:~'TRACTOR shall allow OV.%NER, OV1'NER's represen-
tatives, agents and employees such access to the site as may
be necessary to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and
remedies under this paragraph. ,Al] direct, indirect and con-
segtiential costs of O1~'NER in exercising such rights and
remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR in an amount
approved as to reasonableness by ENGINEER, znd a Change
Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in
the Contract Documents with respect to the-Work; and
OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the
Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to
the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as
provided in Article l ]. Such direct, indirect and consequen-
tial costs ~•ill include but not be limited to fees and charges
of engineers, architects, attorne~~s and other professionals,
all court and arbitration costs and all costs of repair and
replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by
correction, removal or replacement of CONTRACTOR'S
dejectire Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an
extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in per-
formance ofthe Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER
of OWlr'ER's rights and remedies hereunder.
ARTICLE 14-PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND
COMPLETION
Schedule oj1'alues:
14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in
paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments
and will be incorporated into a form of .Application for Pay-
ment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on
account of Lnit Price Rork mill be based on the number of
units completed.
Application for Progress Pa~•ment:
14.2, At ]east twenty da}•s before each progress payment
is scheduled (but not more often than once a month), CON-
TRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Appli-
cation for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR
covering the Rork completed as of the date of the Application
and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is
required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested
on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in
the \~'ork but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at
another location agreed to in v~~riting, the ,Application for
Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice
or other documentation warranting that OR?NER has received
the materials and equipment free and clear of al] liens, charges.,
security interests and encumbrances (v.~hich are hereinafter
in these General Conditions referred to as "Liens") and
evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by
appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to
protect O\~'NER's interest therein. all of ~~~hich v.•il] be sat-
isfactory to OV~'NER. The amount of retainage with respect
to progress payments "•ill be as stipulated in the .Agreement.
CO.~'TRACTOR's 1i'arrann• ojTitle:
14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title
to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Appli-
cation for Payment,. v~hether incorporated in the Project or
not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment
free and clear of all Liens.
Reriew ojApplications jor Progress Pa}•ment:
14.4. ENGINEER will; within ten days after receipt of
each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a
recommendation of pa~~ment and present the .Application to
OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indi-
cating in writing ENGI:.'EER's reasons for refusing. to rec-
ommend payment. 1n the latter case, CONTRACTOR may
make the necessary corrections. and resubmit the Applica-
tion. Ten da~~s after presentation of the Application for Pay-
ment With ENGINEER'S recommendation, the amount rec-
ommended will (subject to the provisions of the last sentence
of paragraph 14.7) become due and When due will be paid by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR.
14.5. ENGINEER'S recommendation of any payment
requested in an Application for Pa~~ment Will constitute a
~6
J
~i
~i
~i
i~
representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on ENGI-
1~'EER's on-site observations of the \\'ork in progress as an
experienced and qualified design professional and on ENGI-
1~'EER's review of the Application for Pa~•ment and the
accompan}•ing data and schedules that the \\'ork has pro-
gressed to the point indicated; that, to the best of ENGI-
NEER'S knowledge, information and belief, the quality of
the Work is in accordance v.~ith the Contract Documents
(subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning v.~hole
prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any
subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents. to a
final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit
Price Work under paragraph 9.10, and to any other. qualifi-
cations stated in the recommendationl: and that CONTRAC-
TOR is entitled to payment of the amount recommended.
HoW'ever, by recommending any such pa~•ment ENGINEER
Will not thereby be deemed to have represented that exhaus-
tive or continuous on-site inspections have been made to
check the quality or the quantity of the \\'ork bed and the
responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the
Contact Documents or that there may not be other matters
or issues between the parries that might entitle CONTRAC-
TOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or O\\'NER to
withhold payment to CONTRACTOR.
14.6. ENGINEER'S recommendation of final payment
v~ill constitute an additional representation by ENGINEER
to OWNER that the conditions precedent to CONTRAC-
TOR'sbeing entitled to final payment as set forth in paragraph
]4.13 have been fulfilled.
14.7. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole
or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER'S opinion, it
~~ould be incorrect to make such representations to OR'NER.
ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such pay-
ment, or, because of subsequently disco~~ered evidence or
the results of subsequent inspections ortests, nullif~• any such
payment previously recommended, to such extent as ma}• be
necessary in ENGINEER'S opinion to protect O\\'I~ER from
loss because:
14.7.1. the \Vork is defective, or completed N'ork has
been damaged requiring correction or replacement,
]4.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by V~'rit-
ten .Amendment or Change Order,
14.7.3. O\'JNER has been required to correct defec-
rit~e Work or complete Rork in accordance with paragraph
13.14, or
14.7.4, of ENGINEER'S actual kno~~ledge of the
occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs
15.2.1 through 15.2.9 inclusive.
OWNER may refuse to make pa}~ment of the full amount
recommended by ENGINEER because claims have been
made against OR'NER on account of CONTRACTOR'S per-
formance or furnishing of the Rork or Liens have been filed
in connection v~~ith the Work or there are other items entitling
OWNER to a set-off against the amount recommended, but
OVVL'ER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice
(with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such
action.
Substantial Completion:
14.8. \\'hen CONTRACTOR considers the entire \\'ork
ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify
O\'~'NER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire \\'ork is
substantialh~ complete (except for items specificall}• listed by
CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that_;.ENGI-
NEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. \\'ithin
a reasonable time thereafter, O\\':vER, CONTRACTOR and
.ENGINEER shall make an inspection of the \\'ork to deter-
mine the status of completion. if ENGINEER does not con-
sider the \\'ork substantially complete. ENGINEER "•ill notify
CONTRACTOR in ~~•ritin2 _i~ ing the reasons therefor. If
ENGINEER considers the ~1\'ork substantially complete,
ENGINEER ~~.•ill prepare and deliver to 0\\'NER a tentative
certificate of Substantial Completion v~•hich shall fix the date
of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the
certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or cor-
rected before final payment. O\\'NER shall have seven days
after receipt of the tentative certificate during ~~•hich to make
v.•ritten objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the
certificate or attached list. lf, after considering such objec-
tions, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substan-
tially complete, ENGINEER v.•ill within fourteen days after
submission of the tentative certificate to OR'NER notify
CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefor. lf,
after consideration of 0R'NER's objections, ENGINEER
considers the \\'ork substantialh• complete.. ENGINEER will
within said fourteen days execute and delis er to O\\'NER
and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion (r~•ith a revised tentative list of items to be com-
pleted or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative
certificate as ENGINEER believes justified-after consider-
.. anon of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery
of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion ENGI-
NEERwill deliver to 01\';~ ER and CO\TRACTOR a written
recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending
..final payment between O\\'NER and CONTRACTOR v~•ith
respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat,
utilities, insurance and warranties. Unless OR'NER and
CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in ~•riting and so inform
ENGINEER prior to ENGINEER'S issuing the definitive
certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER'S afore-
said recommendation will be binding on 0\\'NER and CON-
TRACTOR until final payment.
14.9. O\\'NER shall have the right to exclude CON-
TRACTOR from the Rork after the date of Substantial Com-
pletion,but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable
access to complete or correct items on the tentative list.
Partial Utili:~tion:
]4.10. Use by OWNER of any finished part of the \\'ork,
which has specifically been identified in the Contract Docu-
27
ments, or which O\\'NER, ENGINEER and CONTR~C-
TOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and useable
part of the Rork that can be used by OR'1.'ER without sie-
nificant interference ~~•ith CONTRACTOR'S performance of
the remainder of the \\'ork, may be accomplished prior to
Substantial Completion of all the \\'ork subject to the follo~~•-
ing:
14.10.1. OWNER at any time may request CON-
TRACTOR in N~riting to permit OWNER to use any such
part of the Work v.•hich ORDER believes to be ready for
its intended use and substantially complete. if CON-
TR.ACTORagrees, CONTRACTOR will certify to OR :'~ ER
and ENGINEER that said part of the Rork is substantially
complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of
Substantial Completion for that pan of the \\'ork. CON-
TRACTOR at any time may notify O\\';~'ER and E`~GI-
NEER in writingthat CONTRACTOR considers any such
part of the \\`ork ready for its intended use and substan-
tially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certif-
icate of Substantial Completion for that pan of the \\'or k.
\'~'ithin a reasonable time after either such request. ORDER,
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspec-
tion of that pan of the Work to determine its status of
completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that pan of
the Rork to be substantially complete, ENGINEER ~'~~il]
notify O\\'NER and CONTRACTOR in writing gi~•ing the
reasons therefor. if ENGINEER considers that pan of the
Fork to be substantialh• complete, the provisions of para-
graphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply v.•ith respect to certification
of Substantial Completion of that pan of the \\'ork and the
division of responsibility in respect thereof and access
thereto.
14.10.2. O\'J'.'ER may at any time request CON-
TRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to take over
operation of any such pan of the \\'ork althouch it is not
substantially complete..A copy of such request ~•ill be
sent to ENGINEER and within a reasonable time there-
after OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall
make an inspection of that pan of the \\'ork to determine
its status of completion and ~~~ill prepare a list of the items
remaining to be completed or corrected thereon before
final payment. if CONTRACTOR does not object in ~~•rit-
ing to OWNER and ENGINEER that such pan of the
Work is not ready for separate operation by ORDER,
ENGINEER ~~ill finalize the list of items to be completed
or corrected and will deliver such list to 0\\':ER and
CONTRACTOR together with a ~•ritten recommendation
as to the division of responsibilities pending final pa}~ment
between ORDER and CONTRACTOR t~'ith respect to
security, operation, safety, maintenance, utilities, insur-
ance, warranties and guarantees for that pan of the \\'ork
which will become binding upon O\~'NER and CON-
TRACTOR at the time when ORDER takes over such
operation (unless they shall have otherwise agreed in writ-
ing and so informed ENGINEER). During such operation
and prior to Substantial Completion of such part of the
\'~'ork, OR'D'ER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable
ecess to complete or correct items on said list and to
mplete other related Rork.
14.]0.3. No occupancy or separate operation of part
of the Rork w•i11 be accomplished prior to compliance With
the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property
insurance.
Final Inspection:
14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the
entire Rork or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGI-
NEER will make a final inspection with OWNER and CON-
TRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all
particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Rork is
incomplete or defectn•e. CONTRACTOR shall immediately
take such measures as are necessary to remedy such defi-
ciencies.
Final Application for Pa}•ment:
14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such cor-
rections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered all
maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guaran-
tees, Bonds, certificates of inspection, marked-up record
documents (as provided in paragraph 6.19) and other docu-
ments-all as required by the Contract Documents, and after
ENGINEER has indicated that the Work is acceptable- (sub-
ject to the provisions of paragraph 14.16), CONTRACTOR
may make application for final payment following the pro-
cedure for progress payments. The final Application for Pay-
ment shall be accompanied by al] documentation called for
in the Contract Documents, together with complete and legally
effective releases or ~~•aivers (satisfactory to O\\'I~'ER) of all
Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Rork. In
lieu thereof and as approved by OV1'NER, CONTRACTOR
may furnish receipts or releases in full; an affidavit of CON-
TRACTOR that the releases and receipts include all labor,
services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be
filed, and that all pa}•rolls, material and equipment bills, and
other indebtedness connected ti~ith the Work for ~~hich
OWNER or OVdNER's properly might in any way be respon-
sible, have been paid or otherv~~ise satisfied: and consent of
the surety, if any, to final pa}~ment. if any Subcontractor or
Supplier fails to furnish a release or receipt in full, CON-
TRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfac-
tory to ORDER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien.
Fina! Pa~•ment and Acceptance:
14.13. lf, on the basis of ENGINEER'S observation of
the Work during construction and final inspection, and
ENGINEER'S review of the final Application for Payment
and accompanying documentation-all as required by the
Contract Documents. ENGINEER is satisfied that the Rork
has been completed and CONTRACTOR'S other obligations
under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGI-
NEER will, Within ten days after receipt of the final Appli-
cation for Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER'S rec-
ommendation of pa}•ment and present the Application to
O1'VNER for payment. Thereupon ENGINEER will give
written notice to O\t'L'ER and CONTRACTOR that the Rork
is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph ]4.16.
~8
l
~i
n
Otherwise, E>`GI:~EER will return the application to CO'~-
TR~SCTOR, indicating in ~•riting the reasons for refusing to
recommend final payment, in U•hich case CO\TR.~CTOR
shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the .,ppli-
eation. Thing days after presentation to 0'~\'\ER of the
Application and accompanying documentation, in appropri-
zte form and substance, and ~•ith E:~GI';EER's recommen-
dation and notice of acceptability, the amount reco;,,mended
by E'`'GI:~ EER ~~ill become due and ~•ill be paid by O\\'\ ER
to CONTRSCTOR.
]4.14. lf, through no moult of CO\TR~CTOR, final com-
pletion of the \\'ork is significanth+ delayed and if E'~GI-
:~EER so eonfirrts, 0\1',':ER shall, upon :eceipt of CO\-
TR~CTOR's final Applirtion for Pa~•ment and recommen-
dation of E:~GI';EER, and ~~•ithout to„rir,ating the .~tree-
ment, make payment of the balance due for that p",ion of
the \\'ork fulh' cot-„„pined and accepted. if the :er-,:ainir.e
bzlance to be held by O\\''~ER for \i'e:k not fully co-pined
or corrected is Jess than the rttalna£e stipulated in the A~ree-
ment, and if Bonds have been furnished as reoui:ed in para-
graph 5.1, the ~•riaen consent of the surety to the payment
of the balance due for that portion of the \\'ork ,`ulh• com-
plied and accepted shall be submitted by C0~7R;CTOR
to E:~GI'~EER with the application for such ;,al m:nt. Such
payment shell be ,trade under the terms and conditions Gov-
erning final payment, except that it shall not constitute a
waiver of claims.
Conrroctor's Continuing Obligorion:
14.15. CO'\TR,C70R's obliGation to pe;1e,-;rt and co:;t-
plie the \\'ork in accordance with the Contract Documents
shall be absolute. \either recommendation of any pro_ress
or final payment by E'`'GI:~EER, nor :he issuance of a cer-
tificate of Substantial Completion, nor ar,y payment by
O\1'\ER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents,
nor any use or ouupancy of the \\'ork or any pan thereof by
O\i":ER, nor ar,v act of acceptance by 0\+''\ER nor anv
failure to do so, nor am' review and app; o, al of a Shop
Drawing or sample submission. nor the issuance of a notice
ofzcccptabilityb.'E1Gl:~EERpursuanttopa*aGraph la.l;,
nor any correction of drfecrire \\'ork by 0li'\ER »~ill con-
stitute an acceptance of \\'ork not in accordance ~~•ith tht
Contract Docun-,eats or a release of CO~TRaCTOR's obli-
€ation to perform the 1i'ork in accordance with the Contract
Documents (except as provided in paragraph ]?.l6).
N'oircr of Clain^.s:
14.16. The making and acceptance of final payment will
constitute:
]4.16.1. a waiver of all claims b}' O\i'\ER against
CO`~'TR.~CTOR, except claims arising from unsealed
Liens, from dFfccrire \\'ork appearing after final inspee.
lion pursuant to paragrph 14.11 or from failure to comply
With the Contact Documents or the terms of any special
guarantees specified therein; however, it will not consti-
tute a Waiver by O\i:'.ER of any rights in respect of
CONTR4CTOR's continuing obligations under the Con-
tract Documents, and
14.16.3. a waiver of all claims by COti'TR~CTOR
against O\i'I: ER other than those previously made in writ-
ing and still unsettled.
ART]CLE 1S-SL'SPE';SIO:~ OF \\'ORK A';D
TERMI';AT10`~
Ox•nerAla}'Suspend 11'ork:
15.1. 0)','''ER may, at am• time and without cause. sus-
pendthe \\'ork orany portion thereoffor a period of not more
thzn ninety days b~• notice in writing to CO''TRyCTOR and
E'~GIAEER which v.•il] fix the date on which \\'ork ~~ill be
resumed: CO';TR~CTOR shall resurrie the \\'o:k on the date
so fixed. C0\ T R,CTOR shall be 2l}o~•ed an increase in the
Contract Price or an extension of :he Contract Time, or both,
directly attributable to any suspension if CO'~TRACTOR
makes an approved claim therefor as provided in Articles l ]
and 13.
Ox•ncr 110}• Terminate:
15.3. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the
following events:
15.3.1. if CO:~TR4CTOR commences 2 ~•o)uman• case
under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code (Title l 1, United
States Code), as now or hereafter in effect, or if CO:.-
TRACTOR takes any equi~•alent or similar action by filing
a petition or othetvise under any other federal or state
lzw in effect at such time relating to the bankruptcy or
insolvency;
15??.. if a petition is filed against COtiTR4CTOR
under any chapter of the. Baal:.-up>cy Code as now or
hereafter in effect at the time of filing. or if a petition is
filed seeking any such equi~•alem or simi',ar relief against
CONTR=.CTOR under any.. other federal or state law in
effect at the time. relating to.bankruptcy or insoh•ency;
15.3.3. if CO::TR•~CTOR makes a general assicnment
for the benefit of creditors;
15.3.?: if a trustee, receiver, custodizn or agent of
CONTR,CTOR is appointed under applicable law or under
contra, ~•hosc appointment or authority to take charge
of properly of CO1'TR~CTOR is for the. purpose of
enforcing a Lien against such prepeny or for the purpose
of general administration of such properly for the benefit
of CONTR4CTOR's creditors;
15?.5. if CONTRACTOR admits in ~•riting an inabil-
ity topay its debts generally as they become due;
15.2.6. if CO\TRACTOR persistently fails to perform
the 11'oil. in accordance ~•ith the Contract Documents
~9
(including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient
skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or
failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under
paragraph 2.9 as revised from time to time);
15.2.7. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regu-
lations of any public body having jurisdiction;
15.2.8. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of
ENGINEER; or
15.2.9. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any
substantial v.ay any provisions of the Contract Docu-
menu;
OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety,
if there be one) seven days'. written notice and to the extent
permitted by`Laws and Regulations, terminate the services
of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site
and take possession of the \'Vork and of all CONTRACTOR'S
tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at
the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used
by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for
trespass or conversion), incorporate in the \Vork all materials
and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has
paid CONTRACTOR but ~•hich are stored elsewhere, and
finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such
case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive anv
funher payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid
balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct. indirect and
consequential costs of completing the Vb'ork (including but
not limited to fees and charges of engineers. architects, attor-
neys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs)
-such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such costs
exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the
difference to OWNER. Such costs incurred by OWNER will
be approved as to reasonableness by ENGINEER and incor-
porated in a Change Order, but when exercising any rights
or remedies under this paragraph OWN ER shall not be required
fo obtain the lowest price for the Vdork performed.
~-
15.3. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so
terminated by O\\%NER, the termination will not affect any
rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then
existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or
payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will
not release CONTRACTOR from liability.
15.4. Upon seven days' written notice to CONTRAC-
TOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and
without prejudice to any other right or remedy, elect to aban-
don the \Vork and terminate the .Agreement. In such case,
CONTRACTOR shall be paid for all Work executed and any.
expense sustained plus reasonable termination expenses;"which
will include, but not be limited to, direct, indirect and con-
sequential costs (including, but not limited to, fees and charges
of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals
and court and arbitration costs).
Conlracror.tlay Slop ti'ork or Terminate:
15.5. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the
Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days by
OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority,
or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment
within thirty days after it is submitted, or OWNER fails for
[hirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally deter-
mined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven
days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, terminate
the Agreement and recover from OWNER payment for all
Work executed and any expense sustained plus reasonable
termination expenses. In addition and in lieu of terminating
the Agreement, if E\GINEER has failed to act on an Appli-
cation for Payment or O\'~'NER has failed to make any pay-
ment as aforesaid. CONTRACTOR may upon seven days'
~•ritten notice to O\\•"tiER and ENGINEER stop the \Vork
until payment of all amounts then due. The provisions of this
paragraph shall not relieve CONTRACTOR ofthe obligations
under paragraph 6.?9 to carry on the \Vork in accordance
with the progress schedule and without delay during disputes
and disagreements with OW?r'ER.
[The remainder of this page was left blank intentiona]ly.]
30
~~
~i
u
ARTICLE 16-.ARBITRATION
16.1. All claims, .disputes and other matters in question
between O1'J:vER and CONTRACTOR arising out of, or
relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof
(except for claims v.•hich have been v~•aived by the making or
acceptance of final pa} ment as provided b}~ paragraph 14.16)
will be decided by arbitration in accordance v~ ith the Con-
struction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbi-
tration Association then obtaining subject to the limitations
of this Article 16. This agreement so to arbitrate and an}~
other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into in accor-
dance here~~.~ith as provided in this Article l6 v.•ill be specifi-
cally enforceable under the prevailing law of any coup having
jurisdiction.
16.2. No demand for arbitration of any claim. dispute or
other matter that is required to be referred to ENGINEER
initially for decision in accordance ~'. ith paragraph 9.11 ~~. ill
be made until the earlier of (a) the date on which ENGINEER
has rendered a decision or tb) the tenth day after the ponies
have presented their evidence to ENGINEER if a written
decision has not been rendered by ENGI\EER before that
date. No demand for arbitration of any such claim, dispute
or other matter Mill be made later than thirty days after the
date on ~+hich E:~GI\EER has rendered a ~~ritten decision
in respect thereof in accordance t~•ith paragraph 9.l ] :and the
failure to demand arbitration ~~.•ithin said thirty days' period
shall result in ENGINEER'S decision being final and binding
upon O~'1'NER and CONTRACTOR. ]f ENGINEER renders
a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated,
such decision ma}' be entered as evidence but ~~ ill not supersede
the arbitration proceedings, except ~~fiere the decision is
acceptable to the parties concerned. No demand for arbitra-
tion of any written. decision of ENGINEER rendered in
accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made later than ten
days after the pan}~ making such demand has delivered ~rrit-
ten notice of intention to appeal as provided in paragraph
9.10.
16.3. Notice of the demand for arbitration will be filed in
writing ~~•ith the other parry to the .Agreement and with the
American Arbitration Association, and a copy will be sent to
ENGINEER for information. The demand for arbitration will
be -made within the thirty-day or ten-day period specified in
paragraph ]6.2 as applicable, and in all other cases ~~ithin a
reasonable time after the claim, dispute or other matter in
question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand
be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable
proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in
question Would be barred by the applicable statute of ]imi-
tations.
16.4. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Con-
tract Documents shall include b}~ consolidation. joinder or in
any other manner-any other: person. or entity (including
ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S agents, employees or consul-
tants) v.~ho is not a party to this contract unless:
16.4.1. the inclusion of such other person or entity is
necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those
who are already parries to the arbitration,
16.4.2: such other person or entity is substantially
involved in a question of lau• or fact Uhich is common to
those v.ho are already parties to the arbitration and ~~hich
Nill arise in such proceedings, and
16.4.3, the v,•ritten consent of the other person or entity
sought to be included and of O~~'NER and CONTRAC-
TOR has been obtained for such inclusion, which consent
shall make specific reference to this paragraph; but no
such consent shall constitute consent to arbitration of any
dispute not specifically described in such consent or to
arbitration with any pan}• not specifically identified in such
consent.
16.5.. The award rendered by the arbitrators v.~ill be final,
judgment may be entered upon it in any coup having juris-
diction thereof, and v.~ill not be subject to modification or
appeal except to the extent permitted by Sections ]0 and I1
of the Federal Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. X1;10,11).
[The remainder of this page v~~as left blank inienlionally.]
31
ARTICLE 17-)•41SCELLANEOUS
Giring Norice:
17.1. V~'henever any provision of the Contract Docu-
ments requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed
to have been validly given if delivered in person to the indi-
vidual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the
corporation for v.~hom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent
by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last
business address known to the giver of the notice.
Computation of Time:
17.2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the
Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude
the first and include the last day of such period. if the last
day of any such period falls on a. Saturday or Sunday or
on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable
jurisdiction, such day v~•ill be omitted from the computa-
tion.
17.2.2. .A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured
from midnight to the next midnight shall constitute a day.
General:
17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury
or damage to person or properly because of an}• error. omis-
Sion or act of the other parry or of any of the other party's
employees or agents or others for v~•hose acts the other party
is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other
parry within a reasonable time of the first observance of such
injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall
not be construed as a substitute for or a ~•aiver of the pro-
visions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose.
17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these Gen-
eral Conditions and the rights and remedies available here-
under to the panies•hereto, and, in particular but v~•ithout
limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed
upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6.30, 13.1, 13.12, ]3.14,
14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available to
OV~'NER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition to,
and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any
rights and remedies available to any or al] of them which are
otherwise imposed or available by Lav.•s or Regulations, by
special warranty or guarantee. or b}' other pro~~isions of the
Contract Documents, .and the provisions of this paragraph
will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract
Documents in connection with each particular duty, obliga-
tion, right and remedy to which they apply. All representa-
tions, Warranties and guarantees made in the Contract Doc-
uments will sun•ive final payment and termination or com-
pletion of the ,4greement.
33
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 General
2.0 Defined Terms (GC-1)
3.0 Contract Bonds, Workmen's Compensation and
Insurance (GC-5)
4.0 Shop Drawings (GC-6.23)
5.0 "Or Equal" Equipment (GC-6.7)
6.0 Subcontractors and Suppliers (GC-6.8)
7.0 Separate Contractor Claims (New Section GC-7.5)
8.0 Engineer's Status During Performance of the
Work (GC-9)
9.0 Correction Period (GC-13.12)
10.0 Unit Price Vv'ork (GC-11.9)
11.0 Application for Progress Payment (GC-14.2)
12.0 Lien Waivers (GC-14.2)
13.0 State of MN Withholding Requirements (GC-14.12)
14.0 Arbitration (GC-16)
15.0 Failure to Complete Work on Time
~-
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS
1.O GENERAL
These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard
General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC No. 1910-8,
1983 edition) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as
indicated below. All provisions which are not so amended or
supplemented remain in full force and effect.
The reference in parenthesis for each item in these Supplementary
Conditions corresponds to the relevant section' of the General
Conditions which is modified by the Supplementary Conditions.
2.0 DEFINED TERMS (GC-1)
The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined
in the Standard Conditions of the Construction Contract (No.
1910-8, 1983 edition) have the meanings assigned to them in the
General Conditions.
Completion Date(s): Shall be the date(s) stated in the Special
Provisions for the completion of the work.
3.0 CONTRACT BONDS, WORK2~N'S COMPENSATION ~ INSURANCE (GC-5)
A. Contract Bond (GC-5.1)
Prior to signing the contract, the Contractor shall furnish a
performance bond and a labor and material payment bond to the
Owner for the full amount of the contract, based on the lump
sum bid on the anticipated quantities and unit prices as
determined by the Engineer. This bond shall have a maintenance
guarantee for a period of two (2) years from final completion
and acceptance of the work.
B. Liability Insurance (GC-5.3)
.The Contractor shall, as provided in the General Conditions,
obtain insurance acceptable to the Owner in a company or
companies acceptable to the Owner and shall furnish copies of
all policies of insurance alon with certificates of insurance
(except Workmen's Compensation Insurance, in which case a
certificate of insurance is adequate) to the Ov,*ner at the time
he executes the Contract.
The Contractor shall not commence work. nor shall he allow his
employees or subcontractors or anyone to commence work until
all required insurance has been obtained and certificates of
insurance submitted to the Owner.
Supp 1
The Contractor shall take out and maintain at all times during
the entire period of performance and until the work is accepted
by the Owner under this contract the required policies of
insurance.
The limits of liability for the insurance required by paragraph
5.3 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not
less than the amounts stated in the purchase order terms and
conditions or greater where required by laws and regulations.
(1) Worker's Compensation, etc., under paragraphs 5.3.1 and
5.3.2 of the General Conditions:
- State: Statutory
- Applicable Federal
(e.g. Longshoreman's): Statutory
- Employer's Liability: $100,000
(2) Comprehensive General Liability under paragraphs 5.3.3
through 5.3.6 of the General Conditions:
- Bodily Injury (including
products' liability):
$250,000
$500,000
completed operations and
Each Occurrence
Annual Aggregate
- Property Damage:
$250,000
$500,000
Each Occurrence
Annual Aggregate
or combined single
limit of $1,000,000
- Property Damage Liability insurance will provide
explosion, collapse and underground coverages where
applicable.
- Personal Injury, with employment exclusion deleted:
$500,00.0 Annual Aggregate
(3) Comprehensive Automobile Liability under paragraphs 5.3.7
of the General Conditions:
- Bodily Injury:
$250,000
$500,000
- Property Damage:
$250,000
Each Person
Each Occurrence
Each Occurrence
or combined single
limit of $1,000,000
Supp 2
~i
~i
u
~i
~i
LJ
n
ICJ
C. Contractual Liability Insurance (GC-5.4)
' The Contractual Liability required by paragraph 5.4 of the
General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the
following amounts:
' - Bodily Injury:
$500,000 Each Occurrence
0
- Property Damage:
$250,000
$500,000
Each Occurrence
Annual Aggregate
n
~i
~!
i~
Ll
D. Owner's Liability Insurance (GC-5.5)
The Owner shall be named and listed as additional insureds on
the Contractor's general liability policy. The inclusion of
more than one named insured shall not operate to impair the
rights of one .insured .against another insured, and the
coverages afforded shall apply as though separate policies had
been issued to each insured.
E. "All-Risk" Property Insurance (GC-5.6)
Delete paragraph 5.6 of the General conditions in its entirety
and insert the following in its place:
"Contractor shall purchase and maintain until final payment
property insurance upon the work at the site to the full
insurable value thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as
may be provided in these Supplementary Conditions or required
by laws and regulations). This insurance shall include the
interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer and
Engineer's consultants in the work (all of whom shall be
listed as insureds or additional insured parties), shall
insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage, shall
include "all-risk" insurance for physical loss and damage
including theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, collapse
and water damage, and such other perils as may be provided in
these Supplementary Conditions, and shall include damages,
losses and expenses arising out of or resulting from any
insured loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of any
insured property (including but not limited to fees and
charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other profes-
sionals). If not covered under the "all-risk" insurance or
otherwise provided in these Supplementary Conditions, Contrac-
for shall purchase and maintain similar property insurance on
portions of the work stored on and off the site or in transit
when such portions of the work are to be included in an
application for payment. The policies of insurance required to
be purchased and maintained. by Contractor in accordance with
this paragraph 5.6 shall comply with the requirements of
GC-5.8."
Supp 3
F. Boiler and Machinery Insurance GC-5.7)
Delete paragraph 5.7 of the General Conditions in its entirety
and insert the following in its place:
"Contractor shall purchase and maintain such boiler and
machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may
be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and
Regulations which will include the interests of Owner,
Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer and Engineer's consul-
tants in the work, all of whom shall be listed as insured or
additional insured parties. All responsibility for the safety
of the work involving any steam boiler or any machinery,
including .the steam boiler and machinery itself, shall remain
with the Contractor on that part of the work, and shall so
remain until after testing of the equipment has shown it to
be acceptable to the Ovner's boiler and machinery insurer, if
any, and after such work has been accepted in writing by the
Owner."
G. Receipt and
and GC-5.13
~lication of Pro
~ Insurance Proceeds
1
GC-5.12
If Contractor is required to purchase property insurance, then
any insured loss will be adjusted with Contractor and payable
to Contractor.
H. Certificates of Insurance
Certificates and endorsements of all required insurance
policies thereof shall be submitted prior to commencing .the
work. Proof of insurance shall be submitted directly to the
Owner for review and approval with a record copy only to the
Engineer for his files. The Contractor shall not begin any work
until the Owner has reviewed and approved the Insurance
Certificate. If the Insurance Agent executing the Insurance
Certificate indicates that there are special limitations on the
insurance policy, then a copy of policy exclusions must be
submitted with the Insurance Certificate. Insurance policies
need not be submitted unless specifically requested by the
Owner.
4.0 SHOP DRAWINGS (GC-6.23)
The Contractor shall submit shop drawings
Engineer for all materials to be used on the
include. pipes, fittings., hydrants, manholes,
signage, design mixes, etc. A minimum of six
be supplied to the Engineer.
ul
for approval by the
project. These shall
castings, silt fence,
.copies of each shall
5.0 "OR EQUAL" EQUIPMENT (GC-6.7)
Major items of mechanical equipment, electrical
process equipment have been specified by name
words "or equal". In all cases the dimensions sh
are based on the named equipment.
equipment, and
followed by the
own on the plans
Supp 4
C
' It shall be fully acknowledged and understood that the furnishing
and installing of any "or equal" equipment shall include the
preparation and submission of all details, shop and construction
drawings showing all modifications necessary to accommodate such
' equipment.
It shall be further acknowledged and understood that if any "or
' equal" is bid, the bid shall include all costs .necessary to make
any and all architectural, structural, mechanical and electrical
changes required to incorporate such equipment into the .project.
No extras .will be allowed after the award of the Contract for any
modifications required to install or properly operate "or equal"
equipment.
' All "or equal" equipment shall conform to the requirements of the
respective parts and sections of the plans and specifications.
.Guarantees shall also conform to the Contract Documents.
' The Contractor shall pay for all redesign costs associated with
the retrofitting required for the installation and use of "or
' equal" equipment.
6.0 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS (GC-6.8)
Refer to the Instructions to Bidders and the Special Provisions
for any further requirements regarding subcontractor and supplier
approval.
' 7.0 SEPARATE CONTRACTOR CLAIMS New Section GC-7 5
( )
Should Contractor cause damage to the work or property of any
separate contractor at the site, or should any claim arising out
of Contractor's performance of the work at the site be made by any
separate contractor against Contractor, Owner, Engineer, the
' Construction Coordinator or any other person, Contractor shall
promptly attempt to settle with such other contractor by
agreement, or to otherwise resolve the dispute by arbitration or
at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by laws
and regulations, indemnify and hold Owner, Engineer and the
Construction. Coordinator harmless from and against all claims,
damages, losses and expenses (including, but not limited to, fees
' of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and
court and arbitration costs) arising directly, indirectly or
consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought by
any separate contractor against Owner, Engineer or the Construc-
tion Coordinator to the extent based on a claim arising out of
Contractor's performance of the work. Should a separate contractor
cause damage to the work or property of Contractor or should the
performance of work by any separate contractor at the site give
rise to any other claim, Contractor shall not institute any
action, legal or equitable, against Owner, Engineer or the
Construction Coordinator or permit any action against any of them
Supp 5
to be maintained and continued in its name or for its benefit in
any court or before any arbiter which seeks to impose liability on
or to recover damages from Owner, Engineer or the Construction
Coordinator on account of any such damage or claim. If Contractor
is delayed at any time in performing or furnishing work by any act
or neglect of a separate contractor and Owner and Contractor are
unable to agree as to the extent of any adjustment in contract
time attributable thereto, Contractor may make a claim for an
extension of time in accordance with Article 12 of the General
Conditions. An extension of the contract time shall be Contrac-
tor's exclusive remedy with respect to Owner, Engineer -and
Construction Coordinator for any delay, disruption., interference
or hinderance caused by any separate contractor. This paragraph
does not prevent recovery from Owner, Engineer or Construction
Coordinator for activities that are. their respective responsibili-
ties.
8.0 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK (GC-9)
This section is a supplement to Article 9--Engineer's Status
During Construction of the General Conditions.
A. Owner's Consultant
The Engineer, as the design professional, will be the Owner's
consultant during the performance of the work. The duties and
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of the
Engineer as the Owner's consultant during this period are set
forth in these Contract Documents and will not be extended
without written consent of the Owner and the Engineer. In the
event of an extension of the Engineer's duties and responsi-
bilities, the Contractor will be provided with written notice
of such amendment.
B. Role as Interpreter
The Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents and the judge of the
performance thereunder. All matters relating to the execution
and progress of the work, or the interpretation. of or
performance under the Contract Documents, shall be referred
initially to the Engineer for decision which will be rendered
promptly.
The Engineer will issue such written interpretation of the
Contract Documents (in the form of drawings or otherwise) as he
may determine necessary which will be consistent with or
reasonably inferable from the overall intent of the Contract
Documents.
C. Communications with Contractor
All communications with .the Contractor pertaining to perfor-
mance of the work will normally be issued through the Engineer.
Supp 6
L
~i
n
~i
~i
D. Resident Project Inspector
The Resident Project Inspector will be either the Engineer or
the Engineer's agent, as so designated. The Resident Project
Inspector is responsible for assisting the Project Engineer in
determining, in general, if the .work is completed in accordance
with the plans and specifications and Contract Documents.
Communications .pertaining to compliance submittals, written
interpretations, and amendments shall be directed to the
Engineer at his home office with copies to the Resident Project
Inspector.
Communications pertaining to day-to-day operations at the site
shall be directed to the Resident Project Inspector.'
E. Authority to Disapprove or Reject Defective Work
All equipment and materials used and all work done with at all
times will be subject to the inspection, tests, and approval of
the Engineer or his authorized representatives.
The Engineer has the authority to disapprove or reject any work
which is "defective". He also has the authority to require
special inspection or testing of the work.
The Engineer has the authority to disapprove or reject any
defective workmanship, equipment or materials.
If the work is defective or the Contractor fails to supply
sufficient skilled workmen or suitable equipment or materials,
the Engineer may order the Contractor to stop the work or any
portion thereof until the cause for such order has been
eliminated; however, this right of the Engineer to stop the
work will not give rise to any duty on the part of the Engineer
to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any
other party.
F. Limitations on Engineer's Responsibilities
This article states the limitations on the Engineer's responsi-
bility as between the Engineer and the Contractor.
Neither Engineer's authority to act under these Contract
Documents nor any decision made by him in good faith either to
exercise or not exercise such authority will give rise to any
duty or responsibility of the Engineer to the Contractor, any
Subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, any of their agents or
employees, or any other person performing any of the work.
The Engineer is not responsible for construction, safety
precautions, and programs incidental thereto. Neither is he
responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
Supp 7
The Engineer is not responsible for the acts or omissions of ,
any Contractor or any Subcontractor, Contractor's supplier or
manufacturer, or any of his or their agents or employees.
The presence or absence of the Engineer or his representative
will not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility or of any
guarantee of his performance. Neither will observation by the
Engineer or his representative in any way be understood to
relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for proper
supervision of the work at all times.
The review and acceptance of the Contractor's compliance
submittals by the Engineer will be understood to be only for
conformance with the .design concept, for compliance with the
intent of the Contract Documents, and to assist the Contractor
in interpreting the .Contract Documents, so as to preclude
delivery of the equipment or materials not acceptable for the
work. The Engineer's acceptance of .compliance submittals will
not place upon him any responsibility for any deviations from
the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Contrac-
tor has in writing called the Engineer's attention to such
deviation at the time of the submission and the Engineer has
given written concurrence on the specific deviation. Such
deviations will be included in a contract amendment.
G. Engineer's Pay Estimates
Any Engineer's pay estimate will constitute a representation by
the Engineer to the Owner that work has progressed to the
extent indicated. To the best of his knowledge, the quality of
the work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, and the
Contractor is entitled to payment of the amount shown in the
Engineer's pay estimate.
Rendering the Engineer's pay estimate is not an approval of the
quality or quantity of the work, the means or methods of
construction, or the monetary methods used by the Contractor.
The Engineer may refuse to render an Engineer's pay estimate
for the whole or any part of any payment if, in his opinion, it
would be an incorrect representation to the Owner.
9.0 CORRECTION PERIOD (GC-13.12)
The correction period. identified in paragraph 13.12 of the General
Conditions is hereby amended to call for a two (2) year correction ,
period, which shall commence after completion and acceptance of
all the work identified in the plans and specifications. All other
requirements of paragraph 13.12 shall remain in effect. '
10.0 UNIT PRICE WORK (GC-11.9) ,
Add the following paragraph:
Supp 8
"11.9.4 If the actual quantity of a unit-priced item varies
more than 15% above or below the estimated quantity, an
equitable adjustment in the contract price shall be negotiated
upon demand of either the Owner or the Contractor. The
equitable adjustment shall be based upon any increase or
decrease in costs due solely to the variation above 115% or
below 85% of the estimated quantity."
11.0 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT (GC-14.2)
Change the last sentence to read as follows:
"The Owner shall retain five (5%) percent of the amount of each
payment until final completion and acceptance of all works
covered by the Contract Documents."
12.0 LIEN WAIVERS (GC-14.2)
The Contractor shall furnish partial or complete lien waivers
along with each payment request. The lien waivers shall be
submitted by the Contractor, all subcontractors, and all material
suppliers on the project. No payment will be authorized unless the
lien waivers are received.
13.0 STATE OF MINNESOTA WITHHOLDING REQUIREMENTS (GC-14.12)
The Contractor and all subcontractors shall submit State form
IC-134, "Withholding Affidavit for Contractors" along with the
final payment request. No payment will be authorized unless the
IC-134 forms are received.
The Contractor shall also be aware of Minnesota Statute 290.9705
regarding out-of-state contractors.
Forms may be obtained from the Minnesota Department of Revenue,
Busines Trust Tax Division.
14.0 ARBITRATION (GC-16)
Add the following paragraph:
16.6 "The Contractor will carry on the work and maintain the
progress schedule during any arbitration proceedings, unless
otherwise mutually agreed in writing."
15.0 FAILURE TO COMPLETE WORK ON TIME
Should the Contractor fail to complete the work on or before the
original date(s) set forth for completion in paragraph 1 of the
Special Provisions or on or before the corrected date as granted
by extension of time for completion, the Owner may permit the
Contractor to proceed, and in such case, there shall be deducted
Supp 9
~i
from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor, the sum '
of $250.00 per day for each and every calendar day, exclusive of
Sundays and holidays, that the work shall remain uncompleted. This
sum shall be considered and treated, not as a penalty, but as the
cost of field and office Engineering and Inspections and
Liquidated Damages.
Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the work or any
part of it after the time fixed for its completion, or after date
to which the time of completion may have been extended, shall in
no way operate as a waiver on the part of the Owner, or as a ,
waiver of any of his rights under the contract.
Neither by the taking over of the work by the Owner nor by the
termination of the contract shall the Owner forfeit the right to ,
recover liquidated damages from the Contractor or his surety for
failure to complete the contract.
n
n
n
~i
n
~i
~i
~i
Supp 10
Form
IC-134
Rev. 11/90
Minnesota Department of Revenue
Withholding Affidavit for Contractors
This affidavit must be approved by the Minnesota Department of Revenue before the
n
State of Minnesota or an of its subdiv isions can make final a ment to contractors.
Company name Minnesota ID number
Address Monthyear work began
City Siate Zip Code MontlVyear work ended
Please type or print clearly above. This will be your
mailing label for returning the completed form. Total contrail amount:
~;
Telephone number Amount still due:
Did you have employees work on this project? Project number:
If none, explain who did the work: Project location:
Project owner:
Address
Check the. box that describes your involvement in the project and fill in all information requested in that category:
^ Sole contractor
^ Subcontractor If you are a subcontractor, fill in the name and address of the contractor that hired you:
^ Prime Contractor If you subcontracted out any work on this project, all of your subcontractors must file their own
IC-134 affidavits and have them certified by the Department of Revenue before you can file your
affidavit. For each subcontractor you had, fill in the business information below, and attach a copy
of each subcontractor's certified IC-134. (If you need more space, attach a separate sheet.)
Business name Address Owner/Officer
I declare that all information I have tilted in on this form is true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief. I authorize
the Department of Revenue to disclose pertinent information relating to this project, including sending copies of this form,
to the prime contractor ii I am a subcontractor, and to any subcontractors if I am a prime contractor and to the contractin a ency
Contractor's signature Title Date
For certification, mail original and one copy to:
Minnesota Department of Revenue, Business Trust Tax Section
Mail Station 6610, St. Paul, MN 55146-6610
Certificate of Compliance with Minnesota Income Tax Withholding Law
Based on records of the Minnesota Department of Revenue, I certify that the contractor who has signed this certificate has
fulfilled all the requirements of Minnesota Statutes 290.92 and 290.97 concerning the withholding of Minnesota income tax from
wages paid to employees relating to contract services with the state of Minnesota and/or its subdivisions.
of authorized Department of Revenue official
Dale
Stock No. 50001 34
Instructions for Form IC-134
Who should file?
If you are a prime contractor, a contrac-
tor, or a subcontractor who did work on
a project for the state of Minnesota or
any of its local government subdivisions
-such as a county, city, or school
district -you must file Form IC-134
with the Minnesota Department of
Revenue.
This affidavit must be certified and
returned before the state or any of its
subdivisions can make final payment for
your work.
When to file
The IC-134 cannot be processed until
you are finished with the work. Do not
send the affidavit in for certification
before the project is completed since it
will only be returned to you unproc-
essed. If you are a subcontractor or
sole contractor, file Form IC-134 when
you have completed your part of the
project.
If you are a prime contractor, file Form
IC-134 when the entire project is
completed and you have received
certified affidavits from all of your
subcontractors.
Where to file
Fill out Form IC-134 and mail the
original and one copy to:
Minnesota Department of Revenue
Business Trust Tax Section
Mail Station 6610
St. Paul, MN 55146-6610
Ho w to file
If you have fulfilled the requirements of
the withholding tax laws of Minnesota,
the Department of Revenue will sign
your affidavit, keep the copy, and return
the original to you. If you want it
returned to a different mailing address,
please enclose a mailing label or
preaddressed envelope.
If any withholding payments are due
to the state, Minnesota law (M.S.
290.97) requires that payment must
be made by only money order,
cashiers check, certified check, or
cash.
Take the certified affidavit to your prime
contractor or to the governmental unit
for which the work was done in order to
receive your final payment.
Minnesota tax identification
number
You must fill in your Minnesota tax
identification number on the form. You
must have a Minnesota tax ID number if
you have employees who work in
Minnesota.
If you need a number, get Form MBA,
Application for Tax Identification
Number, and file it with the Minnesota
Department of Revenue. To get Form
MBA, call 296-3781 from the Twin
Cities area or 1-800-652-9094 from
elsewhere in Minnesota, or write to
Minnesota Tax Forms, Mail Station
7131, St. Paul, MN 55146-7131.
If you have no employees and did all
the work yourself, you do not need a
Minnesota identification number. If this
is the case, fill in your Social Security
number in the space for Minnesota ID
number and explain who did the work.
Are you a prime contractor
and a subcontractor on the
same project?
If you are a subcontractor who was
hired to do work on a project and you
subcontract all or a part of your portion
of the project to another contractor, you
become a prime contractor as well. If
this is the case, fill out both the subcon-
tractor and prime contractor areas on a
single form. x`
Use of information
The Department of Revenue needs all
the information, except your phone
number, to determine whether you have
met all state income tax withholding
requirements. If all required information
is not provided, the IC-134 will be
returned to you for completion.
All information on this affidavit is
guaranteed private by state law. It
cannot be given to others without your
permission, except to the Internal
Revenue Service, other states that
guarantee that it will be kept private,
and certain stale or county agencies.
If you need help or additional informa-
tion to fill out this form, call 296-6181 in
the Twin Cities area. From elsewhere
in Minnesota and from outside the
state, call (toll-free) 1-800-657-3777.
To get more IC-134 forms
If you need more IC-134 forms, call
296-3781 from the Twin Cities area or
1-800-652-9094 from elsewhere in
Minnesota, or write to Minnesota Tax
Forms, Mail Station 7131, St. Paul, MN
55146-7131.
~i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
S-93124
Page 1
1 . Project
2. Foreman ~ Preconstruction Meeting
3. Construction Staking
4. Utilities
5. Contractor-Engineer-Inspector Relationship
Page 2
6. Subcontractors
7. Incidental Items
8. Responsibility
9. Connections
10. Trench Compaction
P. age 3
11. Testing
12. Water Service
Page 4
13. Materials
14. Blocking
15. Polyethylene Encasement
Page 5
16. Method of Measurement - A1atermain
17. Basis of Payment - Watermain
Page 6
18. Manhole Castings
19. Sewer Service Connections
20. Sanitary Sewer Testing
21. Manhole Adjusting Ring
Page 7
22. Chimney Seals
Page 8
23. Services
24. Compaction Under Services
ii
i~
D
i
i
u
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
S-93124
1. PROJECT
The project consists of the installation of sanitary sewer,
watermain, storm sewer and streets in AlbertvillP_ tvr;nr,a~nta
The Contractor shall complete the streets, utilities, and all
restoration, excluding the bituminous wear course by November 15,
1993. The bituminous wear course shall be paved in the sprinq of
1994 and shall be completed by June 1, 1994. The Contractor shall
be subject to the provisions of Article 15 of the Supplemental
Conditions for failure to meet these completion dates, as a whole
or in part.
2. FOREMAN AND PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Before work is initiated, a preconstruction meeting shall be held
between the Engineer, Contractor, Utility Companies and other
involved parties, if any. The Contractor will present to the
Engineer an estimated schedule for completion of various portions
' of the project. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer who the
foreman on the project will be. The foreman shall be on the job at
all times.
J
1
i~
n
J
[~~
The foreman shall be responsible for all phases of the project,
including work done by the General Contractor and the subcon-
tractor. Engineering decisions with regard to the work done by
subcontractors shall go through the General Contractor and
specifically the foreman for the job.
3. CONSTRUCTION STAKING
The Contractor shall give the Engineer at least two (2) workin
days notice for any grade and line stakes or inspection that he
requires for proper execution of any phase of the project. The
Contractor shall preserve these stakes until the work is
completed. Replacement will be at the Contractor's expense.
4. UTILITIES
The Contractor shall be in communication with the respective
utility companies to coordinate their schedule with any location
work that is required.
5. CONTRACTOR-ENGINEER-INSPECTOR RELATIONSHIP
The Engineer will not be responsible for the construction means,
controls, techniques, sequences, procedures, or construction
safety. All phases of the project shall proceed in accordance with
OSHA safety requirements. The presence of the Engineer or his
agents or employees on the job-site shall not relinquish the
Contractor of this responsibility or hold the Contractor harmless
for the quality of workmanship or defects in materials.
S.P. 1
LI
n
6. SUBCONTRACTORS ,
All subcontractors that the General will use shall be shown on the
proposal form. Any other subcontractor will not be allowed without
explicit written permission by the Engineer. ,
The General Contractor shall coordinate all work between his subs
and the Engineer. The Engineer will not correspond directly with
any subcontractor. Any on-site meetings that are held will be
conducted only if the General Contractor's foreman is present.
7. INCIDENTAL ITE2~lS
Any and all additional items of work or other items that must be
done to fully complete this project shall be incidental to the bid
items as bid. '
8. RESPONSIBILITY
The General Contractor shall be fully responsible for all work
that is performed on this project. It is the General Contractor's
responsibility to see that all specifications and testing
requirements are followed and scheduled. '
9. CONNECTIONS
All connections to existing lines are incidental. Payment will be '
made based upon the fittings and pipe length used.
10. TRENCH COMPACTIOII '
The backfill around and to 12" above the pipe (sanitary sewer,
storm sewer and watermain) shall be compacted by hand tampers. The
required compaction shall be 98% of the standard proctor density.
The trench from a point 12" above the pipe to finished grade shall
be compacted to a minimum of 98% of standard proctor density. All
trenches within roadways and driveways shall be compacted to 100%
of standard proctor density in the upper three (3) feet of the
trench.
All trench areas not conforming with these recuirements shall be
excavated and recompacted. The Contractor shall supply the '
Engineer at the time of the preconstruction meeting a list of
equipment that will be used for backfilling and compaction
operation. The Engineer reserves the right to shut down work on ,
the project if this equipment is not utilized during such
backfilling and compaction operations. A maximum 12" lift shall be
used. Smaller lifts may be required to obtain the specified '
density. If 12" lifts are not utilized, the trench will be
completely re-excavated and recompacted in order to achieve
maximum .compaction lifts of 12". The bedding material around the
sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and watermain shall be compacted in
maximum 6" lifts.
S.P. 2 ,
' 11. TESTING
The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with documented test
results by an independent testing laboratory approved by the
Engineer on tests required for the sanitary sewer, storm sewer,
' watermain and streets. Density tests shall be paid for on a per
test basis. The anticipated number of density tests are shown~on
the proposal form. The following procedure shall be followed. No
' exceptions shall be made.
An independent testing lab shall test the backfill for the
required density as the backfilling compaction progresses. No
' digging -down to test densities will be allowed after the
backfilling is completed. Therefore, the lab must be present
during backfilling to test the soil while the backfillin is
' proceeding. Backfilling, compaction, and density testing on these
trenches is extremely important. For this reason, the trench
testing is shown as a bid item so all contractors are fully aware
' of this requirement. Retesting shall not be paid for. All initial
tests on the trenches shall be paid for at the unit bid price. If
the tests fail, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to pay
for retesting those areas following compaction. All trenches for
' the sanitary sewer, storm sewer, watermain and services shall be
tested for the required compaction density in conformance with the
compaction requirements previously stated. The trench shall be
tested at approximately 100-foot intervals at two to three depth
locations. One test shall be taken next to the pipe, the second
shall be taken at the midpoint of the trench, and the third shall
' be taken two feet below subgrade. Compaction around every manhole,
hydrant and .gate valve shall be the same as for the trenches.
Tests shall be taken at the manhole, hydrant and gate valve at the
depth locations stated above.
It should be noted that the Engineer may change test locations and
depths at his discretion.
' It should also be noted that the Engineer may add or delete tests
at his discretion with no change in the unit price.
The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating his schedule
with the testing firm and all test results shall be documented
with respect to plan stationing, depth and location. Copies of all
tests shall be given to the Engineer at a minimum of once every
week.
' 12. WATER SERVICE
Prior to the shutoff of any water, the Contractor shall notify the
Joint Powers Water Utility and the affected property owners of his
working schedule. The Contractor shall notify these people 48
hours in advance of the start of work. The work done during this
time shall be done in an efficient manner so that as little
' inconvenience as possible is caused.
r
S.P. 3
13. MATERIALS
A. All DIP watermain shall be Class 52. All fittin s shall be DIP.
g
All water services shall be type K, copper.
'
All watermain fittings used with the PVC watermain shall be DIP
and encased in polyethylene. Polyethylene encasement of the
fittings shall be incidental to the C-900 PVC installation. '
All PVC watermain shall have a #8 wire, suitable for
underground use, installed for tracing purposes. The tracer
system shall be tested by the Contractor in the presence of the '
Project Engineer and the Joint Powers' representative prior to
initiating street construction.
'
B. All sewer mains and service wyes shall be constructed utilizing
PVC, SDR 35 sewer pipe with gasketed joints. All sewer services
and fittings shall be constructed utilizing PVC, SDR 26 sewer
pipe with gasketed joints. '
The Contractor may utilize Ultra-Rib sewer pipe in lieu of the ,
SDR 35, PVC for the sewer mains. The Ultra-Rib shall conform to
ASTM F794, "Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride
(PVC) Ribbed Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on
Controlled Inside Diameter". The Contractor shall indicate on
the proposal form if he is utilizing SDR 35 or Ultra-Rib.
C. All storm sewer pipe shall be Class III RCP with CX-4 rubber ,
gasketed joints. The 48" arch pipe shall be class III with
fabricated tongue and groove joints. The joints shall be sealed
with a flexible joint compound at least 12" diameter or square.
A filter cloth shall be placed over each joint and shall be at
least 24" in width.
14. BLOCKING '
The following shall be added to Section 3H.6.C of the Watermain
Construction Requirements. '
If blocking is to be done against soil, the soil must be virgin or
thoroughly compacted soil and the area of soil used to withstand
the above forces must be based upon an allowable soil bearing
pressure of 3000 pounds per square foot.
If concrete blocking is utilized, all fittings to be blocked shall
have a piece of plastic placed over it prior to placing the '
concrete.
15. POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT
The following shall be added to Section 3.I of the Watermain
Construction Requirements. All DIP watermain, valves, hydrants, '
DIP fittings, etc, shall be polyethylene encased. Except for
S.P. 4 i
hydrants with plugged vaeep holes as required by the Engineer, the
polyethylene tubing shall have an open drain outlet.
If C-900 PVC watermain is used, then the watermain shall not be
polyethylene encased. However, all valves, hydrants, DIP fittings,
etc. shall be polyethylene encased as described above. Polyethy-
lene encasement of these items shall be incidental to the
installation of the C-900 PVC.
16. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT - WATERMAIN
The following revisions are to be made to the Watermain
Construction Requirements.
A. Delete the fourth sentence of Section 5A and insert the
following in its place:
"In the case of hydrant leads, the compensation length shall be
from the center of the connecting main to the center of the
hydrant."
B. Delete Section 5C in its entirety and insert the following in
its place:
"C. Hydrants
Hydrants shall be measured on a per unit basis. The unit
includes the hydrant, concrete base, crushed rock, tar paper or
plastic cover, and blocking or restraining devices."
C. Delete Section 5D in its entirety and insert the following in
its place:
"D. Fittings
Fittings of each type shall be measured on a per unit basis."
D. Delete Section 5E in its entirety and insert the following in
its place:
"E. Granular Materials
Granular materials used for bedding, encasement, etc. for the
watermain shall not be measured for separate payment."
17. BASIS OF PAYMENT - WATERMAIN
The following revisions are to be made to the Watermain
Construction Requirements.
A. Delete Section 6C in its entirety and insert the following in
its place:
"C. Hydrant
Hydrants shall be paid for at the unit contract price per each,
including installing the hydrant, concrete base, crushed rock,
tar paper or plastic cover, and blocking or restraining
devices."
S.P. 5
i~
B. Delete Section 5D in its entirety and insert the following in ,
its place:
"D. Fittings
Fittings shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each
type and size, including installation and blocking."
C. Delete Section 5E in its entirety and insert the following in
its place:
"E. Granular Material
Granular materials used for bedding, encasement, etc. for the
watermain, shall be incidental to the watermain installation."
18. MANHOLE CASTINGS
All sanitary sewer manhole castings shall be Neenah R-1642, or
approved equal, with the type B, self-sealing lid with concealed
pickholes and the appropriate name stamped on it.
19. SEWER SERVICE CONNECTION
A sewer service connection shall include the wye, plug and bends
as required to serve each connection, regardless of service type.
Payment shall be by the individual service connection made and
shall include all materials, labor and equipment necessary for its
installation. The sewer service connection does not include the
service pipe, which shall be paid under a separate bid item.
20. SANITARY SEWER TESTING
The Contractor shall utilize PVC for construction of the sanitary
sewer lines. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to the
bedding requirements for PVC pipe. The PVC pipe shall be tested
for a maximum pipe wall deflection of 5% of the normal pipe size.
This testing shall be done in the presence of the Engineer and at
the completion of all backfilling operations. If any portion. of
the line is not within the maximum pipe wall deflection of 5%,
this portion shall be re-excavated, properly bedded and tamped,
and the trench recompacted and tested for density at no additional
expense to the Owner. The line shall then be tested again for pipe
wall deflection. Deflection testing shall not be done prior to the
pie being in place for 30 days.
21. MANHOLE ADJUSTING RINGS
Mortar for the adjusting rings shall be placed between the rings
and on the outside only. No mortar shall be placed on the inside
of the adjusting rings. Mortar protruding into the interior of the
manhole shall be removed. Rings for both the manholes and catch
basins shall have at least 2" of mortar between them and
sufficient mortar on the outside to fill in the voids.
S.P. 6
i~
22. CHININEY SEALS
On the exterior side of the rings on manholes 18 and 19, the
Contractor shall install an external flexible seal to prevent
groundwater infiltration into the manholes. See Article 21,
"Manhole Adjusting Rings", for installation requirements. The
external rubber seals used for sealing the frame and chimney area
of the manhole shall consist of the following components:
1. Rubber Sleeve Extension: The flexible rubber sleeve and
extension shall be extruded from a high grade rubber compound
conforming to the applicable requirements of ASTM C-923, with a
hardness (durometer) of 45+5.
The sleeve shall be corrugated, with a minimum thickness of
3/16 inches and shall be available in unexpanded vertical
heights of 6 and 9 inches, each capable of a verticle expansion
of not less than 2 inches when installed. The top section of
the sleeve shall contain multiple sealing fins and be designed
to extend both over and under the manhole base flange, thereby
allowing it to be mechanically locked in place. the bottom
section of the sleeve shall contain an integrally formed
compression band recess and multiple sealing fins.
The extension shall have a minimum thickness of 3/16 inches.
The top portion of the extension shall be shaped to fit into
the bottom band recess of the sleeve and have its own
integrally formed band recess, which is located such that when
assembled the recess is centered over that of the sleeve. The
bottom section of the extension shall contain an integrally
formed compression band recess and multiple sealing fins.
Any splice used to fabricate the sleeve and extension shall be
hot vulcanized and have a strength such that the sleeve shall
withstand a 180 degree bend with no visible separation.
2. Compression Bands: The compression bands used to compress the
sleeve against the manhole frame shall be 16 gauge stainless
steel conforming to ASTM A-240, Type 304, with a minimum width
of 1 inch.
The top compression band shall have a shape and width
sufficient to, when tightened, mechanically lock the sleeve and
frame together.
The tightening mechanicsm on both bands shall have the capacity
to develop the pressures necessary to make a watertight seal
and shall have a minimum adjustment range of 2 diameter inches.
Screws, bolts and nuts used on the band shall be stainless
steel conforming to ASTM F-593 and 594, type 304.
The Contractor shall field measure the outside diameter of the
manhole frame base flange, the manhole chimney or grade rings and
cone. These measurements are needed to obtain the proper sized
rubber seal.
S.P. 7
The surface of the manhole chimney or cone/corbel against which
the sleeve is to be compressed shall be circular, clean,
reasonably smooth and free of any loose material and excessive
voids. If the masonry surface is rough or irregular and would not
provide an effective seal, it shall be smoothed with an approved
low shrink mortar. A bead of butyl rubber caulk, conforming to
AASHTO M-198, type B, may be applied to the lower sealing surface
of the sleeve to fill any minor irregularities in the masonry
surface. Any flaws in the manhole frame such as cracks, pits or
protrusions shall be repaired by either filling with mortar or
grinding smooth.
The manhole frame shall be set on top of the three steel spacers,
centered on the chimney and embedded in a mortar course having a
minimum finished thickness of 3/4 inches. The outer surface shall
be raked free of mortar to a minimum depth of 1 inch and the inner
surface of this mortar joint shall be trowel finished. Butyl
gasket material shall not be used in this joint.
After the rubber sleeve has been placed in the proper position
around the manhole, the stainless steel bands are positioned in
their respective locations and individually tightened as required
to provide a watertight seal.
When an extension is used, it shall be positioned around the
outside of the chimney seal sleeve such that the top of the
extension fits into the bottom band recess of the sleeve. A bottom
band is positioned in each of the two band recesses of the
extension and tightened as required to provide a watertight seal.
Detailed installation instructions shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions. The chimney seal shall be as
manufactured by Cretex Specialty Products, or approved equal.
Payment shall include the chimney seal, labor and other materials
necessary to complete the installation. Payment shall be per the
chimney seal installed.
23. SERVICES
Services shall extend ten feet into each lot to be served with an
accuracy of + one foot.
24. COMPACTION UNDER SERVICES
Any soil that is subcut from below a service must be compacted
back in place at 100% standard proctor density prior to laying the
service. Density tests must be taken to confirm the density. If
the soil is not compacted to 100% standard proctor density, then
crushed rock must be compacted and placed below the service in
order to ensure no movement. Use of crushed rock shall be at the
Contractor's expense.
S.P. 8
I t 25. BEDDING
A. All sanitary sewer mains and services shall be bedded according
to detail 2.006B. The bedding material shall conform to the
requirements of Section 2621-2F1 of the Standard Utilities
Specification.
B. The water pipe and services shall be bedded according to detail
1.008B. The bedding material shall conform to the requirements
of Section 2H.1 of the Standard Requirements for Construction
of Watermain.
C. Storm sewer pipe bedding shall be ordinary bedding consisting
of natural, on-site soils, except in cases where the Engineer
directs otherwise. The fill material around the pipe (as shown on
detail 3.006 of the detail sheet) shall be less than 1 inch in
diameter and also be free of any organic material or foreign
objects.
A mechanical hand tamping machine must be used around all water,
sanitary sewer and storm sewer pipe to compact the bedding and
initial fill.
26. GRADING
The Developer shall grade the streets to the subgrade elevation
and the boulevards to approximately finished grade. Only minor
site grading will be required of the Contractor after construction
to restore the site to its initial condition. All grading work by
the Contractor for restoration purposes shall be incidental to the
unit prices bid.
27. CRUSHED ROCK
A bid item for crushed rock has been included for this project.
This bid item shall only be used if the En ineer determines that
the soil conditions warrant its use. No payment for crushed rock
will be made in lieu of dewatering.
28. SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION
Soil borings have been taken on this project and are available for
review at the office of the Engineer. The Contractor should,
however, conduct a thorough subsurface exploration to verify the
accuracy of the soil borings and determine the site's condition
prior to preparing his bid.
29. TEST ROLLING
The Contractor shall be required to test roll the subgrade and the
aggregate base in accordance to Article 2.04 of the Street
Construction Specifications. The subgrade shall pass the test
rolling prior to placement of the aggregate base and the aggregate
base shall pass the test rolling prior to placement of the
curbing.
S.P. 9
30. WATER
Water for construction purposes may not be taken from any hydrant
within the city of Albertville. Water may be purchased and
obtained from the Joint Water Board at the hydrant in front of the
Board's pumphouse and office, located at 11100 50th Street NE in
the city of Albertville. The fee for use of this hydrant is $50.00
per day, plus $2.00 for each thousand gallons used. A permit per
day must be obtained from the clerk of the Joint Powers Water
Board after paying the required fee. Water may be obtained from
this hydrant only after prior arrangements have been made with the
clerk of the Joint Powers Water Board for each day it is to be
used.
31. PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
The Contractor shall use utmost care during his operations and
particularly during manhole adjustments to keep gravel and debris
from entering sanitary sewer manholes. In the event of debris or
gravel entering the sanitary sewer .lines, these lines shall be
jetted by Roto-Rooter or other approved company at the expense of
the Contractor. Flushing of debris or gravel down the sanitary
sewer line will not be allowed.
32. ALTERNATE BID
The Developer is requesting an alternate bid be provided for C-900
PVC watermain pipe to be installed in lieu of the DIP with
polyethylene encasement. If the bids indicate that a significant
cost savings will be achieved by using the C-900 PVC, the
Developer may elect to substitute it for the DIP.. watermain
specified as the base bid.
33. SPECIFICATIONS WHICH APPLY
The Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifica-
tions for Construction", 1988 Edition, together with all supple-
ments thereto, and the Joint Powers Water Board's "watermain
Construction Requirements" dated April, 1993, shall govern except
as superceded by the attached General Conditions or modified
herein by the Special Provisions and attached specifications.
34. STANDARD PLATES
All references to standard plates MHD shall mean the "Standard
Plates" of the Minnesota Department of Transportation. All other
reference to standard plates shall mean those details attached to
the Plans .
35. CONSTRUCTION LIMITS
The Contractor shall confine his activities to the right-of-way,
easements, or designated construction area. Equipment and material
storage or deposition of excavated materials on private property
S.P. 10
i~
must be approved in writing by the property owners, a copy of
' which shall be presented to the Engineer prior to such storage or
deposition. Failure to do so will result in immediate suspension
of work until such approval has been obtained or materials
removed, and area restored to its previous condition or better.
36. SHOP DRAWINGS
' The Contractor shall submit shop drawings for approval by the
Engineer for all materials to be used on the project. These shall
include culverts, watermain pipe and fittings, silt fence, etc. A
minimum of five copies of each shall be supplied to the Engineer.
37. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
' Permit applications have been submitted to the Wright County
Highway Department, Minnesota Pollution Control Agency, Minnesota
Department of Health, and the Joint Powers Water Board, in order
' to minimize any potential delays in the project. The contractor
should therefore contact these agencies to determine if there are
any special conditions they may have which should be included in
the bid. The Contractor will be required to comply with all the
' requirements that these agencies may have. No change orders will
be considered for complying with these requirements.
' S.P. 11
STREET CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS
,
1.0 SCOPE
1.1 LOCATION OF WORK
The location of this work is as shown on the plans.
1.02 WORK INCLUDED
The Contractor shall, unless specified otherwise, furnish all
materials, equipment, tools and labor to do the work required under ,
this contract in strict conformance with the plans and specifica-
tions prepared for the purpose by Meye r-Rohl in, Inc., Engineers and
Land Surveyors, 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo, Minnesota. The work '
shall include, but not be limited to, the excavation of the entire
roadway between right-of-way lines to the prescribed sub-grade and
cross-section; supplying, spreading and compacting the sub-base;
supplying, spreading and compacting the base; bituminous .surfacing '
of the streets with the specified tack coat, bituminous bases and
bituminous wear of specified thickness and all necessary backfil-
ling, surface restoration and cleanup, as specified. '
1.03 SPECIFICATIONS WHICH APPLY '
The Minnesota Department of Transportation Specifications for
Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, together with all supplements
thereto, shall govern except as superceded by the attached General '
Conditions or modified herein by the Special Provisions and
attached specifications.
2.00 GRADING
2.01 GENERAL
The work covered in this specification shall consist of the cutting
and/or filling of the full street width to provide the required
cross-section shown on the drawings. The work covered by this ,
section will be done in accordance with Section 2105 and 2112 of
Minnesota Department of Transportation Specifications for Highway
Construction, 1988 Edition, except as modified hereafter. ,
2.02 SUBGRADE
The subgrade
shall be brought to the
rescrib
d '
. p
e
cross-section and
grade by the necessary excavation and fill by using acceptable
existing materials and thoroughly compacting all necessary fill
material. The subgrade shall then be prepared in accordance with '
Section 2.05.
r
i~
u
i~
D
7
ii
i~
D
i~
i~
i~
n
i~
In the event of poor sub-grade material, the Engineer shall be
notified immediately so a determination can be made as to the
correct procedure to follow.
Proper drainage shall be provided at all times so that the
sub-grade will be kept free of standing water. Any soft spots
developing from poor drainage and standing water shall be
completely excavated, backfilled, and compacted with an acceptable
dry material at no additional cost to the City.
2.03 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKI~NT (2105)
All operations shall be done in accordance with MnDOT Specification
No. 2105. All compaction will be done by the "Specified Density
Method " .
Density tests shall be taken to evaluate the compaction achieved.
The quantity of tests shall be determined by the. Engineer in the
field.
Where density tests are taken to evaluate the compaction, the fill
shall meet .the requirements of a minimum of 100% of Standard
Proctor Density (AASHTO T-99) in the upper three feet of the
embankment and a minimum of 95% of Standard Proctor Density below
the upper three feet, except when the existing soil moisture
content is over the "optimum" moisture content determined by the
Standard Proctor Density. When the existing soil moisture content
is over the "optimum" moisture content, the soil shall be compacted
to a density within five pounds per cubic foot (pcf) of the
theoretical density identified by the Proctor curve at that
moisture content. The Engineer reserves the right to reject
materials which are over "optimum" moisture content.
subgrade excavation is further defined under Paragraph 2.06 of
these specifications.
Granular borrow and select granular borrow shall meet the
requirements of MnDOT Specification No. 3149; maximum particle size
to be six inches in diameter.
2.04 TEST ROLLING (2111 MODIFIED)
After the above work relative to compaction is completed, the
subgrade shall be test rolled in accordance with MnDOT Specifica-
tion No. 2111, except as follows:
Test rolling shall be performed prior to, intermittently during,
' and after completion of subgrade preparation work (2112) or
subgrade excavation work (2105) when ordered by the Engineer.
The yielding or rutting portion of this specification 2111.3
' shall apply only to the test roll for final acceptance of the
subgrade preparation; earlier test rolling shall be for the
i~
STREET CONSTRUCTION page 2
n
purpose of identifying those areas needing subgrade excavation,
etc. Later test rolling on the base c nurse shall be to determine '
if required stability exists. In embankment/fill areas, the
subgrade may be test rolled at an elevation lower th an finished
subgrade elevation if the condition of the soils being placed '
indicate that normal subgrade preparation (2112) cannot be
performed and that subgrade excavation (2105) may be necessary; -
this procedure is to eliminate having to remove materials just '
previously placed. Test rolling shall also be used in conjunction
with the placing of aggregate or bituminous base courses when
ordered by the Engineer.
The Contractor will furnish a wheel loader (with operator) for
test rolling. The wheel loader shall have an approximate bucket
size of three cubic yards and shall be fully loaded. Test rolling '
will be required over the entire length and width of the proposed
roadway and one foot outside the back of curb. Test rolling shall
be performed as many times as .deemed necessary by the .Engineer. '
The costs of the wheel loader and operator and any other costs
incurred during test rolling shall be incidental to construction
of the subgrade or base and no direct compensation will be made
therefore. Test rolling, including retesting of repaired, failed '
sections, shall also be considered as incidental.
2.OS SUBGRADE PREPARATION (2112) '
After the test rolling is completed to the satisfaction of the
Engineer, the subgrade shall be prepared in accordance with MnDOT '
Specification 2112, except as follows:.
The Contractor shall prepare the top 12 inches of subgrade by
means of scarifying, aerating or watering for at least a period ,
of 24 hours or as long as specified by the Engineer, in order to
obtain the required stability and density. If wet or poor soil is
encountered, the Contractor shall dry it out for a minimum period
of 24 hours in optimum drying weather or longer in other
conditions by aerating the soil by the use of blades, sheepsfoot,
or other mechanical means. Under normal circumstances no
determination as to the acceptability of a questionable subgrade '
material will be made prior to the Contractor's drying out the
soil for the minimum time period. Areas which remain unstable
after normal subgrade preparation will be repaired at the '
direction of the Engineer as to MnDOT Specification No. 2105
(subgrade Excavation).
Unstable areas of subgrade due to inclement weather shall be
prepared by the Contractor at no compensation; .subgrade deter-
mined satisfactory and the failing due to inclement weather also
shall be rep aired at no additional compensation. '
The top 12 inches of subgrade shall be compacted to 100% Standard
Proctor Density. The "required stability" shall be such that, '
STREET CONSTRUCTION page 3
u
i~
7
i~
C~~!
C~~
0
when test rolled, the roadbed surface shows yielding or rutting
of no more than 1'-z" measured from the top of the constructed
grade to the bottom of the rut. Tests shall be taken to evaluate
the compaction achieved. Tests shall be taken at the rate of one
test for every 100 feet of subgrade prepared. Testing shall be by
an independent test lab at the Contractor's expense. Under no
circumstances shall gravel be hauled until the subgrade. has been
approved by the Engineer with respect to grade and density.
Subgrade preparation will be required over the entire length and
width of the proposed roadways and one foot outside the back of
curb. Payment shall be by the square yard (sy) prepared.
2.06 SUBGRADE EXCAVATION (2105)
Subgrade excavation shall consist of all excavations made below the
top of the subgrade surface of the road and between the shoulder
slopes, which are not made for the purpose of obtaining topsoil,
and the materials of which are not classified for payment such as
rock excavation. This work shall include the removal and disposal
of unsuitable materials in the roadbed and replacing such materials
with common excavation, common borrow, granular borrow, or base
materials, together with any other work necessary to provide
drainage for the excavations. All excavation shall be by the load
and haul method, with no scraper operation being acceptable. Common
excavation, common borrow, granular borrow, or base materials, when
used in replacing materials removed through subgrade excavation,
shall be as follows:
a. Common Excavation Material (2105.2A)
Common excavation material to be used in subgrade excavation must
be approved by the Engineer prior to placing. When this material
is used, the Contractor shall be paid for excavation of the
unsuitable materials and replacement of the unsuitable materials
with common excavation, at the common excavation unit price,
provided the common excavation material is furnished from an
initial excavation area.. If the common excavation material has
been moved once initially and stockpiled, then the material will
be paid as common borrow material, as described below.
b. Common Borrow Material (2105B)
When suitable or ample common excavation material can not be
found within the excavation limits, the common borrow material
approved by the Engineer will be used in subgrade excavation.
Borrow material will be obtained within the right-of-way if
available; if not, it may be obtained off the right-of-way at a
location located and negotiated by the Contractor. Regardless of
the location of the borrow source, only one bid item will apply
for furnishing of the borrow. When common borrow is used, the
Contractor shall be paid for excavation of the unsuitable
materials and replacement of the unsuitable materials with common
borrow .
STREET CONSTRUCTION page 4
0
c. Granular Borrow Material (3149) ,
When common excavation or common borrow material cannot be
obtained by the Contractor on or off the right-of-way, the
Engineer may direct the Contractor to use granular borrow '
material for subgrade excavation.
When granular borrow is used, the Contractor shall be paid for
excavation of the unsuitable materials and replacement of the
unsuitable materials with granular borrow.
All materials used for replacement in areas of subgrade ,
excavation shall be compacted in accordance with 21.05 as
previously mentioned in paragraph 2.03. All replacement materials
in the top 12 inches of the subgrade shall then be compacted in '
accordance with the provisions of subgrade preparation (2112), as
previously described in paragraph 2.05 .
subgrade excavation shall be made to the depths and location ,
indicated by the Engineer. Areas of subgrade excavation may be
required at random locations throughout the roadbed or may be
required as a "core-type excavation", wherein the roadbed is '
excavated for its entire length and width. No subgrade excavation
shall be done prior to subgrade preparation and test rolling.
Payment for subgrade excavation shall be by the cubic yard (e.v.)
and .shall be compensation for excavation and disposal of the
material.
Gen erally, no subgrade excavation shall be used to correct '
conditions caused by inclement weather. In cases where inclement
weather is continuous and for long periods of time, and does not
allow for expeditious completion of subgrade preparation by use '
of 2112 and/or 2105, the Engineer may require the .Contractor to
prepare the roadways as follows:
(1) Make a core excavation of the subgrade to a depth as
directed by the Engineer.
(2) Replace the excavated material below subgrade with the '
same materials to be used for base material (Class 5, etc.)
and then immediately continue to place the loose material in
the area above the subgrade elevation. The subgrade excavation '
and the base course both shall be constructed with base
material in a fashion which will contribute to "bridging". In
this case, after the subgrade excavation has been made and the
conditions do not allow for compaction, then the bottom of the
subgrade excavation shall be subcut to a uniform bottom and
the base material shall be placed in a fashion to prevent
pumping or intrusion of the subgrade into the base material. '
Generally, the first 12 inches of the material shall be
deposited on the subgrade before any rolling or compaction
begins. All compaction done in this situation shall be by use '
of static equipment.
STREET CONSTRUCTION page 5
n
' (3) When this procedure for subgrade excavation is used, the
Contractor shall be paid for excavating the unsuitable
materials below subgrade elevation and shall be paid for all
' base materials used above and below subgrade elevation, all at
contract unit price; the compaction of this base material
shall be considered incidental. Also, when this method is
used, the Contractor shall not be paid for subgrade prepara-
' ti on (2112 ).
Base material used for backfill, as described above for "bridging",
' will be paid for at the same unit price paid under the applicable
base price and unit.
' In areas of embankment/fill, the Contractor and the Engineer shall
both observe the placement of materials and if it appears that the
soils being placed will not be able to be prepared under normal
subgrade preparation and that subgrade excavation will be neces-
sary, then the subgrade shall be left lower than final elevation so
as to eliminate having to pay for excavation of materials that were
just previously placed. Particular attention shall be paid that
' capping of granular materials with non-granular materials is not
permitted at or within 12 inches of the subgrade surface.
-Any over-excavated areas shall be returned to the proper. grade and
' cross-section by the Contractor at no additional cost to the owner.
2.07 EXCESS MATERIAL
Excess material not used on the projec t is the property of the
Owner and shall be disposed of as directed by the Engineer within a
' distance of one
excess material mile from the site of th
shall be incidental to the e work. Disposal of the
excavation u
it
i
n
pr
ce.
' 3.00 CLEARING OF STREET RIGHT-OF-WAY
3.01 GENERAL
' This work shall consist of removing and disposing of trees, shrubs,
roots, wind f alls, stumps and abandoned structures such as
' sidewalk, curb
The work shall and gutter, culverts, manholes, and
include the salva
ing of desi
nated catch basins.
te
i
l
d
g
g ma
r
a
s an
th e backfilling of the resulting trenches, holes and depressions.
' 3.02 REMOVING MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES
The Contractor shall remove and dispose of all abandoned structures
and obstructions designated by the Engineer. Culverts, manholes
' and catch basins shall be salvaged and the Contractor shall deliver
all salvaged structures to the Owner. Sidewalks, curb and gutter
and driveway pavement shall be removed at a joint or shall be sawed
' to one-third the thickness of the concrete. The exposed edge of
removal shall be straight with no chips or cracks.
STREET CONSTRUCTION page 6
i
n
4.00 AGGREGATE BASE ,
4.01 GENERAL
The Contractor shall notify the
Engineer when
the subgrade is to ,
proper grade and cross-section for acceptance before proceeding
with the base.
This work
h
ll
i
t
f ,
s
a
cons
s
o
construction of one or more courses of
aggregate base on a prepared sub-base. Vdork shall be done in
accordance with Section 2211 of Minnesota Department of Transports-
tion Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, except
as modified hereafter.
4.02 MATERIALS
Gravel material shall be of the class designated on the typical
section of the plans. Gravel material shall meet the requirements '
of Section 3138 of Minnesota Department of Transportation Specifi-
cations for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, except as modified
hereafter. ,
4.03 TESTING
Samples of the aggregate base material shall be taken at the
project site at the rate of one test for every 1000 feet of base
(minimum) . A minimum of two tests shall be required on the project.
An independent lab shall perform the tests and confirm the
gradation. All test
reports '
shall indicate the location where the
samples were taken. The gravel shall meet Class 5 gradation
requirements prio r to th e placement of curbing or bituminous
application. '
4.04 COMPACTION '
Compaction shall be by the "ordinary compaction" method. Each layer
shall be compacted until there is no further evidence of
consolidation, using a tamping, steel-wheeled or pneumatic-tired
rolle r, meeting the requirements of the Minnesota Department of
Transportation Specfication 2123. The Engineer may elect to test
the c ompaction with field density tests. The base material shall be
compacted to 100% of standard proctor density. '
4.05 QUALITY CONTROL '
The gravel base shall be approved 24 hours before the bituminous
base application. The base shall be within 2" + at the crown and
quarter crown. - '
4.06 PAYMENT
Payment for the aggregate base shall be on the basis of cubic yards '
of material furnished and compacted in place and shall be
compensation in full for. all costs incidental to its construction.
STREET '
CONSTRUCTION page 7
0
0
i
~~
L
C~
~Ii
r
0
0
5.00 BITUMINOUS BASE COURSE
5.01 WORK INCLUDED
The Contractor shall, unless specified otherwise, furnish all
material, equipment, tools and labor for the construction of a
paver-laid bituminous base as noted on the plans, and shall be done
in accordance with Section 2331 of Minnesota Department of
Transportation Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988
Edition, except as modified below.
5.02 AGGREGATE
The aggregate material shall meet the reouirement of aggregate size
B, Table 3139-1, Section 3139, for both type 31 and type 32, Base
Course Mixtures, Section 2331.
5.03 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL
For the mixture, the bituminous material shall be asphalt cement,
120-150 penetration. The oil content shall be within plus or minus
0.3% of the amount determined by the design mix. The oil content
called for in the design mix shall meet or exceed the minimum
percentages by weight identified in Table 2331-1, Section 2331, for
the appropriate mixture type. Cost of the .design mix shall be
incidental to the payment for bituminous base.
5.04 CONSTRUCTION
All curb and gutter must be backfilled before any blacktop is
applied to the street. Prior to placement of the base course, any
existing bituminous surface abutting it shall have a straight cut
joint made, it-shall be cleaned, and it shall be liberally tacked
with a bituminous material. After paving the base, all gate valves
and manholes on this project shall be adjusted to 3/4" below
finished grade for the winter. All disturbed aggregate .base shall
be recompacted and the blacktop patched. A 3-foot diamond of
bituminous shall be placed around the manholes to protect them from
the snowplows. A 1-foot diamond of bituminous shall be placed
around the gate valves to protect them from the snowplows.
5.05 PAYMENT
The bituminous base shall be paid for on the basis of square
yard-inch at plan thickness. Unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer, all streets shall be constructed with a bituminous
thickness as shown on the plans.
Payment shall be compensation for preparation of all existing
surfaces, furnishing materials, laying and rolling.
STREET CONSTRUCTION page 8
1
6.00 BITUMINOUS WEARING COURSE '
6.01 WORK INCLUDED
The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specified, furnish all
materials, equipment, tools and labor for the construction of a
plant mixed, paver laid, bituminous surface as noted on the plans,
and shall be done in accordance with Section 2331 of Minnesota
Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Highway
Construction, 1988 Edition, except as modified below.
6.02 AGGREGATE
The aggregate material shall meet the requirements of aggregate
size A, table 3139-1, Section 3139, for both type 41 and type 42
Wearing Course Mixtures, Section 2331.
6.03 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL
ror the mixture, the bituminous material shall be asphalt cement,
120-150 penetration. Oil content shall be within plus or minus 0.3%
of the amount determined by the design mix. The oil content shall
meet or exceed the minmum percentages by weight identified in Table ,
2331-1, Section 2331 for the appropriate mixture type. Cost of the
design mix shall be incidental to the payment for bituminous base.
6.04 CONSTRUCTION
Prior to the application of any bituminous wearing course mixture,
the base course shall be thoroughly swept and a bituminous tack '
coat placed in accordance with MnDOT Specification 2357. After the
street has been paved and prior to rolling, a 3/4" plywood plate
shall be placed over each of these structures and the edges raked. '
The roller shall then roll the wear until no sign of settlement
occurs and the plate may be removed.
Prior to the application of any bituminous wearing course mixture,
the base course shall receive a bituminous tack coat in accordance
with MnDOT Specification 2357.. The bituminous tack coat shall be
applied at a rate of 0.05 gallons per square yard. The cost of the '
tack shall be included in the wear course unit price.
The bituminous wear course at the edge of the curb and gutter shall
be 4" above the edge, following compaction. The additional cost of ,
the materials along the edge shall be incidental to the cost of .the
wear course.
6.05 PAYMENT
The bituminous wear shall be paid for on the basis of square
yard-inch at plan thickness. Unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer, all streets shall be constructed with a bituminous
thickness as shown on the plans.
u
STREET. CONSTRUCTION page 9
u
Payment shall be compensation for cutting the existing bituminous,
sweeping, tack coat, furnishing materials, laying and rolling.
' At the. conclusion of the. project, cores in the blacktop may_ be
ordered if in the opinion of the Engineer the pavement does not.
' meet the specifications. A minimum of one core for every 400 feet
of roadway shall be taken. The following tests shall be run by an
independent test lab at the Contractor's expense.
' 1. Thickness
2. Marshall Density
3. Gradation
4. Extraction
If the Marshall Density for the cores is less than the specified
' minimum density, then in lieu of being removed and replaced to an
acceptable condition, it will be accepted at a reduced rate
according to MnDOT Specification 2331.3, 1988 Edition.
' In addition, an average thickness of .all the cores shall be
computed. Based upon that thickness, payment for both the wear and
base shall be adjusted according to the following schedule:
' a. average thickness 0.15 inches less than plan and greater
(except where orde red by the Engineer) : payment made at unit
prices.
b. average thickness: 0.16-0.25 inches less than plan: 15%
reduction of unit prices as b id .
t c. average thickness 0.26-0.50 inches less than plan: 30%
.reduction of unit prices as bid.
' d. any specific area which has a test thickness less than plan
thickness minus 0.50 inches shall be replaced.
7.00 HAUL SLIPS
"Haul slips" showing tonnage of all bituminous and rock material
' delivered to the job site shall be submitted to the Engineer on a
daily basis. All tonnage tickets shall be weighed and not
estimated .
' Unless the method of payment called for on the proposal is by the
ton, all haul slips supplies will be used for verification of the
cubic yard or square yard quantities only.
8.00 CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION AND TESTING
' All phases of the work shall be .open to the Engineer or his
STREET CONSTRUCTION page 10
C
representative and the Contractor shall allow the use of such
facilities as are necessary to properly inspect the work. The
Contractor shall submit test results as determined by an approved
testing laboratory of all materials to be used before any related
construction begins. The Contractor shall furnish reasonable
amounts of the materials during the construction progress to be
used for periodic testing.
9.00 CLEANUP
When the work has been completed, the Contractor shall remove from
the site all extra material, equipment, debris and other supplies.
The site shall be cleaned up as is necessary to leave all property
in substantially the same condition as it was before the project:
10.0 SEEDING, SODDING ~ BLACKDIRT
Provisions of MnDOT Specification #3878 shall govern for sod and
#3876 shall govern for seed. Seeding and sodding work shall conform
to MnDOT Specification #2575. The black dirt shall consist of a
salvaged topsoil from the grading operations or a topsoil borrow
trucked in from off the project site, which is acceptable to the
Engineer. The black dirt shall be spread to a minimum "compacted"
thickness of four (4) inches prior to seeding or sodding." The seed
shall be MHD mixture number 500 and shall be applied at the rate of
100 pounds per acre. All areas seeded shall be fertilized. The
fertilizers shall be dry and shall contain available nitrogen,
phosphoric acid and potash in proportions which will supply the
minimum quantities of these plant foods. All areas seeded shall be
mulched per MnDOT specifications, using Type I mulch and disc
anchoring.
i
J
J
The Contractor shall have the topsoil tested to determine the type
and application -rate of fertilizers to use. For bidding purposes, '
the Contractor shall use an application rate of 300 pounds per acre
of a 20-10-10 fertilizer.
Payment for sodding shall be by the square yard and shall include
the sod, salvaged topsoil, watering and all equipment and labor
necessary to the proper installation of the sod. Payment for
seeding shall be by the acre and shall include the seed,
fertilizer, salvaged topsoil, mulch and all equipment and labor
necessary to the proper installation of the seed. Payment for
topsoil borrow shall be by the cubic yard (LV) and shall include
the topsoil, trucking, equipment and labor necessary for the proper
installation of the topsoil borrow.
All placement of black dirt behind curbing shall be done prior to
paving.
The Contractor shall be aware that the quantities of sod and seed
used next to the curb shall be at the owner's discretion and that
they-may be changed or deleted with no change in the unit price.
STREET CONSTRUCTION page 11
r
J
n
CONCRETE CURB SPECIFICATIONS
' DESCRIPTION
Curb or combined curbs and gutters, sidewalks and driveway aprons
shall consist of air-entrained portland cement concrete con-
structed on a prepared subgrade in accordance with these
' specifications. This work shall be in reasonably close conformity
with the lines and grades, .thicknesses, and typical cross sections
shown on the plans or established by the Engineer. All work shall
' be performed in accordance with MnDOT specifications.
CONCRETE
' The air-entrained portland cement concrete shall meet the
requirements of MnDOT specification 2461. The component parts
shall be batched by weight, in proportions, to produce a concrete
' developing a minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi in 28 days.
The concrete shall have a uniform consistency and slump. The slump
' shall be between 1 and 3 inches for handvibrated concrete, between
2 and 4 inches for hand-tamped or spaded concrete, and between i
and 2 inches for concrete placed by a slipform/extrusion machine.
A design mix shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior
to installation.
' BASE PREPARATION
The base shall be a minimum thickness of 6 inches of class 5
' gravel under all curb and .gutter and all driveway aprons. A
minimum base thickness of 4 inches of pit run sand shall be placed
beneath all .sidewalks. The base shall be compacted and shall
extend a minimum of 1 foot outside the curb and drives and 0.5
' feet outside sidewalk .forms. The base shall be reasonably dense,
firm, trimmed to a uniform smooth surface and in a moist condition
when the concrete is placed.
MACHINE PLACEMENT
The slipform/extrusion machine approved shall be so designed as to
place, spread, consolidate, screed, and finish the concrete in one
complete pass in such a manner that a minimum of hand finishing
will be necessary to provide a dense and homogeneous concrete
section. The machine shall shape, vibrate, and/or extrude the
concrete for the full width and depth of the concrete section
being placed. It shall be operated with as nearly a continuous
forward movement as possible. All operations of mixing, delivery,
and spreading concrete shall be so coordinated as to provide
uniform progress, with stopping and starting of the machine held
to a minimum.
Concrete 1
u
~i
FORN~D METHOD
The forms shall be of wood, metal, or other suitable material that
is straight and free from warp, having sufficient strength to
resist the pressure of the concrete without displacement and
sufficient tightness to prevent the leakage of mortar. Flexible or
rigid forms of proper curvature may be used for curves having a
radius of 100 feet or less. Division plates shall be metal.
The front and back forms shall extend for the full depth of the
concrete. All of the forms shall be braced and staked so that they
remain in both horizontal and vertical alignment until `heir
removal. They shall be cleaned and coated with an approved
form-release agent before concrete is placed against them.
The concrete shall be deposited into the forms without segregation
and then it shall be tamped and spaded or mechanically vibrated
for thorough consolidation. Low roll or mountable curbs may be
formed without the use of a face form by using a straightedge and
templet to form the curb face. When used, face forms shall be
removed as soon as possible to permit finishing. Front and back
forms shall be removed without damage to the concrete after it has
set.
FINISHING
The plastic concrete shall be finished
means of a wood float and then it shall
texture using a light broom or burlap
adjacent to forms and formed joints shall
edging tool to the dimension shown on the
JOINTING
smooth, if necessary, by
be given a final surface
drag. Concrete that is
be edged with a suitable
plans.
Contraction Joints
Transverse weakened-plane contraction joints shall be con-
structed at right angles to the curb line at intervals not
exceeding 15 feet. Joint depth shall average at least 'z of the
cross section of the concrete.
Contraction joints may be sawed, hand-formed, or made by 1/8
inch thick division plates in the formwork. Sawing shall be done
early after the concrete has set to prevent the formation of
uncontrolled cracking. The joints may be hand-formed either by
(1) using a narrow or triangular jointing tool or a thin metal
blade to impress a plane or weakness into the plastic concrete,
or (2) inserting 1/8 inch thick steel strips into the plastic
concrete temporarily. Steel strips shall be withdrawn before
final finishing of the concrete. Where division plates are used
to make contraction joints, the plates shall be removed after
the concrete has set and while the forms are still in place.
~i
Concrete 2
0
i
i
Expansion Joints
Expansion joints shall. be constructed at right angles to the
curb line at immovable structures and at points of curvature for
short-radius curves. Filler material for expansion joints shall
conform to requirements of ASTM D994, D1751, or D1752 and shall
be furnished in a single 3/4 inch thick piece for the full depth
and width of the joint.
Expansion joints in a slipformed curb or curb and gutter .shall
be constructed with an appropriate hand tool by raking or sawing
through partially set concrete for the full depth and width of
the section. The cut shall be only wide enough to permit a snug
fit for the joint filler. After the filler is placed, open areas
adjacent to the filler shall be filled with concrete and then
troweled and edged.
Alternatively, an expansion joint may be installed by removing a
short section of freshly extruded curb and gutter immediately,
installing temporary holding forms, placing .the expansion joint
filler, and replacing and reconsolidating the concrete that was
removed. Contaminated concrete shall be discarded.
Other Joints
Construction joints may be .either butt- or expansion-type
joints. Curbs or combined curbs and gutters constructed adjacent
to existing concrete shall have the same type of joints as in
the existing concrete, with similar spacing; however, contrac-
tion joint spacing shall not exceed 15 feet. Curbing placed in
conjunction with concrete paving shall be jointed according to
the type of joint indicated on the plan and profile.
PROTECTION
The Contractor shall always have material available to protect the
surface of the plastic concrete against rain. .These materials
shall consist of waterproof paper or plastic sheeting.. For
' slipform construction, materials such as wood planks or forms to
protect the edges shall also be required.
n
0
0
0
When concrete is being placed in cold weather and the temperature
may be expected to drop below 35 degrees F., suitable protection
shall be provided to keep the concrete from freezing until it is
at least 10 days old. Concrete injured by frost action shall be
removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
CURING
Concrete shall be cured for at least three days after placement to
protect it against loss of moisture, rapid temperature change, and
mechanical injury. Moist burlap, waterproof paper, white polyethy-
Concrete
lene sheeting, white liquid membrane compound, or a combination
thereof may be used as the curing material. Membrane curing shall
not be permitted in frost-affected areas when the concrete will be
exposed to deicing chemicals within 30 days after completion of
the curing period.
BACKFILLING
After the concrete has set sufficiently, the spaces in front and
back of curbs shall be refilled with suitable material to the
required elevations. The fill material shall be thoroughly tamped
in layers. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to protect
the curbing during all phases of the backfilling operation. Any
curbing damaged during this process shall be removed and replaced
at the Contractor's expense.
TESTING
Not less than three test cylinders of standard size and
manufacture shall be made for each 50 cubic yards of concrete
placed, or for each day's operations unless otherwise directed by
the Engineer. One cylinder from each set shall be tested at seven
days and one cylinder at 28 days, in accordance with ASTM C-31.
The third cylinder shall be retained as a spare in case problems
occur with the other two.
Air entrainment and slump tests shall be taken on each load prior
to placement.
To cast the cylinders, fill the molds in three equal layers and
uniformly rod each layer 25 times with a bullet-nosed rod. When
rodding the second and third layers, the rod should just break
through into the layer beneath. The molds should be filled
continuously and without interruption. After rodding the top
layer, tap the cylinder lightly to close any voids that might have
a trowel, and cover immediately to prevent loss of moisture. Be
sure the cylinders are on a level surface during curing and that
the tops are smooth and level to ensure minimum. laboratory
preparation and the best test results.
ii
0
0
ii
J
L
Test results indicating concrete substandard from the above '
requirements shall be reason for halting concreting operations and
investigation of the cause of the deficiency, and removal and
replacement of concrete placed during the period represented by
the test, if, in the opinion of the Engineer, such action is
necessary to protect the structural integrity of the construction.
All testing shall be done at the Contractor's expense by an
approved testing laboratory Test results shall be submitted .once
a week to the Engineer.
0
u
u
Concrete 4
INDEX
WAT~:~
CONSTRUCTION REQUIR]~MENTS
Page
1.
2.
3.
4.
DESCRIPTION .....................................12
MATERIALS .......................................12
A. Water Main
................................... 12
B. Fire Hydrants .......... 13
C .......................
valves
.
. .
.................................... 14
D. Water Service Pipe and Appuri.enances ....... 15
E. .......
Polyethylene Encasement Material ..... , , . , , , . , , , , , , , 16
F. Steel Casing Pipe ........ 16
G. .......................
Piling
...................................... 16
H. Granular Materials ................. 17
I .............
Lnsulation
. .................................... 18
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMFSI'I'S ........................ 18
A. Maintenance .............................. .. 18
B. Work Limits .......... 19
C. .................. ....
Establishing Line and Grade
D. ...... ...............
Protection ofSurFaceStructures
, 20
21
E. ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,
Interference of Unde ground Structures .............. 21
F. ... .
Remotial of Surface Improvements ........ 22
G. .............
Excavation and Trench Preparation 22
H. .....................
Installation of Pipe and Fittings 2
I. ............... .......
Polyethylene Encasement of Pipeline .......... 6
31
J .........
Jack-Bore Steel Casing Pipe 32
K. ....................... .
Placement of Insulation
L. ...........................
Water Service Installations 32
M. ..........................
Setting valves, Hydrants
Fittings and Special 33
35
N. ,
..............
Pipeline Bacldslling Operations .......... 36
O .............
Restoration of Surldce I
.
P. mprovements ................
Maintenance and Final Cleanu 37
p ...................... 37
TESTING .........................................38
A. Disinfection of Water Mains ...................... 38
B. Hydrostatic Testing of Water Mains ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,42
C. Electrical Conductivity Test ......................... 44
D. Operational Inspection ............................45
SPEC-745.000
i
10
5.
6.
MET~iODOFMEAS ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,45
A. Water Main .......... 45
.........................
B.. halves ...................................... 45
C. Hydrant with ~lve .............. 45
D. ................
Fittings .............................. ...... 45
E. Granular Material ..........
. 47
.................
...
F. Boring ...................................... 47
G. Water Service Connection .......
. 47
.............
.....
H Service Lines ..... 47
. ............................
I. Insulation ....... ..................... ........ 47
J Raise Valve Box
................................ 47
BASIS OF PAYMENT .................................47
A Water Main
. ................................... 47
B. Valves ...................................... 48
c. Hydrant with Valve ........... 4s
...................
D. Fittings ..................................... 48
E. Granular Material ............ 48
...................
F. Boring ...................................... 48
G. Water Service Connection 48
H ..........................
Se
ice Lines
. rv
................................. 48
I. Insulation ....... .....
. 48
...... .......... ...
....
J Raise Valve Box . 48
...............................
ii
spacaas.ooo 11
fl
WAT~:RMAIN .
CONSTRUCTION REQ
~]
1, DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of the construction of the water mains, hydrants, services and other
appurtenances in accordance with the Plans and these General Requirements, except as modified
by the Specific Requirements or the Special Provisions. All work shall comply with the
requirements of the Minnesota Department of Health, the Minnesota Plumbing Code and all
applicable codes and ordinances..
All references to MnDOT specifications, other specifications, standards or designations such as
ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of
advertisement for bids on the project.
All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such standard design drawings as may be
referenced or furnished in the contract documents. The Owner may require advance approval
of material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details as deemed necessary. to insure
conformance to the contract documents. Where specific manufactured products are referenced
it is to indicate a product preference of the Owner. Other manufactured products of an
"equivalent" kind, type, and quality may be used if approved in writing by the Engineer.
Product information, shop drawings or other information to describe the product shall be
submitted to the Engineer in a timely manner such that their review does not delay the project.
' At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit, in writing, a list of materials and
suppliers for approval.
!' 2. MATERIALS
' The materials used in this work shall be new, .conforming with the requirements of the
referenced specifications for class, kind, type, size and grade of material as specified below and
other details indicated in the contract.
_ .
A. Water Main
A.l .Ductile Iron Pine: Ductile iron pipe for water mains shall be Class 52 for pipe
less than 12 inches in diameter, Class 50 for pipe 12 inches or larger in diameter,
and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C151 (ANSI A21.51).
A.l.a FiFittinQS: Fittings shall be Gray Iron or Ductile Iron, having a
minimum working pressure rating of 150 psi, and shall conform to
the requirements of AWWA C110 (ANSI A21.10), Ductile-Iron
and Gray-Iron Fittings or AWWA C153 (ANSI 21.53),
Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings.
sPECaas.ooo 12
A.l,b Lining and Coatine: All pipe and fittings shall be furnished with
cement mortar lining meeting the requirements of AWWA C104 '
(ANSI A21.4) for standard thickness lining. All interior and
exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings shall have a tar or
bituminous seal coating at least one mil thick. Spotty or thin seal '
coating, or poor coating adhesion, shall be cause for rejection.
A.l.c in :Pipe three inches and larger in diameter shall have push-on
joints. Fittings shall have mechanical joints. The rubber gasket
shall conform to AWWA C111 (ANSI A21.11).
A:l.d . El trical ndu 'vi Co r stra s shall
tX rre r tie welder ~r
otherwise permanently affixed to each pipe or appurtenance to
provide a positive means of conveying electricity from pipe or
fitting, to pipe or fitting. Conductive pipe gaskets may be used
on pipe to pipe connections if approved by the Engineer. Size and
method of affixing strap shall be subject to the approval of the
Engineer and shall be sufficient to meet or exceed the criteria for
conductivity testing set forth in this specification. r
A.2 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe: Polyvinyl chloride pipe (PVC) for water main shall
conform to AWWA C 900. All pipe shall have a minimum dimension ratio (DR)
of 18 corresponding to a working pressure of 150 psi for PVC type 1120 pipe.
A.2.a Fittings: Fittings shall be Gray Iron or puctile Iron, having a
minimum working pressure rating of 150 psi, and shall conform to
the requirements of AWWA C110 (ANSI A21.10), or AWWA
C153 (ANSI 21.53) Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings.
A.2.b Joints: Joints in plastic pipe shall be bell-end elastomeric-gasket
~~ e
A.2.c Restraints: Restraints for C900 PVC pipe shall be Uni-Flange
Series 1300, 1350, 1390 as may apply or equal.
B. Fire Hxdrants
Fire hydrants shall be Pacer Model WB-67 as manufactured by Waterous Company, and
shall conform to AWWA C502.
Hydrants shall be furnished in conformance with the following ~ supplementary
requirements:
B.1 Five-inch (nominal diameter) main valve opening of the type that opens against
water pressure with a pentagonal operating nut with one-inch sides (nominal 1.5 r
spacaas.ooo 13
inches from point of pentagon to opposite side), and opening counterclockwise
(left).
B.2 Barrels shall be two piece, non jacket type, with flanged joint above finished
grade line, sixteen-inch break off extension, (24") from ground to center nozzle),
and with mechanical joint connection at the hub end for joining asix-inch ductile
iron branch pipe.
B.3 H rant bu d th measured
yd ry ep from the top of the branch pipe connectizon to the
finished ground line at the hydrant, shall be 8'-0" (According to Waterous
definition of "Bury"; h
drants with a b
f 8'
6"
h
ll be f
y
ury o
-
s
a
urnished).
B.4 Hydrants shall have two outlet nozzles for 2-1/2 inch (I.D.) hose connection and
l
l
f
one out
et nozz
e
or 4-1/2 inch (I.D.) pumper connection. Threads shall conform
to NFPA No. 194 (ANSI B26) and shall be: hose connection - 7-1/2 threads per
inch, 3.062" nominal outside diameter (National Standard Thread); pumper
connection - 4 threads. per inch, 5.750" nominal outside diameter (National
Standard Thread). Nozzle caps shall be nut type with chain.
B
5 H
d
i
.
y
rant operat
ng mechanisms shall be ravided with "O" rin o
p g seals preventmb
entrance of moisture and shall be lubricated through an opening in the operating
^ nut or bonnet.
B.6 Drain holes shall be .left open unless indicated otherwise, if so indicated the
hydrant shall be tagged "Pump After Use".
B.7 The Contractor shall provide the Owner with one hydrant wrench for every ten
(10) hydrants supplied or portion thereof. Cost of the wrenches shall be
incidental to the project.
1 C. Valves
Svc inch to twelve inch valves shall be resilient seated gate valves, larger than twelve
inches shall be butterfly. 'Isapping tees shall have resilient seated gate valves. All valves
shall be for buried service.
C.1 Butterfly Valves: Butterfly valves shall conform to the requirements of AWWA
C504 and the following requirements:
' a. Working pressure rating of 150 psi minimum.
b. Two inch square operating nut opening counterclockwise (left).
c. Double "O" ring or split V type stem seal.
d. Traveling nut type operator permanently sealed and lubricated.
e. Manufacturers: Dresser, Pratt, or equal.-
sPECaas.ooo 14
~I
~i
D.
C.2 Cate Valves: Gate valves shall conform to AWWA C509 for Resilient Seated
Valves, and shall comply with the following supplementary requirements:
a. Working pressure rating of 200 psi for all sizes.
b. 'I~w inch square operating nut opening counterclockwise (left).
c. Double "O" ring stem seal, one above and below the stem seal..
d. Weather seal on bonnet cover.
e. Non-rising stem.
~i
~i
f. Mechanical joints.
g. Manufacturers: American, Mueller, Kennedy, or equal.
C.3 Valve Boxes: Valve boxes shall be 5-1/4" diameter shaft suitable for 7.5' of
cover wer the top of the water main. Boxes shall be cast iron screw type two
piece boxes with the word "WATER" on the lid. Valve boxes shall be Tyler
6850 with 5-1/4" drop lid, or equal.
Water Service Pipe and Appurtenances
D.1 P, iQe: Water service pipe with inside diameter larger than 2 inches shall conform
to the requirements of Ductile Iron Pipe or Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe.
Water service pipe 1 to 2 inches inside diameter shall be Type K, seamless copper
water tubing, soft annealed temper and conform to the requirements of ASTM B
88.
D.2 Appurtenances:
SPEC-745.000
a. Corporation Stop: For use with flared copper service pipe, and the inlet
threaded with the standard AWWA taper thread.
b. ur to For use with flared copper service pipe both ends, inverted
key, and Minneapolis pattern.
c, urb Box: Minneapolis pattern base, 78"-81" stationary rod, 12 inch box
adjustment from 7' to 8', lid with pentagon plug, and 1-1/4" I.D upper
section.
d. S,_g_rvice .Saddle: Double strap bronze type.
e. Wrenches and Kevs: The Contractor shall provide the Owner with one 3'
curb box shutoff rod and pentagon key for every 20 curb boxes supplied
15
~i
~i
~i
~i
1
~i
i~
~i
~i
~i
or portion thereof, minimum of 3. Cost of keys shall be incidental to the
project.
f. Manufacturers:
Appurtenance
Corporation Stop
Curb Stop
Curb Box
Shutoff Rod
Pentagon Key
Saddle
DIP
PVC-C900
H-16123-16137
H-13420-13435
6104 B22-333M-3/4"
B22-444M-1"
B22-b66M 1-1/2"
B22-777M-2"
5614
5615
305
304K
--- 202B
3801 590
E. ~ Polvethvlene Encasement Material
= Polyethylene encasement material shall conform to AWWA C105 Type A for tube type
installation and 8 mil nominal film thickness.
F. Steel Casing Pipe
Steel casing pipe for jack-boring shall have a wall thickness of 0.375 inches for casing
pipe up to 24 inch diameter, and a wall thickness of 0.500 inches for casing pipe 26 to
32 inches in diameter.
G. "Piling
Piling shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification
2452. Piles for pipelines shall be Treated Timber, in accordance with MnDGT 3471.
SPEC-745.000
Service
Diameter
1" - 2"
1" - 2"
Manufacturer's Number
Mueller McDonald ~Ir
H-15000 .4701 F-600 a-
Mark II Oriseal
H-15154
1" H-10300
1-1/2" - 2" H-10300/H10344
H-10321
H-10325
16
H. Granular Materials
Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, encasement, backfill or other
purposes as may be specified shall consist of any natural or synthetic mineral aggregate
such as sand, gravel, crushed rock, crushed stone, or slag, that shall be so graded as to
meet the gradation requirements specified herein for each particular use.
H.1 __.Sranular Material Gradation Classifications: Granular materials furnished for use
in Foundation, Bedding, Encasement, or Backfill construction shall conform to
the following requirements:
Percent Passing
ieve Foundation* Bedding Encasement Bacl~ll
3 Inch
2 Inch lp0
1 Inch 100 100 100
3/4 Inch 85-100 90-100 90-100
3/8 Inch 30-60 50-90 50-90
No.4 0-10 35-80 35-80 35-100
No. 10 20-65 20-65 20-100
No. 40 0-35 0-35 0-35
No. 200 0-10 0-10 0-10
*3l4" to 1-1/2" material may be used in lieu of Foundation specified
H.2 Granular Material Use Desi~ nation: Granular materials provided for Foundation,
Bedding, Encasement, or Backfill use as required by the Contract, either as part
of the pipe item work unit or as a BID item, shall be classified as to use in
accordance with the following:
Material Use Designation Zone Desi nation
Granular Foundation Placed below the .bottom of pipe grade as
replacement for unsuitable or unstable soils, to
achieve better foundation support.
Granular Bedding Placed below the pipe midpoint, prior to pipe
installation, to facilitate proper shaping and achieve
uniform pipe support.
Granular Encasement Placed from pipe midpoint to one foot above the top
. of pipe, after pipe installation, for protection of the
pipe and to assure proper filling of voids and
thorough consolidation of backfill.
SPEC-?45.000
17
0
u
n
U
r
Granular Backfill Placed below subgrade, if any, as the second stage
' of backfill, to minimize trench settlement and
provide support for surface improvements.
In each case above, unless otherwise indicated, the lower limits of any particular
zone shall be the top surface of the next lower course as constructed. The upper
limits of each zone are established to define variable needs for material gradation
1 and compaction or void content, taking into consideration the sequence of
construction and other conditions. The material use and zone designations
described above shall not be construed to restrict the use of any particular
i material in other zones where the gradation requirements are met.
I. Insulation
Main insulation shall be extruded rigid board material having a maximum thermal
conductivity of 0.23 BTU/hour/square foot/degre~e Fahrenheit/per inch thickness, at 40°F
mean, a compressive strength of 35 psi minimum, and water absorption of 0.25 percent
by volume maximum. Insulation shall be DOW Styrofoam HI-40, Minnesota Diversified
' Products Certiforam brand insulation or equal.
Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Specific Requirements, board
dimensions shall measure 8 feet long, 4 feet wide, and 1-1/2 inches thick or greater.
3. CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMENT~
A, Maintenance
Maintenance of the project site, and any other area affected b construction shall be in
y ,
.e. accordance with Mn/DOT specifications including Sections:
1444 Maintenance of Traffic
1514 Maintenance During Construction
1515 Control of Haul Roads
Appendix B Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
Maintenance of streets and any detours, by-passes, equipment, stockpile, or storage areas
provided in conjunction with the project shall be required and shall be the responsibility
of the Contractor. Said maintenance shall include but not be limited to keeping the
streets free of obstacles, parked equipment, unused barricades, blading the traveled ways,
controlling the dust in the construction area and on detours, and maintenance of all
.. barricades and flashers.
The Contractor shall keep the portions of the project being used by public traffic,
whether it be through or local traffic, in such condition that the traffic will be adequately
accommodated at all times. The Contractor shall provide and maintain temporary
1 sp~c_~4s.~ 18
B.
approaches, crossings, and intersections with trails, roads, streets, businesses, parking
lots, residences, garages, farms, and other abutting property in acceptable condition.
The Contractor shall maintain essential services during the course of the project.
Essential services shall include emergency vehicles, buses, mail delivery, garbage
collection, drainage and public utility services. The Contractor shall coordinate his work
with all appropriate agencies and utility companies during construction.
During construction it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to see that all existing
drainage structures, ditches, gutters and utilities in the working area are kept clean.
Gutters shall be cleaned and flee of dirt and other materials at the end of each working
day to ensure proper drainage. Bales, silt fence or other erosion control measures
acceptable to the Engineer shall be used to prevent materials from washing into drainage
ways or storm sewers.
There shall be an inspection of the sanitary sewer, storm sewer and water main utilities
prior to the start of construction. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer 24 hours in
advance to aid in accomplishing this inspection. All deficiencies in these existing systems
prior to beginning construction must be immediately brought to the attention of the
Engineer.
During construction, the Contractor shall maintain the streets and control dust as directed
by the Engineer. Dust control shall be provided in the same manner to stockpiles of
topsoil, dirt, or other materials throughout the period of construction. Payment for
maintaining streets and controlling dust shall be incidental to this project and no separate
payment made unless provided for on the BID.
Work Limits
The Owner has obtained permanent and temporary easements for all construction on
private property, as shown on the plan sheets.
The remaining construction is within the right-of--way of dedicated streets. The
Contractor shall limit his operations to the street right-of-way or easement unless he
makes a separate arrangement with the landowner for the use of additional land.
B.1 Work on Existing Wight-of-Wa„~s: In the case of construction on a railroad, state
or county highway right-of--way, a permit for such construction will be obtained
by the Owner. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements specified by
the permit with respect to limits, safety precautions, method of construction, etc.,
and shall furnish to the state or county highway department or the railroad the
required supplemental bonds or insurance coverages as stipulated in the permits
without additional cost to the Owner.
n
SPEC-745.000
19
il~
C. Establishing Line and Grade
' The rim line and rade will be established th
P ~y g by e Engineer. -Luce and grade stakes
will be set parallel to the. proposed pipeline at an appropriate offset and interval as will
serve the Contractor's operations wherever practical; at each change in line or grade; and
as needed for pipeline appurtenances and service lines.
' The Contractor shall arrange his operations to avoid unnecessary interference with the
establishment of the primary line and grade stakes; and shall render whatever assistance
may be required by the Engineer to accomplish the staking. The Contractor shall be
responsible for preservation of the primary stakes and shall bear the full cost of any
restaking necessitated by his negligence.
' =The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the correct transfer of the primary line and
- grade from the stakes to all working points and for construction of the work to the
prescribed. lines and grades.
Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Specific Requirements, all
' water main shall generally be placed with 7-1/2 feet of cover. However, a greater depth
may be required to clear storm and sanitary sewers and sewer services, and no additional
compensation shall be provided for such adjustments.
' In certain locations where water main is in direct conflict with storm or sari sewer
~y
the water main shall be constructed under the sewer. Where it is necessary to use
vertical bends to avoid sewer mains, no extra compensation will be made for this
construction with the exception of payment for fittings used.
No deviation shall be made from the required line or grade except with the consent of
the Engineer.
' "~ In areas of conflict between water mains, house sewers, storm sewers, or sanitary
sewers, a separation of at least 18 inches between the water main and the sewer shall be
' `_ provided. When local conditions prevent a vertical separation as described, the following
construction shall be used:
(1) Sewers passing over or under water mains shall be constructed of material
equal to water main standards of construction for a distance of at least 9
feet on either side of the water main.
(2) Water main passing under sewers shall, in addition, be protected by
providing:
(a) adequate structural support for the sewers to prevent excessive
deflection of joints and settling on and breaking of the water
' mains; and
spECaas.ooo 20
J
(b) that the length of water pipe be centered at the point of crossing so
that the joints will be equidistant and as far as possible from the '
sewer.
Watermains shall be laid at least 10 feet horizontally from any sanitary sewer, storm
sewer or sewer manhole, whenever possible. When local conditions prevent a horizontal
separation of 10 feet a water main may be laid closer to a storm or sanitary sewer
provided that:
(1) the bottom of the water main is at least 18 inches above the top of the
sewer;
(2) where this vertical separation cannot be obtained, the sewer shall be
constructed of materials and with joints that are equivalent to water main
standards of construction and shall be pressure tested to assure water-
tightness prior to backfilling.
D.
E.
All surface structures and features located outside the excavation limits for underground
installations, together with those within the construction areas which are indicated in the
Plans as being saved, shall be properly protected against damage and shall not be
disturbed or removed without approval of the Engineer. Within the construction limits,
as required, the removal of improvements such as paving, curbing, walks, turf, etc.,
shall be subject to acceptable replacement after completion of underground work, with
all expense of removal and replacement being borne by the Contractor unless separate
compensation is specifically provided for in the Contract.
Protection of Surface Structures
Obstructions such as street signs, mailboxes, guard posts, culverts, and other items of
prefabricated construction may be temporarily :removed during construction provided
essential service is maintained in a relocated setting as approved by the Engineer and
nonessential items are properly stored for the duration of construction. Upon completion
of the underground work, all such items shall be replaced in their proper setting by and
at the sole expense of the Contractor.
In the event of damage to any surface improvements, either privately or publicly owned,
the Contractor will be required to replace or repair the damaged property to the
satisfaction of the Engineer and by the Contractor at his expense.
Interference of Underground Structures
When any underground structure interferes with the planned placement of pipe or
appurtenances and requires alterations in the work to eliminate the con$ict or avoid
endangering effects on either the existing or proposed facilities, the Contractor shall
immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner of the affected structures. When any
existing facilities are endangered by the Contractor's operations, he shall cease his
SPEC-145.000
21
n
I~
~--,
u
~'~
1
u
~~
operations at the site and take such precautions as may be necessary to protect the inplace
' structures until a decision is made as to how the conflict will be resolved.
Without specific authorization from the utility owner, no essential utility service shall be
' disrupted, nor shall any change be made in either the existing structures or the planned
installations to overcome the interference. Alterations to existing facilities will be
allowed only when that service will not be curtailed unavoidably and then only when the
encroachment or relocation will satisfy all applicable regulations and conditions.
Wherever alterations are required as a result of unforeseen underground interferences not
due to any fault or negligence of the Contractor, the Engineer will issue a written change
order covering any additional or extra work involved and specifying the revised basis of
Y-- payment, if any. Any alterations made strictly for the convenience of the Contractor
-= shall be subject to prior approval and shall be at the Contractor's expense.
' No extra compensation will be allowed for delays caused by the interference of
"underground structures unless approved by the Engineer and included in a change order.
' F. Removal of Surface Improvements
Removal of surface improvements in connection with trench excavation shall be limited
to actual needs for installation of the pipeline and appurtenances. Removal operations
shall be coordinated effectively with the excavation and installation operations as will
cause the least practical disruption of traffic or inconvenience to the public. Removed
' debris shall not be deposited at locations that will restrict access to fire hydrants, private
driveways, or other essential service areas. Removal and final disposal of debris shall
be accomplished as a single operation wherever possible and the debris shall be removed
from the site before starting the excavating operations.
= - Removal of concrete or bituminous structures shall be by methods producing clean-cut
=~ breakage that will preserve .the remaining structure without damage. Concrete or
bituminous paving shall be removed so when the trench is excavated there will be a six
inch wide minimum undisturbed subgrade and aggregate base course lip. Removal
_ equipment shall not be operated in a manner that will cause damage to the remaining or
adjoining property. Where not removed to an existing joint, concrete structures shall be
' sawed along the break lines to a minimum depth of one-third of the structure depth.
Any reusable matenals or materials for recycling, such as asphalt, concrete, aggregate,
sod or topsoil, shall be segregated from other waste materials and be stockpiled so as to
maintain suitability and. permit proper reuse.
G. Excavation and Trench Preparation
Excavating operations shall proceed only so far in advance of pipe laying as will satisfy
' the needs for construction of work and permit advance verification of unobstructed line
and grade as planned. Where interference with existing structures is possible or in any
way indicated, and where necessary to establish elevation or direction for connections to
srECaas.ooo 22
~~
inplace structures, the excavating shall be done at those locations in advance of the main
operation so actual conditions will be exposed in sufficient time to make adjustments
without resorting to extra work or unnecessary delay.
All installations shall be accomplished by open trench construction except where boring
and jacking or tunnel construction methods shall be employed as specifically required by
the Plans or approved by the Engineer. Surface structures must be properly supported
and the backfill restored to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
The excavation operations shall be conducted to carefully expose all inplace underground
structures without damage. Wherever the excavation extends under or approaches close
to an existing structure as to endanger it in any way, precautions and protective measures
shall be taken as necessary to preserve the structure and provide temporary support.
Hand methods of excavating shall be utilized to probe for and expose such critical or
hazardous installations as gas pipe and power or telephone cables.
G.1 Classification and Disposition of Materials: All materials encountered in the
excavations, with the exception of items classified for payment as structure
removals, will be considered as Unclassified Excavation. Unclassified materials
shall include muck, rubble, wood debris, boulder stone, masonry or concrete
fragments less than one (1) cubic yard in volume, together with other
miscellaneous matter that can be removed effectively with power operated
excavators.
Excavated materials will be classified for reuse as being either Suitable or
Unsuitable for backfill or other specified use, subject to selective controls. All
suitable materials shall be reserved for backfill to the extent needed, and any
surplus remaining shall be utilized for other construction on the project as may
be specified or ordered by the Engineer. To the extent practical, granular
materials and topsoil shall besegregated -from other materials during the
excavating and stockpiling operations so as to permit best use of the available
materials at the time of backfilling.
All excavated materials reserved for backfill or other use on the project shall be
stored at locations approved by the Engineer .that will cause a minimum of
nuisance or inconvenience to public travel, adjacent properties, and other special
interests. The material shall not be deposited so close to the edges of the
excavations as would create hazardous conditions, nor shall any material be
placed so as to block the access to emergency services. All materials considered
unsuitable by the Engineer, for any use on the project, shall be immediately
removed from the project and be disposed of as arranged for by the Contractor.
G.2 Excavation Limitations and Requirements: Trench excavating shall be to a depth
that will permit preparation of the foundation, as specified, and installation of the
pipeline and appurtenances at the prescribed line and grade except where
alterations are specifically authorized. Trench widths shall be sufficient to permit
the pipe to be laid and joined properly and the backfill to be placed and
SPEC-745.400
23
i~
' compacted as specified. Extra width shall be provided as necessary to permit
convenient placement of sheeting and shoring and to accommodate placement of
appurtenances.
' Excavations shall be extended below the bottom of structure grade as necessary
to accommodate any required Granular Bedding material. When unstable
' foundation materials are encountered at the established grade, additional materials
shall be removed as specified or ordered by the Engineer to produce an acceptable
foundation. All excavations below grade shall be to a minimum width equal to
' the outside pipe diameter plus two (2) feet.
Where no other grade controls are indicated or established for the pipeline, the
' excavating and foundation preparations shall provide a minimum cover over the
top of the pipe of 7.5 feet to the proposed final grade as indicated on the plans.
Trench widths shall allow for at least six inches of clearance on each side of the
joint hubs. The maximum allowable width of the trench at the top of pipe level
shall be the outside diameter of the pipe plus two (2) feet, subject to the
' considerations for alternate pipe loading set forth below The width of the trench
at -the ground surface shall be held to a minimum to prevent unnecessary
' destruction of the surface structures while maintaining safe working conditions.
The maximum allowable trench
width at the level. of the top of pipe may be
exceeded only by approval of the Engineer, after consideration of pipe strength
and loading relationships. Any alternate proposals made by the Contractor shall
be in writing, giving the pertinent soil weight data and proposed pipe strength
' alternate, and shall be made in a timely maruier so as not to delay the project.
Approval of alternate
i
e desi
ns
h
ll h
ith th
d
i
p
p
g
s
a
e w
e un
erstand
ng that there will
be no extra compensation will be allowed for any increase in material or
' _ construction costs.
' G.3 Sheeting and Bracing Excavations: All excavations shall be sheeted, shored, and
braced as will meet all requirements of the applicable safety codes and
' regulations; comply with any specific requirements of the Contract; and prevent
disturbance or settlement of adjacent surfaces, foundations, structures,. utilities,
' and other properties. Any damages to the work under contract or to adjacent
structures or property caused by settlement, water or earth pressures, slides,
cave-ins, or other causes due to failure or lack of sheeting, shoring, or bracing
or through negligence or fault of the Contractor in any manner shall be repaired
by the Contractor at his expense and without delay.
' Where conditions. warrant extreme care, the Contractor shall exercise special
precautions to protect life or property. This may include the installation of sheet
piling of the interlocking type or shall include other safety measures be taken as
' the Contractor deems necessary. The Contractor shall at all times be responsible
for protection of life, property, and the work on the project.
spECaas.ooo 24
The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for proper and adequate placement
of sheeting, shoring, and bracing, wherever and to such depths that soil stability
may dictate the need for support to prevent displacement. Bracing shall be so
arranged as to provide ample working space and so as not to place stress or strain
on the inplace structures to any extent that may cause damage.
Sheeting, shoring and bracing materials shall be removed only when and in such
manner as will assure adequate protection of the inplace structures and prevent
displacement of supported grounds. Sheeting and bracing shall be left in place
only as required by the Contract. Otherwise, sheeting and bracing may be
removed as the backfilling reaches the level of respective support. Wherever
sheeting and bracing is left in place, the upper portions shall be cut and removed
to an elevation of three ,(3) feet or more below the established surface grade or
as the Engineer may direct.
All costs of furnishing, placing and removing sheeting, shoring and bracing
materials, including the value of materials left in place as required by the
Contract, shall be included in the prices bid for pipe installation and will not be
compensated for separately. When any sheeting, shoring, or bracing materials
are left in place by written order of the Engineer, payment may be made for those
materials as an extra work item, including waste material resulting from upper
cut-off requirements.
G.4 Preparation and Maintenance of Foundations: Foundation preparations shall be
conducted to produce a stable foundation and provide continuous and uniform pipe
bearing between bell holes. Where Class C bedding is specified, the initial
excavating or backfilling operations shall produce a subgrade level slightly above
finished grade to permit hand shaping to finished grade by trimming of high spots
and without the need for filling of low spots to grade.
In excavations made below grade to remove unstable materials, the backfilling to
grade shall be made with Granular Foundation material. Placement of the backfill
shall be in relatively uniform layers not exceeding eight (8) inches in loose
thickness. Each layer of backfill shall be compacted thoroughly, by means of
approved mechanical compaction equipment, to produce .uniform pipe support
throughout the full pipe length and facilitate proper shaping of the pipe bed.
Where the foundation soil is found to consist of materials that the Engineer
considers to be so unstable as to preclude removal and replacement to a
reasonable depth to achieve solid support, a suitable foundation shall be
constructed as the Engineer directs in the absence of special requirements
therefore in the Contract. The Contractor shall be required to furnish and drive
piling and construct concrete or timber bearing supports or other work as
provided for in an extra work order.
Care shall be taken during final subgrade shaping to prevent any over-excavation.
Should any low spots develop, they shall only be filled with Granular Foundation
SPEC-745.000
25
u
~~
i~
0
L'
t
material, which shall be compacted thoroughly, without additional compensation
provided to the Contractor. The finished subgrade shall be maintained free of
water and shall not be disturbed during pipe lowering operations except as
necessary to remove pipe slings. The discharge of trench dewatering pumps shall
' be directed to natural drainage channels or storm water drains in a manner which
does not cause damage to private or public property. Any debris left by
dewatering operations shall be cleaned up immediately by the Contractor.
Draining trench water into sanitary sewers or combined sewers will not. be
permitted.
u
The Contractor shall install and operate a dewatering system of wells or points
- to maintain pipe trenches free of water wherever necessary or as directed by the
Engineer to meet the intent of these specifications. Unless otherwise specified in
the Plans, Specifications, or Specific Requirements, such work shall be considered
- incidental with no additional compensation provided therefore.
_- All costs of excavating below grade and placing foundation or bedding aggregates
as required shall be included in the bid prices for pipe items to the extent that the
need for such work is indicated in the Contract provisions and the BID does not
provide for payment therefore under separate BID items.
If exanunation by the Engineer reveals the need for placement of foundation
aggregates was caused by the Contractor's manipulation of the soils in the
presence of excessive moisture or lack of proper dewatering, the. cost of the
corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor.
H. Installation of Pipe and Fittings
- Inspection, handling, and all aspects of the .installation of pipe, services, and
appurtenances shall be in accordance with the applicable sections of the AVYWA
specifications, the manufacturer's recommendations, and as supplemented as follows.
H.1 Inspection and Handling: Proper and adequate implements, tools, and facilities
-- shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient
prosecution of the work. Unloading, distribution, and storage of pipe and
appurtenant materials on the job site shall be at a location approved by the
Engineer. All materials shall be handled carefully, as will prevent damage to
protective coatings, linings, and joint fittings; preclude contamination of interior
areas; and to avoid jolting contact, dropping or dumping.
SPEC-745.000
Before being lowered into laying position, the Contractor shall make a thorough
visual inspection of each pipe section and appurtenant units to detect damage or
unsound conditions that may need corrective action or be cause for rejection.
Inspection procedure shall be as approved by the Engineer, with special methods
being required as he deems necessary to check out suspected defects more
definitely. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any defects discovered
and the Engineer will prescribe the required corrective action or order rejection.
26
Immediately before placement, the joint surfaces of each pipe section and fitting
shall be inspected for the presence of foreign matter, coating blisters, rough edges
or proje~ctions,,,and any imperfections so detected shall be corrected by cleaning,
trimming, or repairs as needed.
H.2 Pipes i~ng Operations: Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall
proceed ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper laying and. joining of the
units at the prescribed grade and alignment without unnecessary deviation or
hindrance.
All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and fittings
before they are lowered into position in the trench and they shall be kept clean by
approved means during and after laying. The sewer materials shall be carefully
lowered into laying position by the use of suitable restraining devices. Under no
circumstances shall the pipe be dropped into the trench.
At the time of pipe placement, the bedding conditions shall be such as to provide
uniform and continuous support for the pipe between bell holes. Bell holes shall
be excavated as necessary to make the joint connections, but they shall be no
larger than would be adequate to support the pipe throughout its length. No pipe
material shall be laid in water nor when the trench or bedding conditions aze
otherwise unsuitable or improper.
When placement or handling precautions prove inadequate, in the Engineer's
opinion, the Contractor shall provide and install suitable plugs or caps effectively
closing the open ends of each pipe section before it is lowered into laying
position, and they shall remain so covered until removal is necessary for
connection of an adjoining unit. It shall be the sole responsibility of the
Contractor for the removal of any debris found in the water main at any time
during the project.
As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed in laying position, the spigot end
shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line
and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material,
which shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping around the pipe.
Connection of pipe to existing or previously constructed lines shall be
accomplished as shown in the Plans or as otherwise approved by the Engineer.
At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, including noon hour and
Overnight periods, all open ends of the pipe line shall be closed by watertight
plugs or other means approved by the Engineer. If water is present in the trench,
the seals shall remain in place until the trench is pumped completely dry.
Unless otherwise noted in the Specific Requirements, Class B pipe bedding shall
be used for PVC water main and Class C pipe bedding shall be used for Ductile
Iron water main.
fl
0
u
i~l
1
sPacaas.ooo 27
H.3 Ductile Iron Pipe Joints
H.3.a Push-On Joint: The circular rubber gasket shall be flexed inward and
' inserted in the gasket recess of the bell socket. A thin film of approved
gasket lubricant shall be applied to either the inside surface of the gasket
or the outside surface of the spigot end. .Care shall be taken to prevent
' introduction of contaminants. The joint shall be completed by forcing the
spigot end to the bottom of the socket by the use of suitable prybar or jack
type equipment. Spigot ends which do not have depth marks shall be
' marked before assembly to insure full insertion. Field cut pipe shall be
filled or ground at the spigot edge to resemble the manufacturer's
fabricated detailing. The use of the bucket on the excavation equipment
shall not be used to force pipe into socket.
H.3.b Mechanical joints: The last eight inches of the outside spigot surface and
' the inside bell surface of each pipe and appurtenance joint shall be painted
. with a soap solution, after being thoroughly cleaned. The cast iron gland
shall then be slipped on the spigot end with the lip extension toward the
' socket or bell end. The rubber gasket shall be painted with soap solution
and be placed on the spigot end with the thick edge toward the gland. An
approved lubricant provided by the pipe manufacturer may be used in lieu
of the soap solution.
After the spigot end is inserted into the socket to full depth and centered,
the gasket shall be pressed into place within the bell evenly around the
entu~e~ouit. After the gland is positioned behind the gasket, all bolts shall
' be installed and the nuts tightened alternately to the specified torque, such
as to produce equal pressure on all parts of the gland.
' Unless otherwise specified, the bolts shall be tightened in accordance with
AWWA C-600 by means of a suitable torque-limiting wrench within a
foot-pound range of:
' Pipe Size Bolt Size Torque
Inch Inch ft-lb
' 3 5/8 45-60
4-24 3/4 75-90
' 30-36 1 100-120
After tightening, all exposed parts of the bolts and nuts shall be
' completely coated with an approved bituminous rust preventive coal tar
"material -such as Koppers, Bitumastic Super. Service Black or Tnemec
46-457 Tnemecol.
sPF.c-,as.ooo 2 g
I~
H.4 Pol v~uiyl Chloride. Pipe Joints: Jointing shall be in accordance with AWWA
Manual No. M23. '
H.5 Aligning and Fitting of Pipg: The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings,
or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike ma.ruier without damage
to the pipe and shall leave a smooth square-cut end. Pipe shall be cut with
approved mechanical cutters.
Wherever it is necessary to deflect the pipe from a straight line either in the ,
vertical or horizontal plane, to avid obstructions, plumb stems, or produce a
long radius curve when permitted, the amount of deflection allowed at each joint '
shall not exceed .the allowable limits for maintaining satisfactory joint seal as
given in AWWA C600 for mechanical joints and push-on joints, or as otherwise
allowed by the pipe manufacturer. ,
MEC HANICAL JOINT ,
Pipe Size Deflection Angle Offset Radius ''I
Inch Degrees Inch Feet
18' 20'
18' 20' '
3 - 4 8 - 18 31 35 125. 140
6 7 - 07 27 30 145 160
8 - 12 S - 21 20 22 195 220
14 - 16 3 - 35 13.5 15 285 320
18 - 20
3 - 00
11 12
340 380 _
24 - 30 2 - 23 9 10 450 500
P HSH-ON JOINT
Pipe Size Deflection Angle Offset Radius '
Inch Degrees Inch Feet
18' 20' 18' 20'
'
3 - 12 5 19 21 205 230
14 - 36 3 11 12 340 380
H.6 Blocking and Anchoring; of Pipe; All plugs, caps, tees, bends, and other thrust
points shall be provided with reaction backing, or movement shall be prevented ,
by attachment of suitable restraining devices, in accordance with the requirements
of the Plans, Specific Requirements and typical details.
In the absence of other specified requirements for reaction blocking or restraining
devices, the following provisions shall apply:
sPacaas.ooo 29 ,
li
a. Megalug Series-1100 Retainer glands, cast in place concrete blocking or
' rodding shall be used for joint restraint on all horizontal and vertical bends
exceeding 22-1/2 degrees deflection, and all caps, plugs, branch tees,
crosses, valves at-the end of a line, all hydrant valves, and all hydrants.
Restrained joints cast onto the pipe by the manufacturer (I.ok-'I~ton,
Fastite, etc.) will be considered as being equivalent to the use of retainer
glands. Retainer glands equivalent in function and form to the Megalug
Series 1100 may be used only if it is approved by the Joint Powers Water
Board Engineer.
' Plugged tees and .crosses in a straight run do not require restraint. ` For
restrained joints, the number of feet of tied pipe required shall be in
- accordance with the table below.
.~ FEET OF RESTRAINED OR TIED PIPE RFnTrrRF.n nN Faru .crnF n~ ~ R~~m
NOTE: (1) Table based on sand excavation, for silt increase 50%
(2) If Polyethylene wrapping is used increase value by 100%
N.R. = Not Recommended
4' Cover 6' Cover 8' Cover
Pipe Size Bend Sizes Bend Sizes Bend Sizes
22'/i ° 45 ° 67'h ° 90 ° 22'fi ° 45 ° 67'fi ° 90 ° 22'fi ° 45 ° 67'fz ° 90 °
'f
3 N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 1 3 4 8 1 2 3 4
4" N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 2' 4' S' 8' 1' 3' 4' S'
6" N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 3' 6' 8' 9' 2' 4' S' 6'
8" N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 4' 7' 9' 11' 3' S' 7' 9'
12" N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 6' 10' 14' 17' S' 8' 10' 12'
16" N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 7' 13' 18' 21' 6' 10' 14' 17'
20" 12' 22' 30' 37' 9' 15' 22' 27' 7' 12' 17' 20'
24" 14' 25' 37' 43' 10' 18' 26' 30' N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R.
30" 17' 30' 45' S2' 12' 21' 30' 37' N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R.
36" 19' 35' S0' 61' 14' 25' 35' 43' N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R.
42" 22' 39' Sb' 69' 16' 28' 40' 49' N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R.
48" 24' 43'._ 63' 77' 18' 31' 45' S5' N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R.
Table is from "Standards For The Installation Of Water Mains" St. Paul Water Utility.
spacaas.ooo 30
fl
b. Offset bends made with standard offset fittings need not be strapped or
..buttressed. ~ '
c. Tie rods and tie harnesses shall be of the same size as the required bolt,
torqued to the requirements of Section H.3.b. After installing the tie rods
and harnesses and prior t:o the backfill operations, they shall be coated
with abrush- applied tar coating. This coating shall be Koppers
Bitumastic Super Services Black or Tnemec 46-457 Tnemecol, or equal, '
and shall be applied to the manufacturer's specifications. Hot dipped
galvanized parts need not be tar coated.
All neces fi s bands .tie
nary tong , rods, nuts, and washers, and all labor and
excavation required for installation of reaction restraints shall be furnished
by the Contractor at his expense and without direct compensation.
Hardwood blocking shall only be used as temporary reaction backing until
acceptable permanent reaction blocking or restraining devices have been
installed. Blocking shall be nominal 2-inch timber having an area
equivalent to at least four times the area of the surface of the cap or plug
it restrains.
Concrete buttresses shall be poured against firm, undisturbed ground and
shall be formed in such a way that the joints will be kept free of concrete
and remain accessible for repairs. The concrete mix used in buttress
construction shall meet the requirements for- Grade B (3400 psi) of
MnDOT 2461.
Buttress dimensions shall be as indicated on the Plans or as approved by
the Engineer.
Contractors are instructed to size concrete buttress blocking on fittings and
dead ends where the blocking must withstand the pressure of :larger main
..line fittings equipped with reducers, for the larger sized main line thrust
and not for smaller fitting size only. This is of particular importance on
tees and crosses where the main size is reduced on the run from large to
small size by use of reducers.
I. Pol~vlene Encasement of Pipeline
Ductile iron pipe and/or valves, fittings, and appurtenances, shall be fully encased in
polyethylene film of 8 mil nominal thickness. The film shall be furnished in tube form
for installation on pipe and all pipe-shaped appurtenances such as bends, reducers,
offsets, etc. Sheet film shall be provided and used for encasing all odd-shaped
appurtenances such as valves, tees, crosses, etc.
Installation shall be in accordance with AWWA C105, Type A.
SPEC-745.000
31
fl
0
J lack-Bore Steel Casing Pi,.pg
The Contractor shall jack-bore steel casing pipe in place as specified and as located on
the Plans.
In granular native soils, a 1-1/2" i shall be forced alon the to of the casin i .
P Pe g P g P Pe
The end of this 1-1/2" pipe shall be 18" back from the lead edge of the jacking pipe.
' Bentonite grout under pressure shall be forced through this pipe at all times during the
jacking operation to fill any voids that might develop above the casing.
' .The water pipe shall then be installed in the casing and the annular space between the
°-- ~ water pipe and casing shall be densely filled with sand and the ends sealed with concrete
or mortar.
' The Contractor
shall be responsible for obtauung or paying any special permit fees for
-~ bonds, etc. required.
K. -~ ~ Placement of In
sulatlon
' Rigid insulation board. shall be placed within the pipe encasement zone, six (6) inches
above the pipe. Prior to placement of the insulation, encasement material shall be
' compacted. until there is no further visual evidence of increased consolidation or the
density of the compacted layer conforms to the density requirements specified in the
Specific Requirements, then leveled and lightly scarified to a depth of 1/2 inch.
' Encasement zone material placed below the insulation shall be free of rock or stone
fragments measuring 1-1/2 inches or greater.
' ~ - Insulation boards shall be placed on the scarified material with the long dimension
parallel to the centerline of the pipe. Boards placed in a single layer shall be overlapped
- at least 6 inches on all sides to eliminate continuous joints for the full depth of the
' insulation. If two or more layers of insulation boards are used, each layer shall be
-placed to cover the joints of the layer immediately below with an overlap of at least 6
inches.
' ~. The Contractor shall exercise caution to '
insure that all points between boards are tight
during placement and backfilling with only extruded ends placed end to end or edge to
edge. Broken or damaged material shall be removed and replaced.
The first layer of material placed over the insulation shall be twelve (12) inches in depth,
t free of rock or stone fragments measuring 1-1/2 inches or greater. The material shall
be placed in such a manner that construction equipment does not operate directly on the
insulation and shall be compacted. with equipment which exerts a contact pressure of less
' than 80 psi. The first layer shall be compacted until there is no further visual evidence
of increased consolidation or the density of the compacted layer conforms to the density
e requirements specified.
spacaas.ooo 32
L. Water Service Installations
Water service lines complete with all required appurtenances, shall be installed in
accordance with all pertinent requirements for main line installations and as supplemented
as follows.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep an accurate record of the location,
depth and size of each service connection and other pertinent data such as the location
of curb stops and pipe endings. Tap locations shall be recorded in reference tQ survey
line stationing. Curb boxes shall be tied to definable land marks such as building
corners, fire hydrants, manholes and telephone pedestals.. Pipe terminals at the property
line shall be marked on the ground surface with a 2" x 4" x 8' wood post extending 3'
above grade with the top 2' painted blue.
Water service lines shall be installed in accordance with Minnesota Department of Health
standards. Where water service lines are installed alongside of sanitary or storm sewer
service lines, installation shall maintain the minimum specified clearances between
pipelines and provide proper and adequate bearing for all pipes and appurtenances. For
separate installation, the trench width shall be not less than two feet. Subject to
minimum clearances, the water lines may be laid in a common trench excavated
principally for sewer installation, either by widening the trench as necessary or by
providing a shelf in the trench wall where ground stability will permit.
Unless otherwise specified, installation of water service lines shall provide for not less
than seven and one-half feet of cover over the top of the pipe and for not less. than 18
inches of clearance between pipelines. Also, at least 6 inches of clearance shall be
maintained in crossing over or under other structures. Where the service pipe may be
exposed to freezing due t.o insufficient ewer or exposure from other underground
structures, the water pipe shall be insulated as directed by the Engineer.
Service trenches shall be restored and compacted as specified for pipelines.
L.1 Tap Service Lines: Tap service piping shall be Seamless Copper Water 'I1ibe of
the size and type specified. Pipe size for tap service installations shall be from
1 inch to 2-1/2 inch nominal inside diameter.
Unless otherwise indicated, tap service piping may be laid directly on any solid
foundation soil that is relatively free of stones and hard lumps.
Tap service piping shall be installed 'in one piece without intermediate joint
couplings between the corporation stop at the water main tap and the curb stop.
All pipe and appurtenances shall be joined by means of approved flared type
threaded couplings.
Connection of tap service lines t:o the water main shall be made with an approved
corporation stop, with the water main tap being made from horizontal to an angle
of not more than 15 degrees from the horizontal. (2:30 and 9:00 o'clock).
SPEC-745.000
33
C
i
fl
n
7
CI
Expansion loops shall be directed horizontally, not vertically from the tap. A
minimum of 3 full threads of the corporation stop must engage in ductile iron
water main or a saddle must be used for the' connection (see chart below). All
tap service lines to polyvinyl chloride water main shall have a saddle used with
the connection.
DUCTILE-IRON PIPE SADDLE REQLTIF;EMEN7CS
Class 52 _ Class 50 ~.
Pipe Size
Inches 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
Wall Thickness
Inches .29 .31 .33 .35 .31 .33 .34 .35 .36 .38
Corp. Stop Pipe Thickness Required for 3 Corporation Stop Threads
Inches Inches
1 .38 .34 .32 .31 .30 .29 .29 .28 .28 .27
1-1/4 .45 .39 .36 .34 .33 .32 .31 .30 .30 .30
~: 1-1/2 .44 .40 .37 .35 .34 .33 .32 .32 .31
2 .48 .44 .41 .39 .37 .36 .35 .33
- ABOVE LINE-W/O SADDLE
BELOW LINE-W/SADDLE
The flaring of copper tubing ends shall be accomplished only with the use
of the proper size and type of tools as designated for the purpose, and will
provide accurate sizing and rounding of the ends. Tubing shall be cut
squarely and all edge roughness shall be removed prior to flaring. All
couplings shall be tightened securely, so the flared end fits snugly against
the bevel of the fitting without leakage. The flared joint couplings shall
be made up without the use of jointing compounds.
SPEC-745.000
34
Unless otherwise indicated, tap service lines shall be installed on a straight '
line at right angles to the water main or property line. The service line
shall be terminated with a curb stop and box at the property line.
The service pipe and curb stop coupling depth shall be such as to maintain
not less than 7-1/2' minimum cover, or in locations where conflict may
occur with storm sewer, service pipe shall be placed at least 3 feet below '
the storm sewer invert or shall be insulated in accordance with the Plans,
Specifications, and Special Provisions to prevent freezing. In any case .the
Contractor shall make every effort to provide for a standard depth service
box installation where practicable.
The service box shall be screwed onto the curb stop coupling -and be '
firmly supported on a concrete block. Service boxes shall be installed
plumb and be braced effectively to remain vertical during and after
completion of bacl~lling. The service boxes .shall be brought to final '
surface grade when the final ground surface has been established.
M.
Setting Valves. Hydrants. Fittint s and Specials
Valves, hydrants, fittings and specials shall be provided and installed as required by the '
plans and detail plates, and with each installation accomplished in accordance with the
requirements for installation of mainline pipe to the extent applicable. Support blocking,
thrust blocking, and anchorage devices shall be provided as required by the plans and
detail plates.
Hydrants shall be installed plumb, with the height and orientation of nozzles as shown '
on the detail plates. Hydrants shall be connected to the mainline .pipe with a 6 inch
diameter branch pipe, controlled by an independent valve.
A drainage pit one-half cubic yard in volume shall be installed around the hydrant base
and shall be filled with coarse gravel firmly compacted under and around the hydrant
base and 6" above the drain outlet. The course. gravel .shall be covered with at least two
layers of tar pager or six (6)mil polyethylene prior to placing backfill thereon. Drain
holes shall be normally left open when specified. Hydrants located where the
groundwater table is above the drain outlet shall have the outlet plugged and shall be '
equipped with a tag stating, "Pump After Use".
SPEC-745.000
Valve boxes shall be centered over the wrench nut of the valve and be installed plumb, 1
with the box cover flush with the surface of landscaped areas. In streets, valve boxes
shall be set at 1/2 inch below the finished surface of bituminous or concrete pavement
or 6 inches below the surface of a gravel surfaced road. Valves installed below '
groundwater shall have 6 mil polyethylene, 4' x 4', placed tightly over the valve prior
to the box assembly to prevent soil migration into the valve box assembly. Valve boxes
shall not be installed so as to transmit shock or stress to the valve. Valve boxes installed '
outside the paved roadway shall have a 4"x4"x6' wood post installed, adjacent to the
box, with two (2) feet above the ground surface. Post is not required when the valve box
e
35
is installed with a hydrant. Any valves placed deeper than 8 feet below finished grade
shall incorporate a valve stem extension that places the operating nut at 7 to 8 feet below
finished grade.
N.
Special appurtenances shall be provided and installed as required by the Plans and Special
Provisions.
All dead ends shall be closed with approved plugs or caps and restrained by rodding or
thrust blocking. If line size is reduced at the end of the line, restraints shall be sized for
the line size prior to reduction. Install a 4"x4" wood post vertically from the pipe end
invert to two (2) feet above the ground surface.
Pipeline Backfilling~( Aerations
All pipeline excavations shall be backfilled to restore pre-existing conditions as the
minimum requirement, and fulfill all supplementary requirements indicated in the Plans
and Specifications. The backfilling operations shall be started as soon as conditions will
permit on each section of pipeline, so as to provide continuity in subsequent operations
and restore normal public service as soon as practicable on asection-by-section basis.
All operations shall be pursued diligently, with proper and adequate equipment, as will
assure acceptable results.
Backfilling shall be accomplished with the use of Suitable Materials selected from the
excavated materials to the extent available and practical.
Suitable Material shall be defined as a mineral soil reasonably free of foreign materials
(rubbish, debris, etc.), frozen clumps, organic matter, stone, rock, concrete, or
bituminous. chunks larger than 4", and other unsuitable materials that may damage the
pipe installation or prevent thorough compaction, taking .into consideration particular
needs of different backfill zones. Unsuitable material shall only be utilized where and
to the extent there will be no detrimental effects and with the approval of the Engineer.
Bacldill materials shall be carefully placed in relatively uniform depth layers spread over
the full width and length of the trench section to provide simultaneous support on both
sides of the pipeline. Each layer shall be compacted effectively, by approved mechanical
methods before placing material for a succeeding layer thereon. Within the pipe bedding
zone compaction shall be in a minimum of three lifts: invert to spring ,line, spring line
to top of pipe, and top of pipe to 1.0 foot aver top of pipe. Maximum thickness of any
lift shall be eight (8) inches compacted thickness. Compaction requirements are: 95
Standard Proctor maximum dry density from the pipe zone to within 3 feet of the ground
surface, and 100% Standard Proctor maximum dry density in the final 3 feet.
All surplus or waste materials remaining after completion of the backfilling operations
shall be disposed of in an acceptable manner after completing the backfill work.
Disposal at any location within the project limits shall be as specified, or as approved in
writing by the Engineer; otherwise, disposal shall be accomplished outside the project
limits at the Contractor's awn dump site.
sPac-7as.ooo 36
O
Restoration of Surface Impravement~
Wherever any surface improvements such as pavement, curbing, pedestrian walks,
fencing or turf have been removed, damaged or otherwise disturbed by the Contractor's
operations, they shall be repaired or replaced in kind and structure to the pre-existing
condition or better. Each item of restoration work shall be done as soon as practical
after completion of installation and backfilling operations on each section of pipeline.
In the absence of specific payment provisions, as separate BID items, the restoration
work shall be compensated as part of the work required under those BID items which
necessitated the destruction and replacement of repair, and there will be no separate
payment therefore. If separate pay items are provided for restoration work, only that
portion of the repair or reconstruction which was necessitated by the Contract work will
be measured for payment. Any improvements removed or damaged unnecessarily shall
be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at his expense.
P.
A proper foundation shall be prepared before reconstructing concrete or bituminous
improvements. Unless otherwise directed, granular material shall be placed to a depth
of at least four (4) inches under all concrete and bituminous items. No direct
compensation will be made for furnishing and placing this material even though such
course was not part of the original construction.
Existing concrete and bituminous surfaces at the trench wall shall be sawed or cut with
a cutting wheel to form a neat edge in a straight line before surfaces are to be restored.
Sawing. or cutting may be accomplished as a part of the removal or prior to restoration
at the option of the Contractor. However, all surface edges shall be inspected prior to
restoration.
Maintenance and Final Cleanup
All subgrade surfaces shall be maintained acceptably until the start of surface
construction or restoration work. Additional materials shall be prrn~ided and placed as
needed to compensate for trench settlement and to serve until completion of the final
surface improvements.
Final disposal of debris, waste materials, and other remains or consequences of
construction, shall be accomplished prior to final acceptance of all work. Final
acceptance of each BID item can only be made when the cleanup associated with each
item is completed. The Engineer may withhold. partial payments until such work is
satisfactorily pursued or he may deduct the estimated cost of its performance from the
partial estimate value.
n
~i
~i
~~
spat-7as.ooo 37
4. TESTING
A. Disinfection of Water Mains
Before being placed in service, the completed water main installation shall be disinfected
and flushed, and after the final flushing the water shall be tested for bacteriologic quality
and found to meet the standards prescribed by the Minnesota Department of Health. The
disinfection materials and procedures and the collection and testing of water samples shall
at a minimum be in accordance with the provisions of AWWA C651, Disinfecting Water
Mains, and as will meet the requirements of the Minnesota Department of Health.
Where an existing water main is cut for the installation of a hydrant, for lowering the
- water main, or for reasons determined by the Engineer, the pipe and fittings proposed
._.. to be installed shall be disinfected prior to installation as follows:
(1) The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be cleaned of all dirt and foreign
material.
(2) The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly swabbed or
sprayed with a 1 percent minimum hypochlorite solution.
Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Specific Requirements, the
Contractor shall furnish all materials and perform the. disinfecting, flushing, and testing
as necessary for meeting the water quality requirements. The AWWA C651 provisions
for disinfection of water mains are reproduced for informational purposes as follows:
A.1
Tablet Method
Tablet Method may be used only when scrupulous cleanliness has been
practiced to exclude all foreign materials and ground water during pipe
installation. If ground water has entered pipe during pipe installation, the
water main shall be flushed and the Chlorine-Water solution method shall
be used.
Placing Calcium Hypochlorite Granules
During construction, calcium hypochlorite granules shall be placed at the
upstream end of the first section of pipe, at the upstream end of each
branch main, and at 500 foot intervals along the main. The quantity of
granules shall be in accordance with the following table:
Ounces of Calcium Hypochlorite Granules to be placed at beginning of
main and at each 500 foot interval:
sracaas.ooo 38
Pipe Dia. (in.)
4
6
8
10
12
16 and larger
Calcium Hvvochlorite Granules (oz.
0.5
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
8.0
Placing Calcium Hypochlorite Tablets
Attach tablets on the top of the main using an adhesive such as Permatex Na 1, product
of Loctite Corp, or equal. If tablets are not attach to the top and water contacts them
they will react prior to the disinfection period. The table below gives tablets required
per pipe size and length to achieve 25 mg/1.
Number of 5-g Hypochlorite Tablets
Required for Dose of 25 m~
Pipe Length of Pipe, feet
Diameter,
(Inch 1 or les 1$ 2Q ~Q
4 1 1 1 1
6 1 1 1 2
8 1 2 2 3
10 2 3 3 4
12 3 4 4 6
16 4 6 7 10
Number of 5-g tablets = .0012 d2I,
d =pipe diameter, inches
L =pipe length, feet
Based on 3.25 grams (65 %) available chlorine per tablet
The main shall be filled with water at a rate no greater than 1 fps. Precautions shall be
taken to assure that air pockets are eliminated. The use of additional curb stops to bleed
air through at high points may be necessary.
sPFCaas.ooo
1
2
4
5
7
13
39 ..
Chlorination Residual of 25 mg/I. chlorinated water shall be retained in the pipe for a
minimum of 24 hours, 48 hours when the water temperature is below 41°F. Valves and
hydrants shall be operated to ensure disinfection.
A.2 Continuous Feed Method
Continuous feed method consists of completely filling the main, removing all air
pockets, flushing to remove particulates, then filling the main with potable water
chlorinated so that after a 24 hour holding period in the main there will be a free
chlorine residual of not less than 10 mg/L. Flushing velocity shall not be less
than 2.5 fps, see table below
Required Flow and Openin gs to Flush
- _. Pipelines*
(40-psi Residual Pressure in Water Main)
Flaw Required
to Produce Size of Hydrant Outlets
Pipe 2.5 fps Tap on
Diam. Velocity in Main Main** Number S
~IN~
,
4 100 15/16 1 2-1/2
6 220 1-3/8 1 2-1/2
8 390 1-7/8 1 2-1/2
10 610 2-5/16 1 2-1/2
12 880 2-13/16 1 2-1/2
16 1565 3-5/8 2 2-1/2
With a 40-psi pressure in the main with the hydrant flowing. to atmosphere, a
:. 2-1/2-in. hydrant outlet will discharge approximately 1000 gpm and a 4-1/2-in.
hydrant nozzle will discharge approximately 2500 gpm.
** Size of tap on main, with no significant length of discharge piping.
Water from the existing system or other approved source shall be made to flow
at a constant measured rate in the new main. At a point not much more than 10
feet downstream from beginning the new main, water entering the new main shall
receive a dose of chlorine fed at a constant rate such that the water will have not
less than 25 mg/L free chlorine. Measure the chlorine concentration at regular
intervals in accordance with Standard Methods, AWWA M12, or using
appropriate chlorine test kits. The following Tzable gives the amount of chlorine
required for various pipes:
sPSCaas.ooo 40
J
1
Chlorine Required to Produce 25 mg/L
Concentration in
100 ft of Pipe - by Diameter '
Pipe 100 1 percent
Diameter Chlorine Chlorine Solutions
>~ gal .
'
4 .013 0.16
6 .030 0.36
8 .054 0.65 x
10 .085 1.02
12 ,120 1.44
16 .217 2.60 '
A.3
A.4
SPEC-745.000
1 % chlorine solution requires 1 lb. of calcium hypochlorite in 8 gallons of water.
Strong chlorine solution in the main bein treated shall not flow into mains in ,
g
service. The chlorinated water shall be retained in the main for at least 24 hours,
during which time all valves and hydrants shall be operated in order to disinfect
the appurtenances. At the end of the 24 hour period the treated water in all
portions of the main shall have a residual of not less than 10 mg/L free chlorine.
Preferred ui ment f '
eq p or applying liquid chlonne is a solution feed vacuum
operated chlorinator in combination with a booster pump for injecting the chlorine ,
gas solution water into the main to be disinfected.
1=lushinQ ,
neutralization when necessary.
After the applicable retention period, heavily chlorinated water shall not remain
in prolonged contact with the pipe.. Chlorinated water shall be flushed from the
main until chlorine concentration is no .higher than .generally in the system for
domestic use.
The environment to which the. chlorinated-water is to be dischar ed shall be
g
inspected. The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that the receiving area
is not damaged by the chlorinated water and shall use. a reducing agent for
cteriolog-ical Tests '
After final flushing and before the water main is placed in service, samples of
water shall be collected from the end of the main and each branch line for testing ,
for bacteriological quality in accordance with Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water and Wastewater, and shall show the absence of coliform
organisms. Samples shall be at a rate of one per every 1000 feet of pipe. If '
water in the pipe does not meet the Minnesota Department of Health
requirements, disinfection procedure shall be repeated until .meeting the
41
i~
i~
requirements. Acceptance forms from the governing agency shall be furnished
to the Engineer.
B. Hydrostatic Testing of Water Mains
Each valved section shall be subjected to the pressure test and, if required, the leakage
test prescribed herein. Testing for the two (2) hour duration shall be with hydrants
closed, and valves on hydrant leads and dead end water lines. open. Once this portion
of the test is completed, the valve on the hydrant leads and dead end water lines shall be
closed and hydrants opened. The specified test pressure shall be applied, and .the test
repeated for 15 minutes to establish the condition of the hydrant lead valves.
This shall apply to both the pressure and leakage test. The Engineer or Owner may
require the Contractor to test the first section of pipe installed to demonstrate the
Contractors ability to install the pipe in an acceptable manner. When the connection to
the existing system is not made with a valve, the Contractor shall test the existing section
to the first available valve(s) to determine the condition of the existing system, or the
Contractor may make provisions to test his work separately, prior to connection to the
existing system, in a manr-er acceptable to the Engineer.
The Contractor shall furnish the pump, pipe connections, gauges, and measuring
equipment, and shall perform the testing in the presence of the Engineer. The pressure
gauge for the test shall be an Ashcroft Model 1082 with 4-1/2 inch dial face at 1 psi
increments. Where permanent air vents are not provided, the Contractor shall provide
and install corporation cocks at the high points as needed for release of air as the line is
filled with water.
Where concrete r~ezction blocking is placed, the water main shall not be subjected to
hydrostatic pressure until at least 5 days have elapsed after the concrete placement, with
the exception that this period may be reduced to 2 days where high early strength
concrete is used.
At the option of the Engineer, the pressure and leakage tests may be conducted
simultaneously. Any defective joints, pipe, fittings, valves, or hydrants, revealed during
the testing or before. final acceptance of the work shall be satisfactorily.corrected and the
tests shall be repeated until the specified requirements have been met.
B.1 Pressure Test: The section being tested shall be slowly filled with water and the
specified test pressure shall be applied after all air has been expelled from the
pipe. A hydrostatic pressure of 150 pounds per square inch, gauge pressure,
measured at the lowest point of elevation, shall be applied by means of a pump
connected to the pipe in a satisfactory manner.
The gauge pressure shall be checked after a minimum of two (2) hours. A
pressure drop of 1 psi or less will be cause to accept the test section. Several
attempts must be made to satisfy the Engineer the pressure test will not be
SPEC-745.000
42
fl
successful. If the drop is more than 2 psi after these attempts, the Engineer may
authorize the leakage test in writing for acceptance.
Service Pipe may be tested at the time of the foregoing test, if installed, at the
Contractor's option. However, testing of service pipes may be completed as a
separate operation from main testing, and if so, the test pressure shall be 100
p.s.i. Service pipe testing, if done separately, shall be done with the corporation
stop open.
B.2 ._Tpaka~oe Test: After an unsatisfactory pressure test, and if authorized in writing
by the Engineer a leakage test shall be performed on each valved section of water
main to determine the quantity of water that must be supplied into the section to
maintain a test pressure of 150 pounds per square inch, after the air in the
pipeline has been expelled and the pipe has been filled with water. The water
added shall be recorded to the nearest fluid ounce.
After filling the pipe with water and expelling all air in the line, a pressure of 150
psi shall be applied in the same manner as prescribed for the pressure test, and
sufficient water shall be measured and supplied into the pipe section to maintain
the pressure for a test duration of two (2) hours.
Each pipe section tested will be accepted if the leakage does not exceed the
quantity determined by the formula as shown in the table below, based on an
allowable leakage of 11.65 gpolmile/nominal diameter inch at 150 psi.
L=SD P
133,200
L =Maximum permissible leakage in gallons per hour
S =Length of pipe tested
D =Nominal diameter of pipe in inches
P =Average test pressure during the test, in pounds per square inch, gauge
pressure.
ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE PER 1000 FEET OF PIPE
GALLONS PER HOUR
Avg. Test
Pressure Nominal Pipe Diameter - in.
psi 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
200 0.43 0.64 0.85 1.06 1.28 1.48 1.70 1.91 2.12 2.55
175. 0.40 0.59 0.80 0.99 1.19 1.39 1.59 1.79 1.98 2.38
150 0.37 0.55 0.74 0.92 1.10 1.29 1.47 1.66 1.84 2.21
125 0.34 0.50 0.67 0.84 1.01 1.18 1.34 1.51 1.68 2.01
100 0.30 0.45 0.60 .0.75. 0.90 1.05 1.20 1.35 1.50 1.80
70 0.25 0.38 0.50 0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.13 1.26 1.51
SPED745.000
43
n
n
~~
u
it
n
D
J
'7
n
' If the pipe section under test contains pipe of various diameters, the allowable
leakage will be the sum of the computed leakage for each size.
When requested, the Contractor shall furnish a written report of the results of leakage
' tests, which shall identify the specific test section, the average pressure, the duration of
test, and the amount of leakage.
C. Electrical Conductivity Test
' The- Contractor shall perform a conductivity test within one week after completion:" of
pressure testing of the main on all iron pipe water mains.
' The Engineer or owner may require the Contractor to test the first section of pipe
installed to demonstrate the Contractors ability to install the pipe in an acceptable
- manner. When the connection to the existing system is not made with a valve, the
' Contractor shall test the existing section to the first available valve(s) to determine the
. -~ condition of the existing system, or the Contractor may make provisions to test his work
.separately, prior to connection to the existing system, in a manner acceptable to the
' Engineer.
The system (pipeline, valves, fittings and hydrants) shall be tested for electrical
continuity and current capacity. The electrical test shall be made after the hydrostatic
pressure test and while the line is at normal operating pressure. Bacldlling shall have
' been completed. The line may be tested in sections of convenient length as approved by
the Engineer.
' Direct current of 350 amperes plus or minus 10 %, shall be passed through the pipeline
for 5 minutes. Current flow through the pipe shall be measured continuously on a
suitable ammeter and shall remain steady without interruption or fluctuation throughout
' .the 5-minute test period.
Insufficient current or intermittent current or arcing, indicated by large fluctuation of the
' ammeter needle, shall be evidence of defective contact in the pipeline. The cause shall
be isolated and corrected. Thereafter, the section in which the defective test occurred
shall be retested as a unit and shall meet the requirements.
Sources of D. C. for these tests may be motor generators, arc welding machines, or other
approved sources. All such equipment shall be furnished by the Contractor.
Cables from the power source to the section of system under test should be of sufficient
size to carry the test current without Overheating or excessive voltage drop.
' Note: After the test, the hydrant shall be shut off and a ca loosened to allow h Brant
P y
drainage. Tighten cap after. drainage.
SPEC-745.000
4.4
':1
D. Qperationalln~ection
At the completion of the project and in the presence of the Engineer and the Contractor,
representatives of the Owner shall operate all valves, hydrants, and water services to
ascertain that the entire facility is in good working order; that all valve boxes are
centered and valves are opened; that all hydrants operate and drain properly; that all curb
boxes are plumb and centered; and that water is available at all curb stops.
_.5. METHOD OF MEAST:TIZ:EMENT
A. Watermain
Watermain of each type and diameter shall be measured separately in linear feet.
Measurements shall be made along the pipe centerline without deductions in length for
fittings, valves and other specials. Lengths of branches shall be measured from the
centers of connecting pipes to centers of valves or fittings. In the case of hydrant leads,
the compensation length shall be from the center of the connecting main to the center of
the valve. All length shall be measured in a horizontal plane unless the grade of .the
pipe exceeds fifteen percent.
B. Valve
C.
D.
Valves of each kind and size shall be measured separately as complete units including the
valve box setting.
Hvdrant With Valve
Hydrant with valve shall be measured on a per unit basis. -The. unit includes hydrant, 6"
valve and valve box, 6" pipe between valve and hydrant, crushed rock, and blocking or
restraining devices.
Fittings
Fittings shall be measured on a pound basis of standard weight of fittings as published
in AWWA C110 excluding the weight of glands, gaskets, bolts or other accessories.
If the Contractor chooses to use compact ductile iron fittings, AWWA C153,
measurement compensation for material price and weight differences shall be per
AWWA C110. The fitting weights for payment purposes are provided in the following
table:
I~I~~
l
n
1
l
1
u
I1
n
SPEC-745.000
45
i
DUCTII.E-IRON & GRAY IRON MECHANICAL-JOINT FITTINGS
Weight in Pounds per AWWA C110
Bend s fMJ- MJl
94 4~ 22-1/2 11-1/4 Sleeves ~ap,~ PluQs
4" 55 50 50 50 35 15 15
6" 85 75 75 75 45 25 25
8" 125 110 110 110 65 45 45
10" 180 155 160 160 85 60 65
12" 255 215 220 220 110 80 85
14" 340 270 275 275 165 130 120
I6" 430 340 345 345 200 175 155
18" 545 420 430 430 240 225 220
20" 680 530 535 540 275 285 255
24" 1025 755 765 770 360 400 390
Reducers
x_
(MJ-M~ X4 X6 X8 X10 X12 X14 X16 X18 X20
6" 60 - - _ _ _ _ _ _
8" 80 95 - - _ _ _ _ _
10" 105 115 135 - - - _ _ _
12" 135 150 165 190 - - _ _ _
14" - 190 210 230 255 - - -
16" - 230 250 280 305 335 - - -
18" - - 295 325 350 380 415 - -
20" - - - 375 405 430 470 510 -
24" - - - - 550 575 615 660 705
Tees
(all MJ) X4 X6 X$ X 10 X 12 X 14 X 16 X 18 X20 X24
6" 115 125 - - _ _ _ _ _ _
8" 165 175 185 - - _ _ _ _ _
10" 235 250 260 310 - - - _ _ _
12" 315 325 340 390 410 - - - _ _
14" - 435 450 465 540 585 - - - _
16" - 540 550 570 590 710 740 - - -
18" - 590 605 620 640 755 905 945 - -
20" - 725 735 755 775 795 945 1140 1185 -
24" - 985 1000 1020 1030 1055 1075 1400 1720 1815
spacaas.ooo 46
Crosses
(all Mn X4 X~
6" 140 160
8" 189 205.
10" 260 285
12" 340 360
14" - 475
16" - 575
18" - 625
20" - 760
24" - 1025
XiQ X12 X14 XI X1$ X2Q X24
235 -
310 380
385 460 495
500 540 630
605 645 685
655 685 725
790 820 860
1445 1085 1110
710 - - - -
830 895 - - -
870 1060 1130 - -
905 1085 1330 1415 -
1155 1200 1590 1965 2155
E. Granular Material
Granular material used as specified shall be measured on a per ton basis. Weight slips shall be
required.
F. Boring
Borings shall be measured in linear feet as specified on the plans or approved by the Engineer.
The water main carrier pipe shall be measured under the water main item.
G. Water Service Connection _
Water service connections shall be measured on a unit basis for each size and type. The
connection shall include the corporation stop, tapping saddle where required, curb stop, and curb
box.
H. Service Lines
Service lines shall be measured in lineal feet horizontally from the centerline of the water main
to the end of the service line.. Separate measurements shall be made for each size of service line
,required.
I. Insulation
Insulation shall be measured by the square foot for the specified thickness.
J Raise Valve Box
Raising valve boxes for the final lift of bituminous paving shall be measured per each.
aPEC-7as.ooo 47 .
D
ii
I ~ 6. BASIS OF PAY~NT'
A. Water Main
' Water main shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot for each and diameter.
type
Payment for the excavation and backfilling of the trench shall be included in the payment for the
water main and testing, as well as any required dewatering, sheeting or shoring for which
separate payment is not provided.
t B. V v
Valves of each type and size shall be paid for at the unit contract price per each, including
' installation, valve box and adjustment of the valve box.
C, Hvdrant with Valve
Hydrant with valve shall be paid for at the unit contract rice
p per each including installmg
hydrant, connecting piece of pipe (between valve and hydrant), valve, valve box, concrete base,
' coarse gravel and blocking.
D. Fittin s
Fittin s shall be 'd for at th
g pal a unit contract pnce per pound uicluding installation and blocking.
' E. Granular Material
' Granular material shall be paid for at the contract unit price per ton based on weight tickets
collected at the project site. The price shall include all costs for delivery, placement and
compaction.
F. Bonna
' Borings shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot of boring for each type and
size of casing pipe specified. The payment per linear foot shall include the payment for
furnishing and installing the casing pipe. The water main carrier pipe shall be paid for under
' the appropriate bid item.
G. Water Service Connection
Water service connection shall be paid for at the contract unit rice reach and size
P Pe type
including corporation stop, curb stop, curb box and tapping saddle where required:
H. Service Lines
Service lines shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot for each type and size of
service line installed.
SPEG745.000
48
STANDARD
UTILITIES SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
Watermain and Service Line
Installation
and
Sanitary Sewer and Storm Sewer
Installation
Revised, 1988
Published By
CITY ENGINEERS ASSOCIATION
OF MINNESOTA
In Cooperation With
Associated General Contractors, Inc.
Consulting Engineers Council of Minnesota
Minnesota Public Works Association
Minnesota Society of Professional Engineers
Minnesota Underground Contractors Association
' CONTENTS
PART I STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATERMAIN AND SERVICE LINE
INSTALLATION - 2611
2611.1 Description ...................................... 1
2611.2 Materials ........................................ 2
A. Water Pipe Materials ................................ 2
B. Fire Hydrants .. .........
. 3
C. Valves and Valve
Housings
........................ 4
D. ...
Water Service Pipe and Fittings ..................... 6
E. Polyethylene
Encasement
Material
F. .
.
:::::::::::::::::::::
Mortar
7
G. Concrete ............................................ 7
H. Granular Materials ... 7
I. .......... ....................
Piling .....
................. 9
J. Insulation.. ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
........................ g
2611.3 Construction Requirements .............. 9
..........
A. General Provisions ................... 9
..............
B. Excavation and Preparation of Trench
. 14
C. Installation of Pipe and Fittings .
................ 20
D. Connection and Assembly of Joints ............... .. 25
E.
F. Water Service Installations .........................
Setting Valves, Hydrants, Fittings & Specials........ 27
30
G. Disinfection of Watermains .......................... 31
H.
I. Electrical Conductivity Test ........................
Hydrostatic Testing of Watermains
. 32
33
J. Pipeline Backfilling Operations .
................... 35
K. Restoration of Surface Improvements ................. 36
L. Maintenance and Final Cleanup
. 38
M. Operational Inspection.. .
....................... 39
2611.4 Method of Measurement ............................ 39
A. Water Pipe .......................................... 40
B. Valves ...........
. 40
C. Corporation Stops .
.................................. 40
D. Curb Stops ........................................... 40
E.
F. Hydrants ............................................
Air Vents. ..........................
..... . 40
40
G. Rearrangement of Inplace Facilities ... ...
......... 40
H. Polyethylene Gray Iron Fittings ..................... 41
I. Ductile and Gray Iron
Fittings
. 41
J. .
Access Structures .
...................... 41
K. Granular Materials .................................. 41
' L.
M. .
Piling ....................................
Insulation 41
41
.........
.
2611.5 Basis of Payment ................................. 42
- iii -
PART II STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER AND STORM
SEWER INSTALLATION - 2621
n
i
1
2621.1 Description
2621.2 Materials
A. Sewer Pipe and Service Line Materials
B. Metal Sewer Castings
C. Precase Concrete .Manhole and Catch Basin
D. Concrete
E. Mortar
F. Granular Materials
G. Piling
H. Insulation
2621.3 Construction Requirements
A. General Provisions
B. Excavation and Preparation of Trench
C. Installation of Pipe and Fittings
D. Appurtenance Installations
E. Sewer Service Installations
F. Manhole and Catch Basin Structures
G. Reconnecting Existing Facilities
H. Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing
I. Pipeline Backfilling Operations
J. Restoration of Surface Improvements
K. Maintenance and Final Cleanup
L. Deflection Test
M. Televising
2621.4 Method of Measurement
A. Sewer Pipe
B. Manholes.
C. Catch Basins
D. Outside Drop Connection
E. Service Connection
F. .Service Pipe
G. Special Pipe Fittings
H. Appurtenant Items
I. Granular Materials
J. Piling
K. Insulation
2621.5 Basis of Payment
~•
- iv -
2621.1 DESCRIPTION
r
This work shall consist of the construction of pipe sewers
utilizing plant fabricated pipe and other appurtenant materials,
installed for conveyance of sewage, -industrial wastes, or storm '
water.. The work includes construction of manhole and catch basin
structures and other related items as specified.
Use of the term "Plans,. Specifications, and Special
Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean
those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these
specifications and are accepted as an enforceable component of '
the Contract or Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT
Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the
Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specifications
for Construction, as modified by any MnDOT Supplemental
Specifications issued before the date of advertisement for bids.
All references to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI,
AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on
the date of advertisement for bids.
2621.2 MATERIALS
All materials required for this work shall be new material
conforming to reouirements of the referenced specifications for. ,
the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated
in the Contract. Unless otherwise indicated, all required
materials shall be furnished by the Contractor. If any options
are provided for, as to type, grade, or .design of the material,
the choice shall be limited as may be stipulated in the Plans,
Specifications, or Special Provisions.
All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such
standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in
the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of
material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details
as it deems desirable for maintaining adopted standards.
r
At .the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit
in writing a list of materials and suppliers for approval.
Suppliers shall submit a Certificate of Compliance that the
materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with.
the specifications.
A Sewer Pipe and Service Line Materials
All pipe furnished for main sewer and sewer line '
installations shall be of the type, kind, size and class
indicated for each particular line segment as shown in the
Plans and designated in the Contract Items. Wherever '
- 44 -
' connection of dissimilar materials or designs is required,
the method of joining and any special fittin
s
l
d
g
emp
oye
shall be subject to approval by the Engineer.
Al Vit
ifi
d
P
r
e
Clay
ipe and Fittings
Vitrified clay extra strength pipe and fittings shall
conform to the requirements of ASTM C-700 for the size and
type and class specified, subject to the following
supplementary provisions:
(1) Unless otherwise specified, the pipe and fittings
shall be non-perforated, full circular type, either
glazed or unglazed.
(2) All pipe and fittings manufactured with bell-and-
spigot ends shall be furnished with factory fabricated
compression joints conforming to the requirements of
ASTM C-425.
' (3) In lieu of the bell-and-spigot jointing requirements,
the pipe and fittings may be furnished with plain
ends, in which case the jointing shall be by means of
compression couplings conforming to the requirements
' of ASTM C-425, Type B.
(4) All clay pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, plugs,
etc.) shall be of the same pipe class and joint design
as the pipe to which they are to be attached.
(5) Pipe and fittings manufactured to the standards of
e AASHTO M-65 may be accepted by prior approval of the
Engineer.
'
A2 Plastic Truss Pipe and Fittings
Plastic truss pipe and fittings shall conform to the
requirements of ASTM D-2680
Acr
lonit
il
B
t
di
,
y
r
e-
u
a
ene-
Styrene (ABS) Composite Pipe, and Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
.pipe, 8 inch through 15 inch diameter and joint type
' specified, subject to the following supplementary pro-
visions:
1 (1) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe joints and
fittings connections shall be gasket seal joints,
assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer.
Solvent cemented joints, assembled as recommended by
' the pipe manufacturer, shall be provided only where
specifically indicated in the Plans, Specifications,
and Special Provisions.
J
- 45 -
(2) All factory cut pipe ends shall be sealed at the plant
or in the field with suspended ABS joint cement.
(3) The spigot end of each pipe section shall be provided
with suitable marking or gasket stop to indicate full
closure of the assembled joints.
(4) Unless otherwise specified, the pipe shall be fur-
nished with coupling factory-attached to one end of
each pipe section. Tee and wye fittings may be
furnished separately for field installation.
A3 Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pipe and Fittings
The pipe and fittings furnished shall be of the Ductile
Iron or Gray Iron type as specified for each particular use
or installation. When Gray Iron is specified, either type
may be furnished. Gray Iron may not be substituted for
Ductile Iron unless specifically authorized. in the Plans,
Specifications, and Special Provisions.
Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of
ANSI A-21.51 (Ductile Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Metal
Molds or Sand-Lined N,olds). Gray iron pipe shall conform
to the requirements of ANSI A-21.6 (Cast Iron Pipe
Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds) or to the requirements
of ANSI A-21.8 (Cast Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in
Sand-Lined Molds). In addition, the pipe shall comply with
the following supplementary provisions:
(1) Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ANSI
A-21..10 (Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings) or ANSI
A-21.53 (Ductile Iron Compact Fittings) for the joint
type specified.
(2) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings
shall be furnished with cement mortar lining meeting
the requirements of ANSI A-21.4 for standard thickness
lining. All exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings
shall. have an asphaltic coating at least one mil
thick. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating
adhesion, shall be cause for rejection.
A4 Reinforced Concrete Pipe anal Fittings
Reinforced concrete pipe, fittings and specials shall
conform with the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3236
(Reinforced Concrete Pipe) for the type, size, and strength
class specified, subject to the following supplementary
provisions:
II
`.J
~i
C~
11
11
ii
~i
- 46 -
(1) All branch fittings such as tees, wyes, etc. shall be
' cast as integral parts of the pipe. All fittings and
specials shall be of the same strength class as the
pipe to which they are attached.
(2) When flexible watertight joints are specified, 'oints
J
shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-361.
' (3) Lift holes will not be permitted unless specifically
authorized in the Plans, Specifications, and Special
r Provisions, x~
A5 Corrugated Steel Pipe and Fittings
' Corrugated steel pipe and fittings shall conform to the
requirements of MnDOT Specification 3226 (Corrugated Steel
Pipe) for the type, size and sheet thickness specified,
' subject to the following supplementary provision:
(1) When specifically provided for in the Plans, Specifi-
cations, and Special Provisions, .the galvanized steel
pipe and fittings shall be furnished with special
aramid fiber bonded, bituminous, or plastic coating or
' concrete lining as required.
A6 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings
Smooth walled polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall
conform with the requirements of ASTM D-3034 for the size,
standard dimension ratio (SDR), and strength requirements
indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special
Provisions. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive
soils or corrosive substances in accordance with the
requirements of ASTM D-543.
(1) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings
' shall be SDR 35 and connections shall be push-on with
elastomeric gasketed joints which are bonded to the
inner wall of the gasket recess of the bell socket.
Corrugated polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings with
smooth interior shall conform with the requirements of ASTM
F-949 for the size and wall thickness indicated on the
Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions.
(1) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings
' shall be push-on with snug fit elastomeric joints
meeting tightness requirements of ASTM 3212.
- 47 -
A7 Cast Iron Soil Pipe
Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications,
and Special Provisions, cast iron pipe shall be service
weight pipe meeting the requirements of ASTM A-74 and the
Plans, .Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless
otherwise specified, pipe joints shall be push-on, sealed
with elastomeric gaskets.
A8 Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene Pipe
s
Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) solid wall pipe
and fittings shall conform to the. requirements of ASTM
D-2751 for 4 inch and 6 inch diameter and joint type
specified, subject to the following supplementary provi-
sions:
(1) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe joints and
fitting connections shall be gasket seal joints,
assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer.
Solvent cemented joints, assembled as recommended by
the pipe manufacturer, shall be provided only where
specifically indicated in the Plans, Specifications,
and Special Provisions.
B Metal Sewer Castings
Metal castings for sewer structures such as manhole
frames and covers, catch basin frames, grates and curb
boxes, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A-48 (Gray
Iron Castings), subject to the following supplementary
provisions:
(1) Casting assemblies or dimensions, details, weights,
and class shall be as indicated in the detailed
drawings for the design designation specified. Unless
otherwise specified, the castings shall be Class 30 or
better.
(2) Lid-to-frame surfaces on -round casting assemblies
shall be machine milled to provide true bearing around
the entire circumference.
(3) Casting weight shall be not less than 95 .percent of
theoretical weight for a unit cast to exact dimen-
sions, based on 442 pounds per cubic foot..
(4) A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with
each shipment of castings stating that the materials
furnished have been tested and are in compliance with
the specification requirements.
~1
C
I~
11
11
11
- 48 -
ii
' (5) Unless otherwise specified, sanitary sewer manholes in
areas subject to flooding by surface water shall have
self-sealing lids and recessed pick holes.
(6) Unless otherwise specified, sanitary sewer manhole
lids shall have recessed pick holes.
' C Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin Sections
Precast concrete riser sections and appurtenant units
(grade rings, top and base slabs, special sections, etc.)
used in the construction of manhole and catch basin
structures, shall conform with the requirements of ASTM
' C-478, subject to the following supplementary provisions:
(1) The precast sections and appurtenant units shall
conform to all requirements as shown on the detailed
' drawings.
(2) Joints of manhole riser sections shall be tongue and
groove with rubber "O" ring joints provided on
sanitary sewer manholes. Sanitary sewer inlet and
outlet pipes shall be joined to the manhole with a
gasketed, flexible, watertight connection or any
' watertight connection arrangement that allows differ-
ential settlement of the pipe and manhole wall to take
place.
(3) Air-entrained concrete shall be used in the production
of all units. Air content shall be maintained within
1 the range of 5 to 7 percent.
(4) A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with
' each shipment of precast manhole and catch basin
sections stating that the materi
l
f
i
h
a
s
urn
s
ed have
been tested and are in compliance with the specifica-
tion requirements.
(5)
if
L
t holes will not be permitted in precast manholes.
D Concrete
Concrete for cast-in-place masonry construction shall be
produced and furnished in accordance with the requirements
of MnDOT Specification 2461 for the mix designation
indicated in the Plans. The requirements for Grade B
concrete shall be met where a higher grade is not
specified. Type 3 (air-ent
i
d
ra
ne
) concrete shall be
furnished and used in all structures having weather
exposure.
- 49 -
E Mortar ,
Mortar for use in masonry construction shall be an
air-entrained mixture of one part Portland cement and three
parts mortar
sand, with sufficient water to produce
proper '
consistency, and with sufficient air entrained agent added
to maintain an air content within the range of 7 to 10
percent. Mortar shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-270. '
F Granular Materials ,_:
Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, ,
encasement, backfill, or other purposes as may be specified
shall consist of any n atural or synthetic mineral aggregate
such as sand, gravel, crushed rock, crushed stone, or slag, '
that shall be so graded as to meet the gradation
requirements specified herein for each particular use.
,
F1 Granular Material Gradation Classifications
Granular materials furnished for use in Foundation,
.Bedding, Encasement, o r Backfill construction shall conform e
to the following requi rements:
Percent Passing Material Use Designation 1
Sieve Size Foundation Bedding Encasement Backfill
3 Inch
2
Inch
100 ,
1 Inch 100 100 100
3/4 Inch 85-100 90-100 90-100
3/8 ,
Inch 30- 60 50- 90 50- 90
No. 4 0- 10 35- 80 35- 80 35-100
No. 10 20- 65 20- 65 20-100
No. 40 0- 35 0- 35 0- 35
No. 20
0
0- 10 0- 10
0- 10 '
NOTE: Granular foundation, bedding and encasement material provi- '
ded for plastic pipe and fittings shall meet the require-
ments of ASTM 2321, Class I, II or III materials or the
requirements provided above if the Engineer authorized such
substitution. '
F2 Granular Material Use Designations ,
Granular materials provided for Foundation, Bedding,
Encasement, or Backfill use as required by the Plans,
Specifications and Special Provisions, either as part of
the pipe item work unit or as a separate Contract Item,
shall be classified as to use in accordance with the'
following: ,
- 50 -
Material Use Designation Zone Designation
' Granular Foundation ------- - Placed below the bottom of pipe
grade as replacement for unsuit-
able or unstable soils, to achieve
better foundation support.
Granular Bedding ---------- _ placed below the pipe midpoint,
prior to pipe installation, to
facilitate proper shaping and to
achieve uniform pipe support.
' Granular Encasement ------- - Placed below an elevation one foot
above the to
of
i
f
p
p
pe , a
ter pipe
installation, for protection of
' the pipe and to assure proper
filling of voids or thor
h
oug
consolidation of backfill.
Granular Backfill ---------_ placed below the surface base
course, cif any, as the second
stage of backfill, to minimize
trench settlement and provide
support for surface improvements.
In each case above, unless otherwise indicated
the
' ,
lower limits of any particular zone shall be the top
surface of the next lowe
r course as constructed. The upper
limits of each zone are established to define variable
needs for material gradation and compaction or void
' content, taking into consideration the sequence of con-
struction and other conditions. The material use and zone
designations described above shall only serve to fulfill
the objectives and shall not be construed to restrict the
use of any particular material in other zones where the
gradation requirements are met.
'
G Piling
Piling shall be constructed in accordance with provi-
' sions of MnDOT Specification 2452.
' H Insulation
Main insulation shall be extruded rigid board material
having a thermal conductivity of 0.23 BTU/hour/square
foot/degree Fahrenheit/per inch thickness, maximum, at 40°F
mean, a compressive strength of 35 psi minimum, and water
absorption of 0.25 percent by volume maximum.
Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications
and Special Provisions, board dimensions shall measure 8'
' long, 2' or 4' wide, and 1" or 1?" thick.
~J
- 51 -
2621.3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
A General Provisions ,
Al Maintenance of Traffic
Whenever work interferes with the flow of traffic along 1
a roadway, the Contractor shall provide for traffic control
and signing and public safety in accordance with the
provisions of Appendix B of the Minnesota Manual of Uniform ,
Traffic Control devices and MnDOT Specifications 1404 and
1710, and the Special Provisions. Neither road closures nor
detours shall be permitted unless specified in the Special
Provisions or authorized by the Engineer. Where road '
closures or detours are permitted by the Engineer, the
Engineer shall determine the appropriate agencies, boards,
or departments the Contractor must notify prior to taking ,
the action and the proper advance notice to be provided to
each body.
,
Compliance with this requirement shall not be construed
to relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of
notifying agencies or institutions whose services may be
predicated upon a roadway being opened to traffic or whose
services would be hindered if a roadway is closed to
traffic. Such agencies or institutions shall include, but
not be limited to, the police department, the fire ,
department, municipal bus service, school bus service, and
ambulance service. The Contractor shall keep the required
agencies informed of changing traffic patterns and detour
situations. ,
A2 Establishing Line and Grade '
In locations where the sewer is in direct conflict with
existing watermain and water services, the watermain and
water services shall be lowered to provide at least 18 ,
inches. of vertical distance between the top of the
watermain or service and the bottom of the sanitary sewer
or relocated in accordance with Plans. '
When local conditions prevent a vertical separation as
described, the following construction shall be used: '
a vertical separation of at least 18 inches between
the bottom of the sewer and the top of the watermain; '
adequate structural support for the sewers to prevent
excessive deflection of joints and settling on and
breaking of the watermains; '
that the length of water pipe be centered at the point
of crossing so that the joints will be equidistant and
as far as possible from the sewer. ,
~.
- 52 -
7
0
Watermains shall be laid at least 10 feet horizontall
from any sanitary sewer
whenever possible. When 1
tal separation of 10 fee
to a storm or sanitary se
(1) The bottom of the
above the top of the
Y
storm sewer or sewer manhole,
>cal conditions prevent a horizon-
~, a watermain may be laid closer
ver provided that:
watermain is at least 18 inches
sewer;
ii
(2) Where this vertical separation cannot be obtained, the
sewer shall be constructed of materials and with
joints that are equivalent to watermain standards of
' construction and shall be pressure tested to assure
water tightness prior to backfilling.
' The primary line and grade will be established by the
Engineer. For trench installation, .line and grade stakes
will be set parallel to the proposed pipeline at an
appropriate offset therefrom as will best serve the
' Contractor's operations wherever practical. For tunnel
installation, line and grade stakes will be set directly
above the proposed pipeline setting. Grade and line stakes
' will be set at 25-foot intervals along the pipeline; at
each change in line or grade, and as needed for pipeline
appurtenances.
' The Contractor shall arrange operations to avoid
unnecessary interference with the establishment of the
primary line and grade stakes, and shall render whatever
assistance may be required by the Engineer in accomplishing
the staking. The Contractor shall be responsible for
preservation of the primary stakes, and, if negligent in
' providing necessary protection, shall bear the full cost of
any restaking.
~~
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
correct transfer of the primary line and grade to all
working points and for construction of the work to the
prescribed lines and grades as established by the Engineer.
Following construction of a work shaft on tunnel installa-
tions, the line and grade shall be transferred down the
shaft and be projected into and throughout the length of
each tunnel heading.
A3 Protection of Surface Structures
All surface structures and features located .outside the
permissible excavation limits for underground installa-
tions, together with those within the construction areas
which are indicated in the Plans as being saved, shall be
properly protected against damage and shall not be
disturbed or removed without approval of .the Engineer.
- 53 -
Within the construction limits, as required, the removal of
improvements such as paving, curbing, walks, turf, etc.,
shall be subject to acceptable replacement after completion
of underground work, with all expense of.removal and
replacement being borne by the Contractor to the extent
that separate compensation is not specifically provided for
in the Contract.
Obstructions such as street signs, guard posts, small
culverts, and other items of prefabricated construction may
be temporarily removed during construction, provided that
essential service is maintained in a relocated setting as
approved by the Engineer and that nonessential items are
properly stored for the duration of construction. Upon
completion of the underground work, all such items shall be
replaced in their proper setting at the sole expense of the
Contractor.
In the event of damage to any surface improvements,
either .privately or publicly owned, in the absence of
construction .necessity, the Contractor will be required to
replace or repair the damaged property to the satisfaction
of the Engineer and without cost to the Owner.
A4 Interference of Underground Structures
When any underground structure interferes with the
planned placement of the pipeline or appurtenances to such
an extent .that alterations in the work. are necessary to
eliminate the conflict or avoid endangering effects on
either the existing or proposed facilities, the Contractor
shall immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner of the
affected structure. When any existing facilities are
endangered by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor
shall cease work at the site and take such precautions as
may be necessary to protect the inplace structures until a
decision is made as to how the conflict will be resolved.
Without specific authorization from the Engineer, no
essential utility service shall be disrupted, nor shall any
change be made in either the existing structures or the
planned installations to overcome the interference. Altera-
tions in existing facilities will be allowed only to the
extent that service will not be curtailed unavoidably and
then only when the encroachment or relocation will satisfy
all applicable regulations and conditions.
Wherever alterations are required as a result of
unforeseen underground interferences not due to any fault
or negligence of the Contractor, the Engineer will issue a
written order covering any additional or -extra work
involved and specifying the revised basis of payment, if
fl
~I
0
~~
L
i,~
L
u
- 54 -
n
' any. Any alterations made strictly for the convenience of
the Contractor shall be subject to prior approval and shall
be at the Contractor's expense.
' No extra compensation will be allowed for .delays caused
by the interference of underground structures.
' A5 Removal of Surface Improvements
Removal of surface improvements in connection with
' trench excavation shall be limited to actual
needs for
.
installation of the pipeline and appurtenances, based on
the allowable trench widths and any other controls imposed
in connection with the work. Removal operations shall be
' coordinated effectively with the excavation and installa-
tion operations as will cause the least practical disrup-
' tion of traffic or inconvenience to the public. The debris
resulting from removals shall become the
ro
e
t
f th
p
p
r
y o
e
Contractor and shall be disposed of by the Contractor.
Removed debris shall not be deposited at locations that
' will block access to fire hydrants, private driveways, or
other essential service areas, nor obstruct surface
drainage. Removal and final disposal of debris shall be
accomplished as a single operation wherever possible and,
' in any event, the debris shall be removed from the site
before starting the excavating operations.
' Removal of concrete or bituminous structures shall be by
methods of producing clean-cut breakage to prescored lines
as will preserve the remaining structure without damage.
' Removal equipment shall not be operated in a manner that
will cause damage to the remaining structure or adjoining
property. Where not removed to an existing joint, concrete
' structures shall be sawed along the break lines to a
minimum depth of one-third of the structure depth.
Any reusable materials generated during the work, such
' as aggregate, sod, or topsoil, shall be segregated from
other waste materials and be stockpiled so as to maintain
suitability and permit proper reuse.
i~
i~
i~
The use of drop weight equipment for breaking pavement
will be allowed to the extent that the Contractor shall
assume full responsibility for any- damages caused thereby.
The pavement breaking operations shall not be allowed to
become a nuisance to the public or a source of damage to
underground or adjacent structures. The Engineer reserves
the right to order discontinuance of drop weight breaking
operations at any time.
- 55 -
n
A6 Temporary Service Measures '
While any open excavations are maintained, the Contrac-
tor shall have available a supply of steel plates suitable
for temporary bridging of open trench sections where either '
vehicular or pedestrian traffic must be maintained. Use of
the plates shall be as directed or approved by the Engineer
and where installed they shall be secured against possible
displacement and be replaced with the permanent structure '
as soon as possible.
B Excavation and Preparation of Trench ,
B1 Operational Limitations and Requirements
Excavating operations shall proceed only so far in
advance of pipe laying as-will satisfy the needs for
coordination of work and permit advance verification of '
unobstructed line and grade as planned. Where interference
with existing structures is possible or in any way
indicated, and where necessary to .establish elevation or
direction for connections to inplace structures, the '
excavating shall be done at those locations in advance of
the main operation so actual conditions will be exposed in
sufficient time to make adjustments without resorting to '
extra work or unnecessary delay.
All installations shall be accomplished by open trench '
construction except for short tunnel sections approved by
the Engineer and with the exception that boring and jacking
or tunnel construction methods shall be employed where so
specifically required by the Plans, Specifications, or '
Special Provisions. Installation of pipe through tunnel
excavations will be allowed only where the surface
structure can be properly supported and the backfill '
restored to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
The excavating operations shall be conducted so as to '
carefully expose all inplace underground structures without
damage. Wherever the excavation extends under or approaches
so close to an existing structure as to endanger it in any
way, precautions and protective measures shall be taken as '
necessary to preserve the structure and provide temporary
support. Hand methods of excavating shall be utilized to
probe for and expose such critical or hazardous installa- '
tions as gas pipe and power or communication cables.
The Engineer shall be notified of any need for blasting ,
to remove materials which cannot be broken up mechanically,.
and there shall be no blasting operations conducted until
the Engineer's approval has been secured. Blasting will be
allowed only when proper precautions are taken to protect '
- 56 -
~I
_I
i
u
u
0
u
u
t
C
life and property, and then shall be restricted as the
Engineer directs. The Contractor shall assume full respon-
sibility for any damages caused by blasting, regardless of
the requirements for notification and approval. The
Contractor shall secure any required permits for blasting
and shall conduct blasting operations in conformance with
all applicable state and local laws, regulations and
ordinances.
B2 Classification and Disposition of Materials
Excavated materials will be classified for payment only
to the extent that the removal of materials classified by
the Engineer as Rock will be paid for separately from other
unclassified materials, either as a separate Contract Item
or as an Extra Work Item when no bid price is applicable.
No other materials encountered in the excavations, with the
exception of items classified for payment as structure
removals, will be considered as Unclassified Excavation,
and unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifi-
cations, and Special Provisions, no additional compensation
shall be provided for their removal. Unclassified materials
shall include muck, rubble, wood debris, and boulder stone,
masonry or concrete fragments less than one cubic yard in
volume, together with other miscellaneous matter that can
be removed effectively with power operated excavators
without resorting to drilling and blasting.
Rock excavation shall be defined to include all hard,
solid rock in ledge formation, bedded deposits. and
unstratified masses; all natural conglomerate deposits so
firmly cemented as to present all the characteristics of
solid rock; and any boulder stone, masonry or concrete
fragments exceeding one cubic yard in volume. Materials
such as shale, hard pan, soft or disintegrated rock which
can be dislodged with a hand pick or removed with a povaer
operated excavator vaill not be classified as Rock Excava-
tion.
Excavated materials will be classified for reuse as
being either Suitable or Unsuitable for backfill or other
specified use, subject to selective controls. All suitable
materials shall be reserved for backfill to the extent
needed, and any surplus remaining shall be utilized for
other construction on the project as may be specified or
ordered by the Engineer. To the extent practicable,
granular materials and topsoil shall be segregated from
other materials during the excavating and stockpiling
operations so as to permit best use of the available
materials at the time of backfilling. Unless otherwise
specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special
Provisions, material handling as described above shall be
57
~'
considered incidental with no additional compensation
provided therefor. '
All excavated materials reserved for backfill or other
use on the project shall be stored at locations approved by '
the Engineer that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to
public travel, adjacent properties, and other special
interests. The material shall not be deposited so close to
the edges of the excavations as would create hazardous
conditions, nor shall any material be placed so as to block
the access to emergency services. All materials considered
unsuitable by the Engineer, for any use on the project,
shall be immediately removed from the project and be
disposed of as arranged by the Contractor at no extra cost
to the Contract. ,
B3 Excavation Limitations and Requirements
Trench excavating shall be to a depth that will permit '
preparation of the foundation as specified and installation
of the pipeline and appurtenances at the prescribed line
and grade, except where alterations are specifically '
authorized. Trench widths shall be sufficient to permit the
pipe to be laid and joined properly and the backfill to be
placed and compacted as specified. Extra width shall be '
provided as necessary to permit convenient placement of
sheeting and shoring and to accommodate placement of
appurtenances. ,
Excavations shall be extended below the bottom of
structure as necessary to .accommodate any required Granular
Foundation material. When rock or unstable foundation
materials are encountered at the established grade,
additional materials shall be removed as specified or
ordered by the Engineer to produce an acceptable founda- '
tion. Unless otherwise indicated or directed, rock shall be
removed to an elevation at least six inches below the
bottom surface of the pipe barrel and below the lowest
projection of joint hubs. All excavations below grade shall
be to a minimum width. to the outside pipe diameter plus two
feet. Rock shall be removed to such additional horizontal
dimensions as will provide a minimum clearance. of six '
inches on all sides of appurtenant structures such as
valves, housings, access structures, etc.
Where
th
no o
er grade controls are indicated or esta-
blished for the pipeline, the excavating and foundation
preparations shall be such as to provide a minimum cover
over the top of the pipe as specified. Trench widths shall
allow for at least six inches of clearance on each side of
the joint hubs. The maximum allowable width of the trench
- 58 -
' at the top of
the pipe plus pipe level shall be the
two feet, subject to th outside diameter of
e considerations for
alternate pipe loading set forth below. The width of the
trench at the ground surface shall be held to a minimum to
' prevent unnecessary destruction of the surface structures.
The maximum allowable trench width at the level of the
top of pipe may be exceeded only by approval of the
Engineer, after consideration of pipe strength and loading
relationships. Any alternate proposals made by the Contrac-
for shall be in writing, giving the pertinent soil weight
data and proposed pipe strength alternate, at least seven
days prior to the desired date of decision. Approval of
alternate pipe designs shall be with the understanding that
' there will be no extra compensation allowed for any
increase in material or construction costs.
CI'i
r
7
C
C
~'
If the trench is excavated to a greater width than that
authorized, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to
provide a higher class of bedding and/or a higher strength
pipe than that required by the Plans, Specifications, and
Special Provisions in order to satisfy design requirements,
without additional compensation therefor.
B4 Sheeting and Bracing Excavations
All excavations shall be sheeted, shored, and braced as
will meet all requirements of the applicable safety codes
and regulations; comply with any specific requirements of
the Contract; and prevent disturbance or settlement of
adjacent surfaces, foundations, structures, utilities, and
other properties. Any damage to the work under contract or
to adjacent structures or property caused by settlement,
water or earth pressures, slides, cave-ins, or other causes
due to failure or lack of sheeting, shoring, or bracing or
through negligence or fault of the. Contractor in any
manner, shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense and
without delay.
Where conditions warrant extreme care, the Plans,
Specifications, and Special Provisions may require special
precautions to protect life or property, or the Engineer
may order the installation of sheet piling of the
interlocking type or direct that other safety measures be
taken as deemed necessary. Failure of the Engineer to order
correction of improper or inadequate sheeting, shoring, or
bracing shall not relieve the Contractor's responsibilities
for protection of life, property, and the work.
The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for
proper and adequate placement of sheeting, shoring, and
- 59 -
0
LJI
bracing, wherever and to such depths that soil stability
may dictate the need for support to prevent displacement. '
Bracing shall be so arranged as to provide ample working
space and so as not to place stress or strain on the
inplace structures to any extent that may cause damage.
Sheeting, shoring and bracing materials shall be removed
only when and in such manner as will assure adequate
protection of the inplace structures and prevent displace-
ment of supported grounds. Sheeting and bracing shall be
left in place only as required by the Plans, Specifica-
tions, anal Special Provisions or ordered by the Engineer. '
Otherwise, sheeting and bracing may be removed as the
backfilling reaches the level of respective support.
Wherever sheeting and bracing is left in place, the upper
portions shall be cut and removed to an elevation of three ,
feet or more below the established surface grade as the
Engineer may direct. '
All costs of furnishing, placing, and removing sheeting,
shoring, and bracing materials, including the value of
materials left in place as required by the Contract, shall
be included in the prices bid for pipe installation and
will not be compensated for separately. When any sheeting,
shoring, or bracing materials are left in place by written
order of the Engineer, in the absence of specific '
requirements of the Contract to do so, payment will be made
for those materials as an Extra Work Item, including waste
material resulting from upper cut-off requirements.
B5 Preparation and Maintenance of Foundations
Foundation preparations shall be conducted as necessary
to produce a stable foundation and provide .continuous and
uniform pipe bearing between bell holes. The initial
excavating or backfilling operations shall produce a
subgrade level slightly above finished grade as will permit
hand shaping to finished grade by trimming of high spots
and without the need for filling of low spots to grade. '
Final subgrade preparations shall be such as to produce a
finished grade at the centerline of the pipe that is within
0.03 foot of a straight line betvaeen pipe joints and to '
provide bell hole excavation at each joint as will permit
proper joining of pipe and fittings.
In excavations
d
bel
d
ma
e
ow gra
e to remove rock or
unstable materials, the backfilling to grade shall be made
with available suitable materials unless placement of
Granular Foundation or Bedding material is specified and '
provided for or is ordered by the Engineer as an Extra Work
Item. Placement of the backfill shall be in relatively
- 60 -
u
uniform layers not exceeding 8 inches in loose thickness.
' Each layer of backfill shall be compacted thoroughly, by
means of approved mechanical compaction equipment, as will
produce. uniform pipe support throughout the full pipe
length and facilitate proper shaping of the pipe bed.
Where the foundation soil is found to consist of
' materials that the Engineer considers to be so unstable as
to preclude removal and re
lacement t
p
o a reasonable depth
to achieve solid support, a suitable foundation shall be
constructed as the Engineer directs in the absence of
special requirements therefor in the Plans, Specifications,
and Special Provisions. The Contractor may be required to
furnish and drive piling and construct concrete or timber
bearing supports or other work as may be provided for in an
' Extra Work order.
Care shall be taken during final suborade shaping to
prevent any over-excavation. Should any .low spots develop,
they shall only be filled with approved material, which
shall have optimum moisture content and be compacted
' thoroughly, without additional compensation provided to the
Contractor. The finished subgrade shall be maintained free
of water and shall not be disturbed during pipe lowering
' operations except as necessary to remove pipe slings. The
discharge of trench dewatering pumps shall be directed to
natural drainage channels or storm water drains. Draining
trench water into sanitary sewers or combined sewers will
' not be permitted.
The Contractor shall install and operate a dewatering
' system of wells or points to maintain pipe trenches free of
water wherever necessary or as directed by the engineer to
meet the intent of these specifications. Unless otherwise
specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special
Provisions, such work shall be considered incidental with
no additional compensation provided therefore.
ii
Il
All costs of excavating below grade and placing
foundation or bedding aggregates as required shall be
included in the bid prices for pipe items to the extent
that the need for such work is indicated in the Contract
provisions and the Proposal does not provide for payment
therefor under separate Contract Items. Any excavation
below grade and any foundation or bedding aggregates
required by order of the Engineer in the absence of
Contract.- requirements therefor will be compensated for
separately as Extra Work Items.
If examination by the Engineer reveals that the need for
placement of foundation aggregates was caused by the
Contractor's manipulation of the soils in the presence of
excessive moisture or lack of proper dewatering, the cost
of the corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor.
- 61 -
L
C Installation of Pipe and Fittings
C1 Inspection and Handling
Proper and adequate implements, tools, and facilities
satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by '
the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of
the work. During the process of unloading, all pipe and
accessories shall be inspected by the Contractor for '
damage. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of all
material found to have cracks, flaws or other defects. The
Engineer shall inspect the damaged materials and have tYie
right to reject any materials found to be unsatisfactory. '
The Contractor shall promptly remove all rejected material
from the site. All materials shall be handled carefully, as
will prevent damage to protective coatings, linings, and '
joint fillings; preclude contamination of interior areas;
and avoid jolting contact, dropping, or dumping.
All work and materials are subject to tests by the Owner
at such frequency as may be determined by the Engineer.
Such tests shall be paid for by the Owner. '
tnThile suspended and before being lowered into laying
position, each pipe section and appurtenant unit shall be
inspected by the Contractor to detect damage or unsound
conditions that may need corrective action or be cause for
rejection. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any
defects discovered and the Engineer will prescribe .the
required corrective actions or order rejection. '
Immediately before placement, the joint surfaces of each ,
pipe section and fitting shall be inspected for the
presence of foreign matter, coating blisters, rough edges
or projections, and any imperfections so detected shall be
corrected by cleaning, trimming, or repair as needed.
C2 Pipe Laying Operations '
Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall proceed
ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper laying and
joining of the units at the prescribed grade and alignment e
without unnecessary deviation or hindrance..
All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the
inside of the pipe and fittings before they are lowered
into position in the trench and they shall be kept clean by
approved means during and after laying. The sewer materials
shall be carefully lowered into laying position by the use
of suitable restraining devices. Under no circumstances
shall the pipe be dropped into the trench.
L
- 62 - '
J
At the time of pipe placement,
shall be such as to provide uniform
for the pipe between bell holes.
excavated as necessary to make the
they shall be no larger than would
the pipe throughout its length. No
laid in water nor when the trench or
otherwise unsuitable or improper.
the bedding conditions
and continuous support
Bell holes shall be
joint connections, but
be adequate to support
pipe. material shall be
bedding conditions are
1
ii
1
When placement or handling precautions prove inadequate,
in the Engineer's opinion, the Contractor shall provide and
install suitable plugs or caps effectively closing the open
ends of each pipe section before it is lowered .into laying
position, and they shall remain so covered until removal is
necessary for connection of an adjoining unit.
Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, bell and
spigot pipe shall be laid with the bell ends facing upgrade
and the laying shall start on the downgrade end and proceed
upgrade. As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed
in laying position, the spigot end shall be centered in the
' bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line
and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with
approved. backfill material, which shall be thoroughly
compacted by tamping around the pipe to a height of at
' least 12 inches above the top with hand operated mechanical
tamping devices or by hand. The joint areas shall remain
' exposed and precautions shall be taken to prevent the soil
from entering the joint space
until
the joint seal i
,
.
s
effected. Backfill in the bell area shall be left loose.
' Connection of pipe to existing lines or previously
constructed manholes or catch basins shall be accomplished
as shown in the Plans or as otherwise approved by the
' Engineer. Where necessary to make satisfactory closure or
produce the required curvature, grade or alignment deflec-
tions at joints shall not exceed that which will assure
tight joints and comply with any limitations recommended by
' the pipe manufacturer.
Entrance of foreign matter into pipeline openings shall
' be prevented at all times to the extent that suitable plugs
or covering can be kept in place over the openings without
interfering with the installation operations.
' Installation of PVC, ABS, and composite truss pipe shall
conform to ASTM D-2321.
C3 Connection and Assembly of Joints
All pipe and fitting joints shall fit tightly and be
- 63 -
fully closed. Spigot ends shall be marked as necessary to
indicate the point of complete closure. All joints shall be
soil tight, as the minimum requirement, and shall be
watertight in all sanitary sewer pipe lines and in all
storm sewer pipe lines installed within the limits of a
paved street or highway traffic lanes. Where specified, the
joints in certain assemblies shall be made structurally
integral by being completely encased in concrete to form a
rigid watertight unit as indicated in the standard
drawings.
Where watertight joints are required, without concrete
encasement, the joints shall be sealed as follows, subject
to such other approved method as the Engineer may authorize
as being an acceptable alternative:
(1) Concrete pipe and fitting joints--compression type
rubber gasket seals conforming to the requirements of
ASTM C-443, ASTM C-361 or AASHTO M-198 for circular
pipe, or as otherwise approved by the Engineer in the
case of non-circular pipe sections.
(2) ABS/PVC Truss pipe, ABS solid wall pipe and fittings- '
assembled gasket seal joints.
(3) Smooth wall and corrugated wall PVC pipe and fittings-
assembled push-on gasketed joints shall pass perfor-
mance tests as listed in ASTM D-3212. Solvent welds
shall not be permitted.
(4) Vitrified clay pipe and fittings--factory fabricated
compression seals or compression type couplings.
(5) Corrugated steel pipe and fittings--sealed with
approved type compression seals.
.Where watertight. joints are not required, joints in
concrete pipe shall be made soil tight by filling with
mortar as the Engineer directs. Pipe joints encased in
concrete will not have to be sealed with gasket type seals,
but shall be filled with mortar as directed.
C4 Bulkheading Open Pipe Ends
All pipe and fitting ends left open for future
connection shall be bulkheaded by approved methods prior to
backfilling. Unless otherwise specified or approved,. all
openings of 24 inches in diameter or less shall be closed
off with prefabricated plugs or caps and all openings
larger than 24 inches in diameter shall be closed off with
masonry bulkheads.
~'
i
~~
- 64 -
' Prefabricated plugs and caps shall be of the same
material as the pipe material, or an approved. alternate
material, and they shall be installed with watertight seal
as required for the pipeline joints. Masonry bulkheads
shall be constructed with clay or concrete brick to a vaall
thickness of eight inches.
0
i~
i~
i~
Bulkheads installed for temporary service during con-
struction may be constructed with two-inch timber planking
securely fastened together and adequately braced,. as an
alternate to the masonry construction.
C5 Placement of Insulation
Rigid insulation board shall be placed within the pipe
encasement zone, 6 inches above the pipe. Prior to
placement of the insulation, encasement material shall be
compacted until there is no further visual evidence of
increased consolidation or the density of the compacted
layer conforms to the density requirements specified in the
Special Provisions, then leveled and lightly scarified to a
depth of ? inch. Encasement zone material placed below the
insulation shall be free cf rock or stone fragments
measuring 1? inches or greater.
Insulation boards shall be placed on the scarified
material with the long dimension parallel to the centerline
of the pipe. Boards placed in a single layer shall be
overlapped at least 6 inches on all sides to eliminate
continuous joints for the full depth of the insulation. If
two or more layers of insulation boards are used, each
layer shall be placed to cover the joints of the layer
immediately below with an overlap of at least 6 inches.
The Contractor shall exercise precaution to insure that
all joints between boards are tight during placement and
backfilling with only extruded ends placed end to end or
edge to edge.
The first layer of material placed over the insulation
shall be 6 inches in depth, free of rock or stone fragments
measuring 12 inches or greater. The material shall be
placed in such a manner that construction equipment does
not operate directly on the insulation and shall be
compacted with equipment which exerts a contact pressure of
less than 80 psi. The first layer shall be compacted until
there is no further visual evidence of increased consolida-
tion or the density of the compacted layer conforms to the
density requirements specified in the Special Provisions.
- 65 -
D Appurtenance Installations
Appurtenance items such as aprons, trash guards, gates
and castings shall be installed where and as required by
the. Plans and in accordance with such standard detail
drawings or supplementary requirements as may be specified.
Casting assemblies installed on manhole or catch basin
structures shall be set in a full mortar bed and be
adjusted to the specified elevation without the use of
shims or blocking.
Sewer aprons shall be subject to all applicable
requirements for installation of pipe. All aprons and
outfall end sections shall have the last three sections
tied. Two tie bolt fasteners shall be placed in each of the
last three joints, one on each side of top center at the 60
degree point (from vertical). Tie bolt diameter shall be: z
inch for 12" to and including 21" pipe; 5/8 inch for 24" to
and including 36" pipe; 3/4 inch for 42" to and including
54" pipe; and 1" for 60" and larger pipe. The tie bolts
shall be of a design approved by the Engineer.
E Sewer Service Installations
Main sewer service connections and building service
sewer pipe shall be installed as provided for in the
Contract. and as may be directed by the Engineer. The sewer
service connections and pipe lines shall be installed in
conformance with all applicable requirements of the main
sewer installation and as more specifically provided for
herein.
The Engineer, with the assistance of the Contractor,
shall keep accurate records of all service installations as
to .type, location, elevation, point of connection and
termination, etc. This service record shall be maintained
jointly by the Contractor and Engineer on forms provided by
the Engineer. The service installations shall not be
backfilled until all required information has been obtained
and recorded.
The main sewer service connection shall consist of
installing a Branch Tee or Wye section in the main sewer
line at designated locations, or of providing an insert
type Saddle Tee in a pipe cutout where and as permitted or
required in lieu of the built-in fitting. Orientation of
service connection fitting. shall be as shown in the
standard drawings unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
- 66 -
Where the depth of cover over the main sewer invert is
greater than 15 feet (or such other maximum as may be
indicated), the service connection shall be extended. upward
by means of a Service Riser Section in accordance with the
details shown in the standard drawings.
' U
l
n
ess otherwise specified, service pipe shall be
installed at right angles to the main sewer and at a
' straight line grade to the property line. The standard and
minimum grades shall be a uniform rise of one inch in four
feet for sanitary service lines and one inch in eight feet
for storm sewer service lines. These minimum grades may be
reduced (by not more than one-h
lf
i
a
p
tch) where the
Engineer so approves in the case of restrictive elevation
differences.
' B
ildi
u
ng service pipe lines shall generally be kept as
deep as required to serve the building elevation and
maintain the specified minimum pipe grades. Pipe. bends
' shall be provided as necessary to bring the service lines
to proper location and grade. Pipe bends shall not exceed
22? d
i
egrees w
thout approval of the Engineer.
Unless otherwise indicated, service i e inst
p p allation
shall terminate at property line or as designated on the
' Plans, with a gasketed plug placed in the. end, at which
point the Contractor shall furnish and set a 4 x 4 inch
wooden timber 6 feet to 8 feet in length embedded 4 feet
' below grade, or approved steel post to mark the exact .end
of pipe. The timber o
r post shall be set vertically
with
,
the top 2 feet painted green.
Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are
permitted or required to be made by
the open cut-out method
.
in the absence of a built-in Tee or Wye fitting, the
connection shall be made by using an approved type of
Saddle Tee fitting. The pipe cut-out shall be made with an
approved type coring machine or by other approved methods
producing a uniform, smooth circular cut-out as required
for proper fit. The cut-out discs shall be retrieved and
shall not be allowed to remain within the main sewer pipe.
The Saddle Tee shall be securely fastened to the main sewer
' pipe by means of epoxy resin or other approved adhesive
.
The entire connection fitting shall be encased in concrete
to a minimum thickness of six inches and as may be shown in
' the standard drawings.
Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are
' required to be made by means of built-in Branch Tee or Wye
fittings, the Contractor
h
ll
s
a
, in the absence of such
fitting, remove a section of the main sewer pipe and
replace it with the required Branch Tee or Wye section
' connected by means of an approved sleeve coupling.
- 67 -
L
Sanitary sewer service lines shall not be connected to a ,
manhole at an elevation more than 24 inches above the crown
of the outgoing sewer. Where the elevation difference is
greater than 24 inches, the connection shall be made by
means of an Outside Drop Connection in accordance with the
details shown in the standard drawings.
All pipe and fitting openings at temporary terminal '
points shall be fitted with suitable plugs or shall be
bulkheaded as required for the main sewer pipe.
e
F Manhole and Catch Basin Structures
Manholes, catch basins, and other special access
structures shall be constructed at designated locations as '
required by the Plans and in accordance with any standard
detail drawings or special design requirements given
therefor.
Unless otherwise specified or approved, manholes and
catch basins shall be constructed on a cast-in-place
concrete base and the barrel riser sections, cone section '
and top adjusting rings shall all be of precast concrete.
All units shall be properly fitted and sealed to form a
completely watertight structure. Barrel and cone height 1
shall be such as to permit placement of at least three and
not more than six standard two-inch precast concrete
adjusting rings immediately below the casting assembly
which shall be set in a mortar bed. Each adjusting ring
shall also be set in mortar.
Unless otherwise specified or approved, manholes and '
catch basins shall have an inside barrel diameter at the
bottom of 48 inches minimum and the inside diameter at the '
top of the cone section and of all adjusting rings shall be
of the same size and shape as the casting frame. Casting
assemblies shall be as specified in the Plans. Catch basin
grate elevation shall be adjusted as necessary to maintain '
the required dip below normal gutter grade.
The concrete cast-in-place base shall be poured on '
undisturbed or firmly compacted foundation material which
shall be trimmed to proper elevation. The bottom riser
section shall be set in fresh concrete or mortar and all
other riser section joints of the tongue and groove design '
shall be sealed with rubber gaskets.
Wherever special designs so require or permit, and as '
otherwise may be approved by the Engineer, a precast
concrete base may be used or the structure may be
constructed with solid sewer brick or block units or with '
cast-in-place concrete. Any combination of cast-in-place
n
- 68 -
C
concrete and brick or block .mortar construction will be
' allowed and may be required where it is impossible to
complete the construction with standard precast manhole
sections.
All annular wall space surrounding the in lace storm
P
sewer pipes shall be completely filled with mortar or
concrete, and the inside bottom of each. manhole and catch
basin shall be shaped with fresh concrete to form free flow
through invert troughs as directed.
' Sanitary sewer main lines shall not be connected to~~a
manhole at an elevation more than 24 inches above the
invert of the outgoing sewer. Where the difference is
' greater than 24 inches, the connections shall be made by
means of an Outside Drop Connection in accordance with the
detailed drawings in the Plans. The .concrete base under the
' drop connection shall be monolithic with the manhole base.
' G Reconnecting Existing Facilities
Disposition of abandoned facilities and reconnection of
existing facilities shall be as provided for in the Plans,
' Specifications, and Special Provisions.
H Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing
All sanitary sewer lines, including service connections
,
shall be substantially watertight and shall be tested for
excessive leakage upon completion and before connections
are made to the service by others
E
h t
.
ac
est section of the
sewer shall be subjected to exfiltration testing, either by
hydrostatic or air test method as described below and at
' the Contractor's option. The requirements set forth for
maximum leakage shall be met as a condition for acceptance
of the sewer section represented by the test.
1 If the ground water level is greater than three feet
above the invert elevation of the upper manhole and the
Engineer so approves, infiltration testing may be allowed
' in lieu of .the exfiltration testing, in which case the
allowable leakage shall be the same as would be allowed for
the Hydrostatic Test.
' A11 testing shall be performed by the Contractor without
any direct compensation being made therefor, and the
' Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and
materials
includi
l
,
ng p
ugs and standpipes as required.
' H1 Air Test Method
The sewer pipe section under test shall be clean at the
- 69 -
time of testing but the pipe may be wetted. Pneumatic balls ,
shall be used to plug the pipe ends at manholes. Low
pressure air shall be introduced into the plugged line
until the internal air pressure reaches 4.0 psi greater
than the average back pressure of any ground water pressure ,
that. may submerge the pipe. At least two minutes shall be
allowed for the air temperature to stabilize before
readings are taken and the timing started. During this time '
the Contractor shall check all plugs with soap solution to
detect plug leakage. If plugs are found to leak, air shall
be bled off, the plugs shall be retightened, and the air ,
shall be reintroduced into the line.
The sewer section under test will be accepted as having
passed the air leakage test if it does not lose air at a '
rate to cause the pressure to drop from 3.6 to 3.0 psi in
less time than one-half minute per inch in diameter of the
pipe tested.
H2 Hydrostatic Test Method '
After bulkheading the test section, the pipe shall be
subjected to a hydrostatic pressure produced by a head of
water at a depth of three feet above the invert elevation
of the sewer at the manhole of the test section. In areas ,
where ground water exists, this head of water shall be
three feet above the existing water table.
The water head shall be maintained for a period of one
hour during which time it will be presumed that full
absorption of the pipe body has taken place, and thereafter
for an extended period of one hour the water head shall be
maintained as the test period. During the one hour test
period, the measured water loss .within the test section,
including service stubs, shall not exceed the Maximum '
Allowable Loss (in Gallons Per Hour per 100 Feet of Pipe)
given below for the applicable Main Sewer Diameter.
Main Sewer Diameter Maximum Allowable Loss*
(In Inches) (In Gallons Per Hour Per 100 Feet)
6 0.5 '
8 0.6
10 0.8
12 1.0
15 1.2 e
18 1.4
21 1.7
24 ~ Larger 1
9 ,
.
*Based on 100 Gallons Per Day Per Pipe Diameter Inch Per Mile
- 70 -
i
0
If measurements indicate exfiltration within a test
section is not greater than the allowable maximum, the
section will be accepted as passing the test.
H3 Test Failure and Remedy
In the event of test failure on any test section,
testing shall be continued until all leakage has been
detected and corrected to meet the requirements. All repair
work shall be subject to approval of the Engineer.
Introduction of sealant substances by means of the test
water will not be permitted.
Unsatisfactory repairs or test results may result in an
' order to remove and replace pipe as the Engineer considers
necessary for test conformance. All repair and replacement
work shall be at the Contractor's expense.
I Pipeline Backfilling Operations
C
n
C~
All pipeline excavations shall be backfilled to restore
pre-existing conditions as the minimum requirement, and
fulfill all supplementary requirements indicated in the
Plans and Specifications, and Special Provisions. The
backfilling operations shall be started as soon as
conditions will permit on each section of pipeline, so as
to provide continuity in subsequent operations and restore
normal public service as soon as practicable on a
section-by-section basis. All operations shall be pursued
diligently, with. proper and adequate equipment,. as will
assure acceptable results.
The backfilling shall be accomplished with the use of
Suitable N,aterials selected from the excavated materials to
the extent available and practical. Should the materials
available within the trench section be unsuitable or
insufficient, without loading and hauling or the employment
of unreasonable measures, the required additional materials
shall be furnished from outside sources as an Extra Work
item in the absence of any Special Provisions requirements.
Suitable Material shall be defined as a mineral .soil
free of foreign materials (rubbish, debris, etc.), frozen
clumps, oversize stone, rock, concrete or bituminous
chunks, and other unsuitable materials, that may damage the
pipe installation, prevent thorough compaction, or increase
the risks of after settlement unnecessarily. Material
selection shall be such as to make the best and fullest
utilization of what is available, taking into consideration
particular needs of different backfill zones. Material
containing stone, rock, or chunks of any sort shall only be
utilized where and to the extent there will be no
detrimental effects.
- 71 -
Within the pipe bedding and encasement zones described
as that portion of the trench which is below an elevation
one foot above the top of the pipe, the materials placed
shall be limited in particle size to 1? inches maximum in
the case of pipe of 12 inches in diameter or less, and to 2
inches maximum in the case of larger pipe. Above these
zones, the placement of material containing stones,
boulders, .chunks, etc. greater than 8 inches in any ,
dimension shall not be allowed.
Compaction of materials placed within the pipe bedding
and encasement zones shall be accomplished with portable or '
hand equipment methods, so as to achieve thorough consoli-
dation under and around the pipe and avoid damage to the
pipe. Above the cover zone material, the use of heavy
'
roller type compaction equipment shall be limited to safe
pipe loading.
Backfill materials shall be carefully placed in uniform ,
loose thickness layers of 8 inches spread over the full
width and length of the trench section to provide
simultaneous support on both sides of the pipeline.
Granular backfill may be placed in 12-inch layers above an
elevation one foot above the top of the pipe, and with the
provision that, by authority .and at the discretion of the
Engineer in consideration of the demonstrated capability of
special type vibrating compactors, the stated maximums may
be increased. '
Each layer of backfill material shall be compacted
effectively, by approved mechanical or hand methods, until
there is no further visual evidence of increased consoli-
dation or the density of the compacted layer conforms to
the density requirements specified in the Special Provi-
sions. Compaction of the inplace layer shall. be completed '
acceptably before placing material for a succeeding layer
thereon. The manner of placement, compaction equipment and
procedure effectiveness shall be subject to approval of the
Engineer. '
All surplus waste materials remaining after completion
of the backfilling operations shall be disposed of in an
acceptable manner within 24 hours after completing the
backfill work on each particular pipeline section. Disposal
at any location within the project limits shall be as
specified, or as approved by the Engineer; otherwise,
disposal shall be accomplished outside the project limits
at the Contractor's discretion. The backfilling and surplus
or waste disposal operations shall be a part of the work
required under the pipeline installation items, not as work
that may be delayed until final cleanup.
- 72 -
Until expiration of the guarantee period, the Contractor
shall assume full responsibility and expense for all
backfill settlement and shall refill and restore the work
as directed to maintain an acceptable surface condition,
regardless of location. All additional materials required
shall be furnished without additional cost to the Owner.
C
u
i~
ii
i~
u
J Restoration of Surface Improvements
Wherever any surface improvements such as pavement,
curbing, pedestrian walks, fencing, or turfing .have been
removed, damaged or otherwise disturbed by the Contractor's
operations, they will be repaired or replaced to the
Engineer's satisfaction, as will restore the improvement in
kind and structure to the preexisting condition. Each item
of restoration work shall be done as soon as practicable
after completion of installation and backfilling operations
on each section of pipeline.
In the absence of specific payment provisions, as
separate Contract Items, the restoration work shall be
compensated for as part of the work required under those
Contract Items which necessitated the destruction and
replacement or repair, and there will be no separate
payment therefor. If separate pay items are provided for
restoration work, only that portion of the repair or
reconstruction which was necessitated by the Contract work
will be measured for .payment. Any improvements removed or
damaged unnecessarily or undermined shall be replaced or
repaired at the Contractor's expense.
J1 Turf Restoration
Turf restoration shall be accomplished by sod placement
except where seeding is specifically allowed or required.
Topsoil shall be placed to a minimum depth of four
inches under all sodding and in all areas seeded. The
topsoil material used shall be light friable loam contain-
ing a liberal amount of humus, and shall be free of heavy
clay, course sand, stones, plants, roots, sticks and other
foreign matter. Topsoil meeting these requirements shall be
selected from the excavated materials to the extent
available and needed.
All turf establishment work shall be done in substantial
compliance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification 2575.
Seed shall be Mixture No. 5 of NinDOT Specification 3876,
unless otherwise directed or approved.
- 73 -
J2 Pavement Restoration
The inplace pavement structure (including base aggre-
gates) shall be restored in kind and depth as previously
existed, using base aggregates salvaged from the excavated
materials to the extent available and needed, and with new
materials being provided for reconstruction of the concrete
or bituminous surface courses.
If, through no fault of the Contractor in failing to
reserve sufficient aggregate materials from the excava-
tions, there should be insufficient quantity of suitable
aggregate to reconstruct the pavement base courses, the
additional materials required will be furnished by the
Owner at its expense, or the Contractor will be ordered to
furnish the additional materials from outside sources as an
Extra Work item in the absence of an appropriate Contract
item therefor. Placement of any additional aggregate
materials delivered to the site by the Owner or of any
additional materials furnished by the Contractor, shall be
an incidental expense, as will also be the disposal of any
excess materials resulting therefrom, unless special
payment provisions are otherwise agreed upon.
Reconstruction of aggregate base courses and concrete or
bituminous surface courses shall be in .substantial compli-
ance with all applicable MnDOT Specifications pertaining to
the item being restored. The materials used shall be
comparable to those used in the inplace structure, and the
workmanship and finished quality shall be equal to that of
new construction to the fullest extent obtainable. in
consideration of operational restrictions.
Existing concrete and bituminous surfaces at the trench
wall shall be sawed or cut with a cutting wheel to form a
neat edge in a straight line before surfaces are to be
restored. Sawing or cutting may be accomplished as a part
of the removal or prior to restoration at the option of the
Contractor. However, all surface edges will be inspected
prior to restoration.
J3 Restoration of Miscellaneous Items
Wherever any curbing, curb and gutter sections, pedes-
trian walks, fencing, driveway surfacing, or other improve-
ments are removed or in any way damaged, or undermined,
they shall be restored to original condition by repair or
replacement as the Engineer considers necessary. Replace-
ment of old materials will be acceptable only to the extent
that existing quality can be fully achieved, such as in the
case of fencing. Otherwise new materials shall be provided
11
0
~i
~i
- 74 -
ni
i~
i~
ii
i~
i~
and placed as the Engineer directs. Workmanship and
finished. quality shall be equal to that of new construc-
tion, where new materials are used, to the extent
obtainable in consideration of operational restrictions.
A proper foundation shall be prepared before reconstruc-
ting concrete or bituminous improvements. Unless otherwise
directed, granular material shall be placed to a depth of
at least four inches under all concrete and bituminous
items. No direct compensation will be made for furnishing
and placing this material even though such course was not
part of the original construction.
K Maintenance and Final Cleanup
All subgracie surfaces shall be maintained acceptably
until the start of surfacing construction or restoration
work, .and until the work has been finally accepted.
Additional materials shall be provided and placed as needed
to compensate for trench settlement and to serve as
temporary construction pending completion of the final
surface improvements.
Final disposal of debris, waste materials, and other
remains or consequences. of construction, shall be accom-
plished intermittently as new construction items are
completed and shall not be left to await final completion
of all work. Cleanup operations shall be considered as
being a part of the work covered under the Contract items
involved and only that work which cannot be accomplished at
any early time shall be considered as-final cleanup work
not attributable to a specific Contract Item.
If disposal operations and other cleanup work are not
conducted properly as the construction progresses, the
Engineer may withhold partial payments until such work is
satisfactorily pursued, or he may deduct the estimated cost
of its performance from the partial estimate value.
Maintenance of sodded and seeded areas shall include
adequate watering for plant growth and the replacement of
any dead or damaged sod as may be required for acceptance
of the work.
L Deflection Test
Deflection tests shall be performed on all plastic
gravity sewer pipes. The test shall be conducted after the
sewer trench has been backfilled to the desired finished
grade and has been in place for 30 days.
- 75 -
1
The deflection test shall be performed by
rigid ball or pointed mandrel through the pipe
aid of mechanical pulling devices. The ball
shall have a minimum diameter eoual to 95% of
inside diameter of the pipe. The maximum.
deflection shall not .exceed five percent of
internal diameter. The time of the test, method
and the equipment to be used for the test shall
to the approval of the Engineer.
ullin a
P g
without the
or mandrel
the actual
allowable
the pipe's
of testing,
be subject
All testing shall be performed by the Contractor at his
expense without any direct compensation being made there-
for, and he shall furnish all necessary equipment and
materials required.
L1 Test Failure and Remedy
In the event of test failure on any test section, the
section shall be replaced, with all repair work subject to ,
approval of the Engineer. The replaced section shall be
retested for leakage and deflection in conformance with the
specifications contained herein. All repairs, replacement,
and retesting shall be at the Contractor's expense.
M Televising
Sewer line televising .may be required by the Engineer,
at the cost of the Contractor, if visual inspection,
leakage testing, or deflection testing, indicate the sewer
has not been constructed in accordance with these specifi-
cations and the requirements of the Plans, Specifications
and Special Provisions. _
2621.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
All items will be measured separately according to design
designation as indicated in the Pay Item name and as may be
detailed and defined. in the Plans, Specifications, or Special
Provisions. Pipe will generally. be designated by size (inside
diameter or span), strength class, kind or type, and laying
condition. Complete-in-place items shall include all component
parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but
excluding any excesses covered by .separate Pay Items. Linear
measurement of piping will include the running length of any
special fittings (tees, wyes, elbows, gates, etc.) installed
within the line of measure between specified terminal points.
A Sewer Pipe
Sewer pipe of each design designation will be measured
- 76 -
by length in linear feet along the line of pipe. Terminal
points of measurement will be the pipe end at free outlets;
the point of connection with inplace pipe; the center of
' manholes or catch basins; the point of centerline intersec-
tions at branch fittings; or the point of juncture with
other appurtenances or units as defined.
Separation of quantities according to "depth zone
classification", when so designated in the Pay Item, will
be determined by depth of pipe invert below the ground
surface profile.
B Manholes
Manholes of each design designation will be measured by
number of each constructed complete-in-place, including the
base and castings as required, but excluding any excess
depth greater than 8.0 feet measured from top of manhole
cover to invert elevation of lowest pipe.
Excess manhole depth of each design designation will be
measured by the linear foot difference in depth between the
8.0 feet allowed as standard and the actual increased depth
as constructed.
C Catch Basins
Catch basins of each design designation will be measured
by number of each constructed complete-in-place, including
the base and castings as required, but excluding any excess
depth greater than 5.0 feet measured from top of grate Glow
point) to invert elevation of lowest outlet pipe.
Excess catch basin depth of each design designation will
be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between
the 5.O feet allowed as standard and the actual increased
depth as constructed.
D Outside Drop Connection
Outside drop connections of each design will be measured
by number of each constructed complete-in-place, including
granular encasement, fittings, and any special piping
details as required, including two holes into existing
manholes for the drop connection, but excluding any excess
vertical drop greater than 2.0 feet measured between invert
of high pipe inlet and invert of low pipe outlet.
' Excess drop connection depth will be measured by the
linear foot difference in vertical drop between the 2.0
feet allowed as standard and the actual increased vertical
drop as constructed.
- 77 -
E Service Connection
Service Connections of each design will be measured by
number of each constructed complete-in-place as specified.
F Service Pipe r
Service pipe of each design will be measured separately
by length in linear feet, horizontally along the line of '
installation, between the service end and the point of
juncture with the main pipe connection fitting. ,
G Special Pipe Fittings
Special pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, etc.) of each
design designation will be measured by number of each
installed complete-in-place as specified, but excluding any
such fittings required to be installed as a component-.part
of any other Work Unit.
H Appurtenant Items
Appurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, gates
and other prefabricated units or assemblies as identified
by Pay Item name will be measured separately by number of
each installed complete-in-place as specified.
I Granular Materials
Granular materials furnished and placed as special
foundation, bedding, encasement, or backfill construction
will be measured by weight or volume of material furnished
by the Contractor from outside sources and placed within
the limits defined. Unless otherwise specified, volume will
be determined by vehicular measure (loose volume) at the.
point of delivery. Measurements will not include any
materials required to be placed as a component part of any
other Work Unit.
J Piling ,
Piling .shall be measured according to the Provisions of
MnDOT Specification 2452.
J1 Pile Bents
Pile bents shall be measured as a unit and shall include '
all materials and labor required, except the pile.
~
,a _
'~
~i
II
II
i~
i~
ii
K Insulation
Rigid board insulation shall be measured on a square
foot basis installed to the specified thickness noted on
the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions and shall
include all materials and labor required for placement.
2621.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment for sewer. pipe and service pipe items at the
Contract prices per linear foot of pipe of each design shall_be
compensation in full for all costs of providing a complete-n-
place pipeline, including excavation, foundation preparation,
backfilling, leakage testing, restoration of surface improve-
ments, disposal of surplus or waste materials, final cleanup,
and such other work as may be specified, but excluding the
construction of other structures or special sections and the
placement of special fittings, appurtenances or materials
specifically designated for payment under other Contract Items.
Payment for manhole, catch basin, outside drop connection,
service connection, and other structures as specified, at the
Contract prices per structure, shall be compensation in full for
all costs of constructing each unit complete-in-place as
specified, including all required castings, special fittings,
base or encasement, and appurtenant materials as specified for
the complete structure or section, but excluding such additional
work as may be designated for payment under other Contract
Items.
V~There the specified standard manhole, catch basin, or outside
drop connection depths are exceeded, the excess depth of each
design will be paid for separately as linear footage items and
payment at the Contract prices therefor shall be compensation in
full for all costs of providing the extra depth.
Special pipe fittings such as wyes, tees and bends will be
paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent they are
required to be installed in the sewer pipe and service pipe
lines and not as a component part of a complete-in-place
structure (outside drop connections, service connections, etc.)
appurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, drainage
gates, and other prefabricated units or assemblies and specials
as designated will be paid for as separate Contract Items to the
extent they are not included as a component part of any
complete-in-place structure.
Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, cover,
or backfill placement as specified in connection with pipe or
structure items will only be paid for as separate Contract Items
to the extent that the Proposal contains specific Pay Items
- 79 -
for O h r ise the furnishin and lacin of ranular ,
there t e w g p g g
materials as specified shall be incidental to the pipe or '
structure item without any direct compensation being made
therefor.
All costs of restoring surface improvements as required,
disposal of surplus or waste materials, maintenance and repair
of completed work, and final cleanup operations, shall be
incidental to the Contract Items under which the costs are ,
incurred, subject to special payment provisions, if any.
~I
~i
u
~i
~i
~i
~i
fl
~i
~i
_$o_
^I
I;
SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION
PUMPING STATION
1.0 General '
The Contractor shall furnish and install one Flygt or equal
sewage lift station as described herein. The equipment shall form
a completely duplex non-clog sewage pump system, complete with '
pumps, wetwell, cover, valves, piping, automatic controls,
central control panel with circuit breakers, motor starters, and
wiring.
2.0 Pumps and O perating Conditions
Contractors shall base their bids on the furnishing and
installation of Flygt or equal totally submersible sewage
pump(s), as in dicated below. The pumps shall be completely
removable from the we twell without hav ing to dewater or
disconnect any
bolts,
nuts or other
fastening devices. '
Contractors may offer pumps of another manufacturer as an
alternate, only if they a re removable in the same manner and meet
the conditions a s stated below.
Model Minimum
Impeller Discharge RPM GPM at
CP3067-267HH 2 inches 3600 100 at
Maximum Input KW Voltage
1.5 120/240-1 phase
Minimum Motor
TDH Shutoff HP
17' 65' 1.6
3.0 Pump Design
a. The pump(s) shall be capable of handling raw, unscreened
sewage. The discharge connection elbow shall be permanently
installed in the wet well along with the discharge piping.
The pump(s) shall be automatically connected to the
discharge connection elbow when lowered into place, and
shall be easily removed for inspection or service. There
shall be no need for personnel to enter the pump well.
b. Sealing of the pumping unit to the discharge conneciton
elbow shall be accomplished by a simple linear downward
motion of the pump. A sliding guide bracket shall be an
integral part of the pump unit. The entire weight of the
pump unit shall be guided by no less than two guide bars and
pressed tightly against the discharge connection elbow with
metal-to-metal connect. Sealing of the discharge interface
by means of a diaphragm, o-ring, or other devices will not
be acceptable.
1
' c. No portion of the pump shall bear directly on the floor
of the sump. The pump, with its appurtenances and cable,
' shall be capable of continuous submergence underwater
without loss of watertight integrity to a depth of 65 feet.
d. The pump motor horsepower shall be sized to be non-
1 overloading at all points on the pump impeller curve.
4.0 PUMP CONSTRUCTION
a. Major pump components shall be of gray cast iron, Class
30B, with smooth surfaces devoid of blow holes and other
irregularities. Where watertight sealing is required, o-
' rings made of nitrile rubber shall be used. All exposed nuts
and bolts shall be of stainless steel type 304. All surfaces
coming into contact with sewage, other than stainless steel,
shall be protected by an approved sewage resistant coating.
Impeller shall be sprayed with PVC epoxy primer. Pump
exterior shall be sprayed with PVC epoxy primer, with
' chloric rubber paint finish.
b. All mating surfaces where watertight sealing is required
shall be machined and fitted with nitrile rubber o-rings.
Fitting shall be such that sealing is accomplished by metal-
to-metal contact betwen machined surfaces. This will result
in controlled compression of nitrile rubber o-rings without
requirement of a specific torque limit. No secondary sealing
compounds, rectangular gaskets, elliptical o-rings, grease
or other devices shall be used.
c. The cable entry water seal design shall preclude specific
torque requirements to insure a watertight and submersible
seal. The cable entry shall be comprised of a single
' cylindrical elastomer grommet, flanked by washers, all
having a close tolerance fit against the cable outside
diameter and the entry inside diameter and compressed by the
entry body containing a strain relief function, separate
from the function of sealing the cable. The assembly shall
bear against a shoulder in the pump top. The cable entry
junction chamber and motor shall be separated by a stator
lead sealing gland or terminal board which shall isolate the
motor interior from foreign material gaining access through
' the pump top. Epoxies. silicones. or other secondary sealin~a
systems shall not be considered acceptable
d. .The pump motor shall be squirrel-cage, induction, shell
type design, housed in an air-filled, watertight chamber,
NEMA Design B type. Oil filled motors will not be
acceptable. The stator winding and stator leads shall be
' insulated with moisture resistant Class F insulation which
will resist a temperature of 155 degrees C (311 degrees F).
The stator shall be dipped and baked three times in Class F
2
varnish. The motor shall be designed for continuous ,
operation in a totally, partially or non-submerged
condition. The pump shall be capable of sustaining a minimum ,
of fifteen evenly spaced starts per hour. The rotor bars and
short circuit rings shall be made of aluminum. At the design
point the motor shall not draw more than 1.5 KW at nominal
voltage at utility supply quality.
e. Each unit shall be provided with an adequately designed
cooling system. Thermal radiators (cooling fins) integral to
the stator housing, shall be adequate to provide the cooling
required by the motor. Water Jackets or other devices shall
not be necessary for continuous pumping at sump liquid
levels below midpoint of stator housing.
f. The junction chamber, containing the terminal board,
shall be sealed from the motor by elastometer compression ,
seal (o-ring). Connection between the cable conductors and
stator leads shall be made with threaded compressed type
binding post permanently affixed to a terminal board and
thus perfectly leakproof. '
g. The pump shaft shall be stainless steel ANSI 431. This is
a nickel bearing chromium steel designed for heat treatment
to high mechanical properties with superior corrosion
resistant characteristics.
'
h. Each pump shall be provided with a tandem mechanical
rotating .shaft seal system. Seals shall run in an oil
reservoir. Lapped seal faces must be hydrodynamically
lubricated at a constant rate. The lower seal unit, between
the pump and oil chamber, shall contain one stationary and
one positively driven rotating tungsten carbide ring. The
upper seal unit, between the oil pump and motor housing, '
shall contain one .positively driven rotating carbon ring.
Each interface shall be held in contact by its own spring
system, the seals shall require neither maintenance nor
adjustment, but shall be easily inspected and replaceable.
No seal damage shall result from operating the pumping unit.
out of its liquid environment. The following seal types
shall not be considered acceptable nor eaual to the dual
independent seal specified. Shaft seals without positively
driven rotating members, or conventional double mechanical
seals containing either a common single or double spring
acting between the upper and lower unit. This conventional
system requires a pressure differential to offset external
pressure and to effect sealing. ~
i. Each pump shall be provided with an oil chamber for the
shaft sealing system. The oil chamber shall be designed to '
assure that air is left in the oil chamber, to absorb the
expansion of the oil due to temperature variations. The
3 '
drain and inspection plug, with positive anti-leak seal,
shall be easily accessible from the outside.
j. The pump shaft shall rotate on two (2) permanently
lubricated bearings. the upper bearing shall be a single row
deep groove ball bearing and the lower bearing a two row
angular contact ball bearing.
k. The impeller shall be of gray cast iron, class 30,
dynamically balanced, double shrouded non-clogging design
having a long thrulet without acute turns. the impeller
shall be capable of handling solids, fibrous materials,
heavy sludge and other matter found in normal sewage
applications. The impeller shall be of a single vane design.
The pump manufacturer shall, upon request, furnish mass
moment of inertia data for the proposed impeller. The
impeller shall be capable of passing a minimum three inch
solid sphere. The fit between the impeller and the shaft
shall be of sliding fit with one key, and the fastening of
the impeller to the shaft shall be made by a locking
assembly which is perfectly sealed from the liquid by a
protective rubber cap and a bolt threaded to the shaft
terminal.
1. The volute shall be of single piece design .and shall
have smooth fluid passages large enough at all points to
pass any size solid which can pass through the impeller, the
volute bottom shall be of a suction bell design.
m. A wear ring system shall be installed to provide
efficient sealing between the volute and impeller. The wear
ring shall consist of a,stationary ring made of nitrile
rubber molded with a steel ring insert which is drive-fitted
to the volute inlet.
n. The pump motor cable, installed, shall be suitable for
submersible pump application with P122-NSHA approval and
this shall be indicated by a code or legend permanently
embossed on the cable. Cable sizing shall conform to NEC
specifications for pump motors and shall be of adequate size
to allow motor voltage conversion without replacing cable.
o. Cable supports shall be provided and will be wire braid
sleeves with attachment tails for connection to the
underside of the access frame.
5.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. The pump manufacturer shall have similar units of the
type, size and horsepower specified, installed and
satisfactorily operating in the United States for a period
of 10 years. In no event shall a product classified as
4
experimental or prototype be approved or deemed acceptable.
b. Pump Test - The pump manufacturer shall perform the
following inspections and tests on each pump before shipment
from factory:
(1) Impeller, motor rating and electrical connections
shall first be checked for compliance to the customer's
purchase order.
(2) A motor and cable insulation test for moisture
content or insulation defects shall be made.
(3) Prior to submergence, the pump shall be run dry to
establish correct rotation and mechanical integrity.
(4) The pump shall be run for 30 minutes submerged, a
minimum of six (6) feet under water.
(5) After operation test (4), the insulation test (2)
is to be performed again.
(6) The owner's representative shall be notified a
minimum of two (2) weeks in advance of factory tests
and shall be allowed to witness all factory .tests, if
deemed desirable.
(7) A certified head vs. flow discharge curve shall be
provided for each pump.
A certified written report stating that all the foregoing steps
have been done shall be supplied with each pump at the time of
shipment.
The pump cable end will be sealed with a high quality protective
covering to make it impervious to moisture or water seepage prior
to electrical installation.
6.0 PUMP WARRANTY
The pump manufacturer shall warrant the units being supplied to
the owner against defects in workmanship and material for a
period of five (5) years. the submersible motor and mechanical
seals shall be included in the warranty. If they are not included
as part of the standard warranty, it shall be cause for rejection
of the equipment. The warranty shall be in printed form and apply
to all similar units. The warranty shall commence upon acceptance
of the pumps by the Owner, (this will be defined as issuance of
final payment).
7.0 DOCUMENTATION
5
i~
i
i~
The manufacturer shall supply a maximum of five (5) sets of its
Standard Submittal Drawings, Operating and Maintenance
Instruction Manuals and Parts Lists. Additional sets of drawings,
Parts List, Manuals, etc. or modification to the manufacturer's
standard submittal will be at an additional charge.
Standard
a.
b.
d.
e.
f.
submittals will consist of:
Pump outline drawings
Control data
Typical installation guides
Technical operation and maintenance manuals
Parts lists
Warranty
~-
8.0 ACCESS FRAME AND GUIDES
Furnish and install 1 Flygt access frame with minimum door inside
opening of 30" x 30" each, constructed of aluminum material,
complete with hinged and locking mechanism, upper guide holder
and level sensor cable holder. Frame shall be .securely placed,
mounted above the pump(s). Frame shall be provided with sliding
nut rails to attach the accessories required. Lower guide bar
holders shall be integral with the discharge connection. Guide
bars shall be of at least standard weight galvanized steel pipe
of 2" diameter. Intermediate stainless steel guide bar supports
shall be furnished per the manufacturer's recommendation. The
guide bars shall not support any portion of the weight of the
pump. Doors shall be of skidproof design.
9.0 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE
The local authorized representative shall have his own full time
repair service available on 24-hour call. A factory serviceman
and service vehicle equipped with tools to make all necessary
repairs, as well as component parts required to maintain
satisfactory operation of the equipment outlined in these
specifications shall be available if needed without undue delay.
A certified letter from the local representative stating the
above compliance shall be furnished at the owner's request.
10.0 START-UP
a. Equipment manufacturer shall supply the services of a
qualified field service representative to check out, start
up, and certify in writing to the Owner that all equipment
and installation meet the requirements of these
specifications. and manufacturer's requirements.
Certification shall be furnished for each pump. A field
service representatives shall furnish a written report
detailing all findings, including all deficiencies along
with corrective action taken.
6
b. Equipment manufacturer shall also supply the. services of '
a qualified service representative for one (1) trip onsite
to instruct Owner's personnel in proper operation and ,
maintenance of equipment. Time of trip shall be at the
request of the Owner.
11.0 SITE TESTS
Each pump may be subjected to an onsite operation test ~-before
acceptance as follows: '
Preparation: The unit under test shall be properly
installed in the wet well, firmly upon its discharge
connection after determination: (a) Proper service '
voltage is being supplied, and (b) proper rotation of
impeller. No cooling by forced or circulated air shall
be allowed.
Dry run test (4" and 6" size only).- no liquid is to be
allowed to enter the inlet of the pump. The exterior of
the pump sha 11 be dry and remain dry during test.
Dry pumping test (all sizes) - liquid shall be at a
level sufficient to keep the pump volute submerged to
its center line during test. Pump may be operated at
the system design duty point.
Snore test - snore is defined as that state when the
pump is alternately pump ing liquid and air and usually
occurs when the pump pumps the liquid level down to
expose its inlet. The unit(s) under test shall be ,
submerged with just enough liquid to accomplish 'snore"
and allowed to run for a minimum of 5 minutes.
12.0 CONTROL SYSTEM and CONTROL PANEL
A. Field Supervision
The services of a factory trained, qualified
representative shall be provided to inspect the
completed installation, make all adjustment necessary '
to place the system in trouble-free operation, and
instruct the operating personnel in the proper care and
operation of the equipment. '
B. Guarantee
All equipment shall be guaranteed against defects in
material and workmanship for a period of two years from date
of Owner's final inspection and acceptance to the effect
that any defective equipment shall be repaired or replaced
without cost or obligation to the Owner. '
C. Specific Requirement
a. Intent of Specification. The Contractor shall
furnish and install Consolidated Electric "Electrical
Control" equipment, or equal, and place into operation
a pump control center designed to automatically operate
the pumps as described herein. The pumps will operate
in a specified sequence, in response to variations in
the liquid level. The control panel shall be located
next to the lift station. All control wiring between
the. lift station and the power supply shall be p^rovided
and installed by the lift station supplier (including
conduit).
b. Wiring. All wiring shall have not less than 600 volt
insulation and all power wiring and bus shall be in
complete conformity with the National Electric Code and
state and local and NEMA Electrical Standards. Control
wiring shall be color coded. All job connections
required to conveniently replace control components
shall be made at approved type terminal blocks with
engraved Bakelite marker strips or similar approved
means.
c. U.L. Approval. The control panels shall be
constructed in compliance with Underwriters'
Laboratories Industrial Control Panels listing and
follow-up service, utilizing U.L.. listed and recognized
components where applicable. The control .panels shall
bear the Underwriter's Laboratory listed serialized
label.
d. Power Supply and Metering. All metering shall be
provided by the electrical subcontractor. A U.L. rated
main disconnect switch, conduit and wiring between the
power company termination and the lift station shall be
furnished and installed by the Contractor. Meter and
disconnect switch shall be mounted on the control
panel. The power supply will be 120/2.40 volts, 1 phase,
3 wire. The Contractor shall pay any fees the power
company charges for providing electrical power to the
lift station.
e. Enclosure: The described equipment shall be housed
in a Nema 3RT enclosure arranged for integral pedestal
mounting where shown on the drawings. The enclosure
shall be approximately 36" wide, 42" high, and 12"
deep, with a door 6" above the ground. The enclosure
shall be constructed of .not less than 14 gauge
galvanized steel. The enclosure shall have a rust-
inhibiting base primer coating and have exterior grade
baked enamel coating. Color shall be selected by the
Engineer. The enclosure shall be listed by
8
Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. '
This weather-proof, tamper-proof, rain-tight enclosure
shall be designed specifically for mounting in an '
unprotected outdoor location. It shall have a gasketed,
hinged, front weather door with locking capability, and
an internally mounted hinged dead front panel so that '
all the components normally actuated by Operating
Personnel are accessible without opening the dead front
and yet are not exposed to the elements ~or to
unauthorized personnel. All major components and sub-
assemblies shall be identified as to function with
laminated, engraved bakelite nameplates, or similar
approved means. The following described equipment shall
be furnished in each panel and matched to the specific
pumping station equipment.
'
(1) All conduits, fitting or connections shall
enter the enclosure through the bottom only for.
any outdoor enclosure. ,
(2) Incoming power terminal block.
(3) Lightning Arrestor: A lightning arrestor shall ,
be supplied in the control and connected to each
line of the incoming side of the power input
terminals. The arrestor shall protect the control
against. damage due to lightning strikes on the
incoming power line.
(4) Start components including start relay, start
capacitors, and run capacitors shall be included,
mounted and wired in the control panel. These
devices shall be specifically sized for the pumps ,
being used as recommended by the pump
manufacturer.
'
(5) A thermal magnetic molded case circuit breaker
("E" frame or better) shall be supplied as branch
circuit protection for each pump motor.. ,
(6) A full-voltage across-the-line magnetic motor
starter with ambient-compensated, quick-trip
overload sensing in each phase to provide over- ,
current and running protection for each pump
motor. Over-current protection shall be provided
by accurately sized replaceable heater elements.
Units requiring replacement of complete over load
block to match motor current are not acceptable.
(7) "Hand-off-auto" 3-position, rotary, oil-tight, 1
heavy duty type selector switch for each pump. The
s ~
II
il~
automatic control system shall employ a
submersible level transducer to sense the liquid
level over a 0- to 10-foot range.
(8) Control power circuit breaker: inner door
mounted.
(9) Condensation Heater. A 100-watt, 120 vae
condensation heater and thermoswitch sha_11 be
supplied in the panel.
(10) Running Time Meter. A running time meter
measuring hours and tenths of hours of operation
up to 9999.9 hours shall be furnished for each
pump motor indicated. This shall be a 110 volt
A.C. device operating from the control voltage by
an auxiliary contact of the motor starter. These
two meters shall not measure any time that both
pumps are running simultaneously. A third time
meter shall measure time when both pumps are
running simultaneously.
(11) Wet well level-responsive automatic pump and
alarm control system using a submersible liquid
level transducer shall operate the pumps in the
wet well. A controller/alternator shall have four
sensor operation simulation test switches and
indicating LEDs, solid state alternation logic,
lead pump alternation on successive starts,
alternator over-ride control (auto, 2-1) 24-volt
sensor excitation, high alarm and pump control
load relays transformer. Independent ON and common
OFF pump control. Optional non-differential or
differential alarm operation tying turn-off to
bottom sensor. Sensor simulation switches, LEDs,
alternator over-ride and fuse to be accessible
through inner hinged door. Systems using
incandescent float operation lights instead of
LEDs are not an acceptable type due to the finite
lift of incandescent bulbs.
(12) An inner door mounted duplex type convenience
receptable rated at 15 amperes shall be supplied
for the operating of trouble lights, drill, etc.
It shall be protected by a separate 15 ampere trip
rated circuit breaker.
(13) Local Alarm System: A top-mounted
weatherproof, high water alarm light assembly
including a cast aluminum base and guard with red
globe shall be furnished. The alarm light shall
flash upon occurance of an alarm condition. In
10
u
addition, an AC horn conforming to series 31
Wheelock Signals, Inc., or equal, shall be mounted
to the exterior of the control panel. '
Conditions that cause an alarm are:
a. Commercial power failure
b. Phase failure or unbalance
c. Wet well high water alarm
d. Pump motor overload
~ '
(14) Over-Temperature Pump Protection:
Over-
temperature protection shall be provided in the
control panel to operate in conjunction with the
over-temperature switch in each pump motor. The
control shall provide pump lockout of operation
upon occurrence of high temperature. The circuitry
shall also include a yellow failure indicating '
light and reset pushbutton on the inner door for
each pump for alarm indication and manual reset
capability.
f. Shop Drawings: A complete set of .drawings shall be
supplied to insure successful installation and
operation of the control system. The shop drawings '
shall consist of all of the following:
(1) Sufficient detail to evaluate compliance with '
these specifications.
(2) A detailed component list including '
manufacturer and catalog number.
(3) A custom wiring diagram for this specific
application to facilitate and insure accurate ,
field connections to the control panel by
electrical installation personnel.
(4) A description of operation for the control
system.
(5) An enclosure dimension print. '
g. Operation and Maintenance Manual: Complete drawings
and instructions for the successful installation, '
operation and maintenance of the panel and equipment,
together with renewal parts list.
h
Fi
ld S
i
i
.
e
uperv
s
on: The services of a factory
trained, qualified representative shall be provided to
inspect the completed installation, make all
adjustments necessary to place the system in trouble- ,
free operation and instruct the operating personnel in
11 '
the proper care and operation of the equipment.
i. Guarantee: All equipment shall be guaranteed against
defects in material and workmanship for a period of
two years from date of Owner's final acceptance. Any
defective equipment shall be repaired or replaced
without cost or obligation to the Owner.
j. Submersible Level Sensor: The liquid level ~of the
wet well shall be sensed by a submersible level
transducer. The transducer shall be a 3-wire type to
operate from a supply voltage of 10.5 to 24 VDC and
produce a 1-5 VDC instrumentation signal in direct
proportion to the measured level excursion over a
factory-calibrated range of zero to 10 feet of water.
It shall be of the head-pressure sensing type, suitable
for continuous submergence, and operation, and shall be
installed in accordance with manufacturers'
instructions. The bottom diaphragm face of the sensor
shall be mounted using a stainless steel cable in a
location as shown on the .job plans.
The transducer housing shall be fabricated of type 316
stainless steel. The diaphragm shall be a 2-5/8"
diameter heavy-duty molded Buna N synthetic rubber. The
internal pressure by the Lowe r transducer assembly
shall be relieved to atmospheric pressure through a
heavy-duty urethane jacketed hose/cable assembly and a
slack PVC bellows mounted in the (control panel) (Nema
4X fiberglass upper assembly). The sealed breather
system shall compensate for variations in .barometric
pressure and expansion and contraction of air due to
temperature changes and altitude as well as prevent
fouling from moisture and other corrosive elements.
The transducer shall incorporate a variable-capacitance
transducer element to convert the sensed pressure to a
corresponding electrical value. The sensed media shall
exert its pressure against the diaphragm which flexes
minutely so as to vary the proximity between an
internal ceramic diaphragm and a ceramix substrate to
vary the capacitance of an electrical field created
between the two surfaces. A stable, hybrid, operational
amplifier assembly shall be incorporated in the
transducer to excite and demodulate the sensing
mechanism. The transducer shall incorporate laser-
trimmed, temperature compensation and high quality
components and construction to provide a precise,
reliable, stable output signal directly proportional to
the sensed pressure over a factory-calibrated range.
12
k. Liquid Level Pump/Controller Alarm: This
specification is intended to cover a complete and
operational. automatic pump and alarm control system
that responds to sewage pumping station wet well
levels.
The system shall sense the station wet well sewage
level over a calibrated range, display it on a ~4" LED
bar graph on the face of the controller, graphically
display eight level adjustments for automatic pump and
alarm control in a coordinated arrangement with the
level display and provide automatic operation of the
station pumps and alarms as hereinafter or otherwise
described.
The control system shall be completely functional and
include not less than the following features:
- Controller and Transducer to be an integrated
standard product of an experienced manufacturer.
- 0- to 10-foot wet well level range.
- 40-segment LED bar graph level display.
- 40-level adjustability of each 8 control levels.
- Solid-state automatic pump alternation on successive
starts.
- 3-position auto alternator override switch (1-2,
auto, 2-1) to provide fixed pump sequences as well as
auto.
- "Raise-auto-lower" level simulation switch with
spring return to "auto".
- "Pump-down" control with 4 level settings for 2 pump
control.
- Full-range-adjustable dual-settings for each control
and alarm circuit.
- LED indicator for each control and alarm circuit..
- Power-up "wake-up" with pumps and alarms off; held
off for 18 seconds.
- 10-second time interval after one pump starts before
another pump is allowed to start.
- Rate-of-change limiting of analog level signal.
- 120 vac power supply; fused in controller.
- Power line transient protection for control system.
- 10-amp at 250 vac-rated control and alarm contacts.
- Terminal blocks and power components UL 508
recognized.
- Built-in alarm silencing button and logic.
- External silencing button circuit.
- Form C SPDT alarm relay contacts.
- High and low level alarm sensing.
- Drive circuit for. optional solid-state audible.
- UL-listed barrier/clamp type rear terminal block; to
accept two AWG#12 per terminal.
14
ii
-.Extractor type fuse block; rear accessible.
- Complete factory-standard system.
' - Two year factory warranty on parts and labor.
13.0 PRE-SUBMITTAL INFORMATION
The Engineer will issue an addendum describing acceptable
equipment, both pump and electrical, prior to the bid date. The
bidder shall include all expenses necessitated by use of non-
' specified equipment in his bid price.
Presubmittal data shall include, but not be limited to, the
following requirements to be submitted to the Engineer not less
' than 10 days prior to bid date:
a. Full description and performance data on all
substitute items proposed with references for
verification of performance for such equipment already
in service, all data in triplicate.
' b. Detailed description of how the proposed substitute
differs from that specified, including but not limited
to, materials of construction, fabrication, operation,
warranty., service, corrosion protection, power
consumption, maintenance requirements, etc.
' c. Detailed discussion of why the proposed substitute
is equal or superior to that specified in material of
construction, fabrication, operation, warranty,
' service, corrosion protection, power consumption,
maintenance requirements, etc.
ii
0
d. Tracings and four copies of revised prints
reflecting in detail any and all changes in
arrangements for materials, equipment, piping,
fabrication, erection, maintenance, -power supply, etc.
e. Name and telephone number of person(s) to contact to
answer questions or supply additional information.
Failure to name an approved manufacturer in each space provided
in the proposal, will constitute grounds for declaring the bid
irregular, or if the Owner chooses, will give the prerogative of
equipment selection solely to the Owner. If more than one
manufacturer is named in any space, it will declare that the
Bidder has no preference and will give the prerogative of
equipment selection solely to the Owner. With the exception of
Flygt and Consolidated Electric, no manufacturers are exempt from
Presubmittal requirements.
14,0 BALL CHECK VALVE
14
v
Furnish and install 2 Flygt HDL ball check valves, size 4 inch.
the valve shall consist of just three components: body, cover and
ball--one moving part. The design of the valve shall be such that
it keeps solid, stringy material, grit, rags, etc. moving without
the need for back flushing. The ball shall clear the water way
providing "full flow "equal to the nominal size. It shall be non-
clog. There shall be no outside levers, weights, springs, dash
pots or other accessories required for a swing (clapper) type
check valve. The ball shall be hollow steel with an exterior of
nitrite rubber; it shall be resistant to grease, petroleum
products, animal and vegetable fats, diluted concentrations of
acids and alkalines (pH-10), tearing and abrasion. The body and
cover shall be of gray cast iron, class 35. Flange drilling shall
be according to ANSI 816.1, class 125.
15.0 WET WELL
The wet well shall be a 5' inside diameter pre-fabricated,
reinforced concrete manhole with watertight joints. The base slab
shall have an elevation of 933.00. The cover slab shall have a
top elevation of 958.65. The manufacturer shall recommend
thickness. Concrete grout shall be placed on the bottom. of the
wet well as recommended by the pump supplier. The cover slab
shall have an access cover and also a 6" vent pipe cast into it.
A one (1) foot section shall be placed below the top slab of the
wet well.
16.0 LIQUID LEVEL SENSOR ELEVATIONS
C
~~
C~
high level alarm 937.87
both pumps on 937.50
pumps alternating 937.00
both pumps off 933.00
17.0 PAYMENT
The submersible pump lift station and electrical shall be paid
for by lump sum bid items. These items shall include, but is not
limited to, the wetwell, pumps, guide bars, and interconnecting
pipes, bends, fittings, cover, controls and electrical work
required to provide a fully operational station. For payment
purposes, everything outside of the lift station will be paid
under the appropriate forcemain item.
15
n
C